[go: up one dir, main page]

CN101523634A - Organic lighting device and lighting equipment - Google Patents

Organic lighting device and lighting equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101523634A
CN101523634A CNA2007800363357A CN200780036335A CN101523634A CN 101523634 A CN101523634 A CN 101523634A CN A2007800363357 A CNA2007800363357 A CN A2007800363357A CN 200780036335 A CN200780036335 A CN 200780036335A CN 101523634 A CN101523634 A CN 101523634A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
light
luminous means
color
light emitting
lighting device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CNA2007800363357A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
卡斯滕·狄克曼
卡斯滕·霍伊泽尔
马库斯·克莱因
迪特尔·朗
格奥尔格·莱歇尔曼
米夏埃尔·赖特迈尔
卡斯滕·普吕迈尔
马卡兰德·奇帕尔卡蒂
乌多·库斯托迪斯
黛安娜·西摩
德米特罗·波普拉夫斯基
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ams Osram International GmbH
Osram Sylvania Inc
Original Assignee
Osram Opto Semiconductors GmbH
Osram Sylvania Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Osram Opto Semiconductors GmbH, Osram Sylvania Inc filed Critical Osram Opto Semiconductors GmbH
Priority to CN201510239567.9A priority Critical patent/CN105276537A/en
Publication of CN101523634A publication Critical patent/CN101523634A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V21/00Supporting, suspending, or attaching arrangements for lighting devices; Hand grips
    • F21V21/08Devices for easy attachment to any desired place, e.g. clip, clamp, magnet
    • F21V21/0832Hook and loop-type fasteners
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D33/00Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling powdery toiletry or cosmetic substances
    • A45D33/006Vanity boxes or cases, compacts, i.e. containing a powder receptacle and a puff or applicator
    • A45D33/008Vanity boxes or cases, compacts, i.e. containing a powder receptacle and a puff or applicator comprising a mirror
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D33/00Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling powdery toiletry or cosmetic substances
    • A45D33/26Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling powdery toiletry or cosmetic substances combined with other objects
    • A45D33/32Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling powdery toiletry or cosmetic substances combined with other objects with illuminating means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47GHOUSEHOLD OR TABLE EQUIPMENT
    • A47G1/00Mirrors; Picture frames or the like, e.g. provided with heating, lighting or ventilating means
    • A47G1/02Mirrors used as equipment
    • A47G1/04Multi-part mirrors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47GHOUSEHOLD OR TABLE EQUIPMENT
    • A47G5/00Screens; Draught-deflectors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47HFURNISHINGS FOR WINDOWS OR DOORS
    • A47H23/00Curtains; Draperies
    • A47H23/02Shapes of curtains; Selection of particular materials for curtains
    • A47H23/08Selection of particular materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133603Direct backlight with LEDs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
    • G09G3/20Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H10K50/125OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers specially adapted for multicolour light emission, e.g. for emitting white light
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41DOUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
    • A41D27/00Details of garments or of their making
    • A41D27/08Trimmings; Ornaments
    • A41D27/085Luminous ornaments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D42/00Hand, pocket, or shaving mirrors
    • A45D42/08Shaving mirrors
    • A45D42/10Shaving mirrors illuminated
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47BTABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
    • A47B2220/00General furniture construction, e.g. fittings
    • A47B2220/0075Lighting
    • A47B2220/0077Lighting for furniture, e.g. cupboards and racks
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47HFURNISHINGS FOR WINDOWS OR DOORS
    • A47H23/00Curtains; Draperies
    • A47H2023/006Illumination devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21KNON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S6/00Lighting devices intended to be free-standing
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S8/00Lighting devices intended for fixed installation
    • F21S8/03Lighting devices intended for fixed installation of surface-mounted type
    • F21S8/032Lighting devices intended for fixed installation of surface-mounted type the surface being a floor or like ground surface, e.g. pavement
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S8/00Lighting devices intended for fixed installation
    • F21S8/03Lighting devices intended for fixed installation of surface-mounted type
    • F21S8/033Lighting devices intended for fixed installation of surface-mounted type the surface being a wall or like vertical structure, e.g. building facade
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S8/00Lighting devices intended for fixed installation
    • F21S8/04Lighting devices intended for fixed installation intended only for mounting on a ceiling or the like overhead structures
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S9/00Lighting devices with a built-in power supply; Systems employing lighting devices with a built-in power supply
    • F21S9/02Lighting devices with a built-in power supply; Systems employing lighting devices with a built-in power supply the power supply being a battery or accumulator
    • F21S9/022Emergency lighting devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V21/00Supporting, suspending, or attaching arrangements for lighting devices; Hand grips
    • F21V21/34Supporting elements displaceable along a guiding element
    • F21V21/35Supporting elements displaceable along a guiding element with direct electrical contact between the supporting element and electric conductors running along the guiding element
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • F21V23/04Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches
    • F21V23/0442Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches activated by means of a sensor, e.g. motion or photodetectors
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V33/00Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for
    • F21V33/0004Personal or domestic articles
    • F21V33/0008Clothing or clothing accessories, e.g. scarfs, gloves or belts
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V33/00Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for
    • F21V33/0004Personal or domestic articles
    • F21V33/0012Furniture
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V33/00Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for
    • F21V33/0004Personal or domestic articles
    • F21V33/0012Furniture
    • F21V33/0016Furnishing for windows and doors
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V33/00Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for
    • F21V33/0004Personal or domestic articles
    • F21V33/004Sanitary equipment, e.g. mirrors, showers, toilet seats or paper dispensers
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V33/00Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for
    • F21V33/006General building constructions or finishing work for buildings, e.g. roofs, gutters, stairs or floors; Garden equipment; Sunshades or parasols
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2121/00Use or application of lighting devices or systems for decorative purposes, not provided for in codes F21W2102/00 – F21W2107/00
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2131/00Use or application of lighting devices or systems not provided for in codes F21W2102/00-F21W2121/00
    • F21W2131/30Lighting for domestic or personal use
    • F21W2131/301Lighting for domestic or personal use for furniture
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2131/00Use or application of lighting devices or systems not provided for in codes F21W2102/00-F21W2121/00
    • F21W2131/30Lighting for domestic or personal use
    • F21W2131/302Lighting for domestic or personal use for mirrors
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2131/00Use or application of lighting devices or systems not provided for in codes F21W2102/00-F21W2121/00
    • F21W2131/40Lighting for industrial, commercial, recreational or military use
    • F21W2131/405Lighting for industrial, commercial, recreational or military use for shop-windows or displays
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2105/00Planar light sources
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2113/00Combination of light sources
    • F21Y2113/10Combination of light sources of different colours
    • F21Y2113/13Combination of light sources of different colours comprising an assembly of point-like light sources
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • F21Y2115/15Organic light-emitting diodes [OLED]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2380/00Specific applications
    • G09G2380/04Electronic labels
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/4805Shape
    • H01L2224/4809Loop shape
    • H01L2224/48091Arched
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/484Connecting portions
    • H01L2224/48463Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond
    • H01L2224/48464Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond the other connecting portion not on the bonding area also being a ball bond, i.e. ball-to-ball
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/73Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
    • H01L2224/732Location after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/73251Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
    • H01L2224/73265Layer and wire connectors

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to an organic lighting device and lighting equipment comprising said lighting device. The invention also relates to an optical display device, an emergency lighting system, an auThe invention relates to an organic lighting device and lighting equipment comprising said lighting device. The invention also relates to an optical display device, an emergency lighting system, an automotive interior lighting system, a piece of furniture, a structural material, a glazing pane and a display comprising said lighting device or a lighting equipment having said lighting device.tomotive interior lighting system, a piece of furniture, a structural material, a glazing pane and a display comprising said lighting device or a lighting equipment having said lighting device.

Description

有机发光器件和照明装置 Organic Light Emitting Devices and Lighting Devices

本申请涉及一种有机发光器件和具有这种发光器件的照明装置。本申请还涉及具有这种发光器件或者具有包含这种发光器件的照明装置的光学显示装置、紧急照明装置、车辆内部照明装置、家具构件、建筑材料、装配玻璃和显示器。The present application relates to an organic light emitting device and a lighting device having the same. The present application also relates to optical displays, emergency lighting, vehicle interior lighting, furniture components, building materials, glazing and displays with such a luminous means or with a lighting device comprising such a luminous means.

出版物US 6,554,443和US 6,626,554描述了一种具有基于半导体的发光二极管作为光源的发光器件。Publications US 6,554,443 and US 6,626,554 describe a light emitting device with a semiconductor-based light emitting diode as light source.

然而,基于半导体的发光二极管通常比较贵。特别是随着发光面积的增加则基于半导体的发光二极管的成本增加。因此大面积的基于半导体的发光二极管特别贵,并且由于其利润率小而很少被生产。此外,基于半导体的发光二极管通常被构造成既不是挠性的又不能透过可见光。However, semiconductor-based light-emitting diodes are generally more expensive. In particular, the costs of semiconductor-based light-emitting diodes increase with an increase in the light-emitting area. Large-area semiconductor-based light-emitting diodes are therefore particularly expensive and are rarely produced because of their small profit margins. Furthermore, semiconductor-based light-emitting diodes are typically constructed to be neither flexible nor transparent to visible light.

本发明的一个目的尤其是提供一种成本低廉的发光器件。It is an object of the invention in particular to provide an inexpensive light emitting device.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种能透过可见光的发光器件。Another object of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting device capable of transmitting visible light.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种适于例如在开放空间表示信息的发光器件。Another object of the invention is in particular to provide a lighting device suitable for representing information, for example in open spaces.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种例如在开放空间或在家具构件中可以作为装配玻璃使用并且还可以用作照明装置的发光器件。A further object of the invention is, inter alia, to provide a lighting device which can be used as glazing, for example in open spaces or in furniture components, and can also be used as a lighting device.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种可以用作反射镜和/或用作照明源的发光器件。Another object of the invention is, inter alia, to provide a light emitting device which can be used as a reflector and/or as an illumination source.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种适于例如在车辆中表示信息的发光器件。Another object of the invention is in particular to provide a lighting device suitable for representing information, for example in a vehicle.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种可以使用于装饰性元件中的发光器件。Another object of the invention is, inter alia, to provide a lighting device that can be used in a decorative element.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种用于检查镜(Suchspiegel)的发光器件。A further object of the invention is, inter alia, to provide a lighting device for inspection mirrors.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种挠性的发光器件。Another object of the present invention is to provide a flexible light emitting device.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种具有发光器件的照明装置。Another object of the present invention is to provide a lighting device with a light emitting device.

本发明的另一目的尤其是提供一种具有发光器件的照明装置,所述照明装置的光可以引起可变的色觉。Another object of the invention is, inter alia, to provide a lighting device with light emitting means, the light of which can induce variable color perception.

本发明某些实施方式的至少一个目的尤其是提供一种具有包含所述发光器件的储物元件的储物家具。由此例如能够照明储物家具的区域及其周围环境。At least one object of some embodiments of the present invention is, inter alia, to provide storage furniture having a storage element comprising said light emitting means. In this way, for example, the area of the storage furniture and its surroundings can be illuminated.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件尤其包含:According to at least one embodiment of the light emitting device, the light emitting device especially comprises:

-具有第一主面的衬底,在所述第一主面上施加第一电极,- a substrate having a first main face on which a first electrode is applied,

-第二电极,和- the second electrode, and

-在第一和第二电极之间在衬底的有源区内的有机层堆叠,其中所述有机层堆叠包含至少一层适于产生光的有机层。- An organic layer stack in the active region of the substrate between the first and second electrodes, wherein the organic layer stack comprises at least one organic layer suitable for generating light.

所述有机层堆叠的有机层可以含有低分子材料(小分子)或聚合物材料。低分子材料通常通过真空法(例如蒸发)来施加,而聚合物材料可以通过基于溶剂的方法(例如刮板法、旋转离心法(旋涂)或印刷法)来涂敷。The organic layers of the organic layer stack may contain low molecular materials (small molecules) or polymeric materials. Low molecular materials are usually applied by vacuum methods such as evaporation, while polymeric materials can be applied by solvent based methods such as doctor blade, spin-centrifuge (spin coating) or printing.

所述电极之一通常用作阳极,其将空穴注入有机层堆叠中,而另一电极用作阴极,其将电子压入有机层堆叠中。阳极优选含有对电子具有高逸出功的材料,例如氧化铟锡(ITO)。One of the electrodes is usually used as an anode, which injects holes into the organic layer stack, and the other electrode is used as a cathode, which pushes electrons into the organic layer stack. The anode preferably contains a material with a high work function for electrons, such as indium tin oxide (ITO).

与之相反,阴极优选含有对电子具有低逸出功的材料,例如碱金属或碱土金属。由于这些材料通常对大气气体,例如氧气和湿气很敏感,所以阴极除了具有较低逸出功的这种材料的层外可以包含一层或更多层对环境影响明显更不敏感的其他层,例如银层、铝层或铂层。所述其他层封装对电子具有低逸出功的层。In contrast, the cathode preferably contains a material with a low work function for electrons, such as an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal. Since these materials are generally sensitive to atmospheric gases such as oxygen and moisture, the cathode may contain, in addition to layers of this material with a lower work function, one or more other layers that are significantly less sensitive to environmental influences , such as silver, aluminum or platinum layers. The further layers enclose layers with a low work function for electrons.

所述有机层堆叠除了适于产生光的至少一层外可以包含其他有机层,例如空穴注入层、空穴传导层、电子注入层和电子传导层。The organic layer stack may comprise, besides at least one layer suitable for light generation, further organic layers, for example hole-injection layers, hole-conducting layers, electron-injection layers and electron-conducting layers.

所述空穴传导层和空穴注入层在此优选位于有机层堆叠的朝向阳极的侧上,而所述电子传导层和电子注入层优选位于有机层堆叠的朝向阴极的侧上。所述适于产生光的有机层在此优选设置于一侧上的空穴传导层和空穴注入层与另一侧上的电子传导层和电子注入层之间。通常,有机材料被构造成可透光的,特别是可透过由所述有机层堆叠发出的光。The hole-conducting layer and the hole-injecting layer are preferably located on the side of the organic layer stack facing the anode, while the electron-conducting layer and the electron-injecting layer are preferably located on the side of the organic layer stack facing the cathode. The organic layer suitable for generating light is preferably arranged here between the hole-conducting layer and the hole-injecting layer on one side and the electron-conducting layer and the electron-injecting layer on the other side. Usually, the organic material is designed to be transparent to light, in particular to light emitted by the organic layer stack.

例如所述空穴注入层含有至少一种以下材料或由其组成:For example, the hole injection layer contains or consists of at least one of the following materials:

-Pedot:PSS-Pedot:PSS

-F4TCNQ(四氟四氰基-醌二甲烷),p-掺杂型-F4TCNQ (tetrafluorotetracyano-quinodimethane), p-doped

-含有NDP-2的NHT-5。- NHT-5 containing NDP-2.

例如所述空穴传导层含有至少一种以下材料或由其组成:For example, the hole-conducting layer contains or consists of at least one of the following materials:

-aNPD=aNPB=4,4′-双[N-(1-萘基)-N-苯基-氨基]联苯-aNPD=aNPB=4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenyl-amino]biphenyl

-1-TNATA=4,4′,4"-三(N-(萘-1-基)-N-苯基-氨基)三苯胺-1-TNATA=4,4',4"-tris(N-(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine

-MTDATA=4,4′,4"-三(N-3甲基苯基-N-苯基-氨基)三苯胺-MTDATA=4,4',4"-tris(N-3methylphenyl-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine

-TPD=N,N′-二苯基-N,N′-(3-甲基苯基)-1,1′-联苯基-4,4′-二胺-TPD=N, N'-diphenyl-N, N'-(3-methylphenyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine

-spTAD=2,2′,7,7′-二苯基氨基-螺-9,9′-二芴(biflouren)。-spTAD=2,2',7,7'-diphenylamino-spiro-9,9'-bifloren.

例如所述电子传导层含有至少一种以下材料或由其组成:For example, the electron-conducting layer contains or consists of at least one of the following materials:

-Alq3=三(8-羟基喹啉)铝-Alq3 = three (8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum

-BAlq=双-(2-甲基-8-羟基喹啉)-4-(苯基苯酚)铝-BAlq=bis-(2-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline)-4-(phenylphenol)aluminum

-TPBi=1,3,5-三-(1-苯基-1H-苯并咪唑-2-基)-苯。-TPBi=1,3,5-tris-(1-phenyl-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)-benzene.

例如所述电子注入层含有至少一种以下材料或由其组成:For example, the electron injection layer contains or consists of at least one of the following materials:

-LiF,NaF-LiF, NaF

-Cs2CO3 -Cs 2 CO 3

-Ba-Ba

-含有NDN-1的NET-5。- NET-5 containing NDN-1.

所述发光器件通常具有两个彼此对置的主面。以下将发光器件背离衬底的主面称为发光器件的“上侧”,而与发光器件的上侧对置的主面被称为发光器件的“下侧”。The luminous means generally have two opposite main surfaces. The main surface of the luminous means facing away from the substrate is referred to below as the "upper side" of the luminous means, and the main area opposite the upper side of the luminous means is referred to as the "lower side" of the luminous means.

所述发光器件或者通过其下侧或者通过其上侧或者通过下侧和上侧发出在有机层堆叠中产生的光。在任何情况下,所述发光器件的元件必须可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光,其中所述元件被有机层堆叠中产生的光在发光器件朝着发射相应光的侧(上侧或下侧)的路径上穿过。如果设计为有机层堆叠中产生的光从发光器件的下侧和上侧发出,则通常必须使发光器件的所有元件(特别是电极)以及封装和衬底可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光。当元件被构造成至少可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光时,在本文中也将其称为“透光的”。The luminous means emit the light generated in the organic layer stack either via its underside or via its top side or via both the bottom side and the top side. In any case, the elements of the light-emitting device must be transparent to the light generated by the organic layer stack in which the light-emitting device is directed towards the side (upper side or lower side) from which the corresponding light is emitted. side) across the path. If it is designed that the light generated in the organic layer stack is emitted from the underside and the top side of the light-emitting device, it is generally necessary to make all components of the light-emitting device (especially the electrodes) as well as the encapsulation and the substrate transparent to the light generated by the organic layer stack . An element is also referred to herein as "light-transmissive" when it is configured to transmit at least light generated by the organic layer stack.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,第一电极可透过由有机层堆叠在工作时发出的光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the first electrode is permeable to light emitted by the organic layer stack during operation.

如果仅是第一电极可透过由有机层堆叠在工作时产生的光,而第二电极不能,则通常设计为光通过发光器件的下侧发出。因此,在此情况下优选至少衬底同样被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光。If only the first electrode is permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack during operation, but the second electrode is not, it is generally designed that the light is emitted through the underside of the luminous means. In this case, therefore, at least the substrate is preferably also designed to be permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack.

作为用于构造可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的衬底材料,例如适合的是:玻璃或塑料,例如聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚对苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、聚酰亚胺(PI)、聚砜(PSO)、聚苯醚砜(PES)、聚乙烯(PE)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚苯乙烯(PS)和聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)、聚酰胺(PA)、聚氨酯(PUR),以及橡胶。Suitable substrate materials for the construction of the light emitted by the organic layer stack are, for example: glass or plastics, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate ( PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polyimide (PI), polysulfone (PSO), polyphenylene ether sulfone (PES), polyethylene (PE), poly Propylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polystyrene (PS) and polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), polyamide (PA), polyurethane (PUR), and rubber.

此外,由玻璃和至少一种上述塑料形成的层压物适合作为构造可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的衬底。In addition, laminates made of glass and at least one of the aforementioned plastics are suitable as substrates for forming light-transmissive light emitted by the organic layer stack.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种其他实施方式,第二电极可透过由有机层堆叠在工作中发出的光。如果仅是第二电极可透过由有机层堆叠在工作中产生的光,而第一电极不能,则通常设计为光通过发光器件的上侧发出。因此,优选在此情况下第二电极和上侧(例如封装)之间的元件同样被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光。In accordance with at least one further embodiment of the luminous means, the second electrode is permeable to light emitted by the organic layer stack during operation. If only the second electrode is permeable to the light generated during operation by the organic layer stack, but the first electrode is not, it is generally designed that the light is emitted through the upper side of the luminous means. It is therefore preferred in this case that the components between the second electrode and the upper side (for example the encapsulation) are likewise designed to be transparent to the light generated by the organic layer stack.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种特别优选的实施方式,两个电极被构造成可透过由所述层堆叠产生的光。在该实施方式情况下,为此通常设计发光器件,使得发光器件被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光。如上所述,在这种情况下,光在朝着发光器件上侧或下侧的路径上穿过的发光器件的其他元件(特别是衬底和封装)同样被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光。In accordance with at least one particularly preferred embodiment of the luminous means, both electrodes are designed to be transparent to the light generated by the layer stack. In the case of this embodiment, the luminous means are generally designed for this purpose in such a way that the luminous means are designed to transmit the light emitted by the organic layer stack. As already mentioned above, in this case the other elements of the light-emitting device (in particular the substrate and the encapsulation) through which the light passes on its way towards the upper or lower side of the light-emitting device are likewise constructed to be transparent by the organic layer The light emitted by the stack.

根据至少一种实施方式,至少一个电极含有透明导电氧化物、金属或导电的有机材料,或者由它们组成。According to at least one embodiment, at least one electrode contains or consists of a transparent conductive oxide, a metal or a conductive organic material.

透明导电氧化物(transparent conductive oxides,缩写“TCO”)是导电材料,通常是金属氧化物,例如氧化锌、氧化锡、氧化镉、氧化钛、氧化铟或氧化铟锡(ITO),它们可透过可见光。因此它们特别适合用于构造可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的电极。例如ITO适合作为阳极材料。除了二元的金属氧化合物例如ZnO、SnO2或In2O3之外,三元的金属氧化合物例如ZnO:Al(ZAO)、Zn2SnO4、CdSnO3、ZnSnO3、MgIn2O4、GaInO3、Zn2In2O5或In4Sn3O12或者不同的透明导电氧化物的混合物也属于TCO组。此外,TCO并不一定对应于化学计量的组合物,也可以是p-或n-掺杂型的。Transparent conductive oxides (abbreviated "TCO") are conductive materials, usually metal oxides such as zinc oxide, tin oxide, cadmium oxide, titanium oxide, indium oxide, or indium tin oxide (ITO), that are transparent to over visible light. They are therefore particularly suitable for the construction of electrodes which are permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack. For example ITO is suitable as anode material. In addition to binary metal oxide compounds such as ZnO, SnO 2 or In 2 O 3 , ternary metal oxide compounds such as ZnO:Al(ZAO), Zn 2 SnO 4 , CdSnO 3 , ZnSnO 3 , MgIn 2 O 4 , GaInO 3 , Zn 2 In 2 O 5 or In 4 Sn 3 O 12 or mixtures of different transparent conductive oxides also belong to the TCO group. Furthermore, the TCO does not necessarily correspond to a stoichiometric composition and can also be p- or n-doped.

例如碱金属或碱土金属可以用作阴极金属。另外上述TCO材料也适合用于形成阴极。For example alkali metals or alkaline earth metals can be used as cathode metals. In addition, the TCO materials described above are also suitable for use in forming the cathode.

电极例如可以含有金属层或者由其组成。如果含有金属层或者由其组成的电极应当被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光时,则金属层必须被构造成足够薄。优选这种半透明金属层的厚度介于1nm至100nm之间,其中包括边界值。The electrodes can, for example, contain or consist of a metal layer. If an electrode containing or consisting of a metal layer is to be designed to be transparent to the light emitted by the organic layer stack, the metal layer must be made sufficiently thin. Preferably, such a semitransparent metal layer has a thickness of between 1 nm and 100 nm, limit values included.

例如PEDOT:PSS适合作为电极的有机导电材料,它特别好地适合用于阳极。其他合适的有机导电材料尤其是聚噻吩或并五苯。For example PEDOT:PSS is suitable as organic conductive material for electrodes, it is particularly well suited for anodes. Further suitable organically conductive materials are especially polythiophenes or pentacenes.

有机材料通常可透过可见光。因此含有有机导电材料或者由其组成的电极通常也可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光。Organic materials are generally transparent to visible light. Electrodes which contain or consist of organically conductive materials are therefore generally also permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,至少一个电极具有导电轨。导电轨优选含有金属或者由其构成。特别优选的是,例如与以上描述的半透明金属层相比,导电轨被构造成比较厚。优选金属轨的厚度至多为1.5μm。这样厚的导电轨通常具有良好的导电能力,因此其特别好地适于将载流子注入有机层堆叠中。此外,金属轨优选构造为使得其仅有小部分被围绕其的电极面所占据。例如导电轨被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的格栅。以此方式和方法可以借助于导电轨而获得可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的电极,该电极此外有利地还可以良好地将载流子注入有机层堆叠中。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one electrode has a conductive track. The conductor track preferably contains metal or consists of it. It is particularly preferred if the conductor track is configured thicker, for example compared to the above-described translucent metal layer. Preferably the thickness of the metal track is at most 1.5 μm. Such thick conductor tracks generally have good electrical conductivity and are therefore particularly well suited for injecting charge carriers into the organic layer stack. Furthermore, the metal track is preferably configured such that only a small part of it is occupied by the electrode area surrounding it. For example, the conductor track is designed as a grid which is permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack. In this way, an electrode permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack can be obtained by means of the conductive tracks, which electrode advantageously also allows a good charge carrier injection into the organic layer stack.

优选的是,金属轨占电极总面积的份额最多为25%,优选至多10%,特别优选至多5%。这样,金属轨对于观看者而言不再可觉察或几乎不可觉察的。Preferably, the metal track accounts for at most 25%, preferably at most 10%, particularly preferably at most 5%, of the total electrode area. In this way, the metal track is no longer perceptible or barely perceptible to the viewer.

特别优选的是,导电轨具有多层结构。这种多层结构例如可以具有多个金属层。优选所述多层结构包括三个金属层或者由它们组成,其中两个外层用作中间层的保护层,例如抗腐蚀。多层结构的中间层例如可以含有铝或者由铝形成,而两个外层可以含有铬、钼、铜或银或者可以由这些材料之一形成。Particularly preferably, the conductor track has a multilayer structure. Such a multilayer structure can have, for example, a plurality of metal layers. Preferably, the multilayer structure comprises or consists of three metal layers, wherein the two outer layers serve as protective layers for the middle layer, eg against corrosion. The middle layer of the multilayer structure can, for example, contain aluminum or be formed from aluminium, while the two outer layers can contain chromium, molybdenum, copper or silver or can be formed from one of these materials.

所述多层结构的厚度在此优选至少为50nm且至多为100nm。The thickness of the multilayer structure here is preferably at least 50 nm and at most 100 nm.

所述材料在此特别好地更适合用于导电性较差的电极。例如用于含有TCo或者由其形成的电极。原则上所述材料适合用于阳极和阴极。The material is particularly well suited here for electrodes with poor electrical conductivity. For example for electrodes containing or formed from TCo. The materials described are suitable in principle for the anode and cathode.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述有机层堆叠包括含有掺杂剂的掺杂型有机层,所述掺杂型有机层设置于至少一个适于产生光的有机层和电极之一之间。特别优选所述掺杂型有机层形成有机层堆叠的最外层,其特别优选与各自面向的电极构造共同的界面。所述掺杂型有机层可以是n-掺杂层或p-掺杂层。如果掺杂层被设置成朝向阴极或者与阴极邻接,则通常是n-掺杂层。反之,如果掺杂层被设置成朝向阳极或者与其邻接,则通常是p-掺杂层。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the light-emitting device, the organic layer stack comprises a doped organic layer comprising a dopant, the doped organic layer being arranged between at least one organic layer suitable for generating light and an electrode between one. It is particularly preferred that the doped organic layer forms the outermost layer of the organic layer stack, which particularly preferably forms a common interface with the respective facing electrodes. The doped organic layer may be an n-doped layer or a p-doped layer. If the doped layer is arranged towards or adjacent to the cathode, it is usually an n-doped layer. Conversely, if a doped layer is positioned towards or adjacent to the anode, it is typically a p-doped layer.

掺杂层的掺杂剂优选是尽可能大的原子或分子,其在n-掺杂剂情况下适于释放电子,并在p-掺杂剂情况下适于释放空穴。此外,所述掺杂剂在有机层堆叠内优选具有小的扩散常数,就象通常例如在大原子或分子情况下那样。The dopant of the doped layer is preferably the largest possible atom or molecule which is suitable for releasing electrons in the case of n-dopants and suitable for releasing holes in the case of p-dopants. Furthermore, the dopant preferably has a low diffusion constant within the organic layer stack, as is usually the case, for example, with large atoms or molecules.

掺杂一方面有利地提高了掺杂型有机层的导电能力,并且在邻接阴极的n-掺杂层情况下使得来自阴极的电子更好地注入有机层堆叠中,或者在邻接阳极的p-掺杂层情况下使得来自阳极的空穴更好地注入有机层堆叠中。优选使用铯、钡和氟化锂作为n-掺杂剂。例如以下材料适合作为p-掺杂剂:F4TCNQ,Mitsubishi的HIL(MCC-PC1.020)。The doping advantageously increases the conductivity of the doped organic layer on the one hand and, in the case of an n-doped layer adjoining the cathode, leads to a better injection of electrons from the cathode into the organic layer stack, or in the case of a p-doped layer adjoining the anode. In the case of a doped layer, better injection of holes from the anode into the organic layer stack is achieved. Preference is given to using cesium, barium and lithium fluoride as n-dopants. For example the following materials are suitable as p-dopants: F4TCNQ, HIL from Mitsubishi (MCC-PC1.020).

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,有源区设置在封装内。由于有机层堆叠的有机材料以及经常还有电极材料(特别是注入电子的阴极材料)相对于大气气体(例如湿气和氧气)是反应性的,因此与氧气和湿气以及其他大气气体良好隔离开对于发光器件寿命而言通常是特别重要的,通常借助于封装来隔离。特别是包含有机层堆叠和电极的有源区在此通常必须被保护起来。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the active region is arranged within the encapsulation. Good insulation from oxygen and moisture and other atmospheric gases since the organic materials of the organic layer stack and often also the electrode materials (in particular the electron-injecting cathode materials) are reactive with respect to atmospheric gases such as moisture and oxygen The on-off is often particularly important for the lifetime of the light-emitting device and is usually isolated by means of packaging. In particular the active region containing the organic layer stack and the electrodes usually has to be protected here.

例如帽状物(Kappe)可以用作封装,其在有源层堆叠的区域内具有空腔,并且其安装在衬底围绕有源区的固定区域内的衬底上,例如通过粘合实现。优选的是,帽状物的空腔在有源区上形成空室,有机层堆叠和两个电极设置在所述空室中。此外,具有其空腔下侧的帽状物优选不与有机层堆叠上的第二电极直接接触。For example, a cap can be used as an encapsulation, which has a cavity in the area of the active layer stack and which is mounted on the substrate in a fixed area surrounding the active area, for example by gluing. Preferably, the cavity of the cap forms a cavity above the active region, in which cavity the organic layer stack and the two electrodes are arranged. Furthermore, the cap with its cavity underside preferably does not come into direct contact with the second electrode on the organic layer stack.

此外,板状物也可以用作封装,其在衬底围绕有源区的固定区域内与之结合,例如通过粘合实现。这种板状物可以设置与第二电极直接接触。例如所述板状物可以通过粘合剂层而固定在第二电极上。Furthermore, a plate can also be used as an encapsulation, which is bonded to the substrate in a fixed region surrounding the active area, for example by gluing. Such a plate can be placed in direct contact with the second electrode. For example, the plate can be fixed on the second electrode via an adhesive layer.

为了在帽状物或板状物之间产生间隔,使得帽状物或板状物不与第二电极直接接触,根据一种实施方式,所述有源区包含间隔保持装置。所述间隔保持装置例如可以是设置在有机层堆叠或第二电极上的球状颗粒。In order to create a space between the caps or plates, so that the caps or plates are not in direct contact with the second electrode, according to one embodiment, the active region comprises spacers. The spacers can be, for example, spherical particles arranged on the organic layer stack or on the second electrode.

另外薄膜也可以用作封装。所述薄膜可以在衬底围绕有源区的固定区域内与之结合,例如通过粘合实现。这种薄膜可以设置与第二电极直接接触。例如所述薄膜可以通过粘合剂层而固定在第二电极上。In addition thin films can also be used as encapsulation. The film can be bonded to the substrate in a fixed region around the active area, for example by gluing. Such a film can be placed in direct contact with the second electrode. For example, the film can be fixed on the second electrode by means of an adhesive layer.

为了在薄膜和第二电极或有机层堆叠之间产生间隔,使得所述薄膜不与第二电极直接接触,根据一种实施方式,有源区包含间隔保持装置。所述间隔保持装置例如可以是设置在有机层堆叠或第二电极上的球状颗粒。In order to produce a spacing between the film and the second electrode or the organic layer stack, so that the film is not in direct contact with the second electrode, according to one embodiment the active region contains a spacer. The spacers can be, for example, spherical particles arranged on the organic layer stack or on the second electrode.

所述薄膜例如由透明塑料或玻璃形成。优选的是,所述薄膜的厚度至多为1mm,特别优选至多0.5mm。The film is formed, for example, from transparent plastic or glass. Preferably, the film has a thickness of at most 1 mm, particularly preferably at most 0.5 mm.

另外层压物也可以用作封装,所述层压物包含至少一个玻璃制的层,在其上施加至少一个塑料制的层。优选的是,玻璃层的两个主面各被塑料层所遮盖。这样,所述层压物就是塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物。Furthermore, laminates can also be used as encapsulations, said laminates comprising at least one layer made of glass, onto which at least one layer made of plastic is applied. Preferably, both main faces of the glass layer are each covered by a plastic layer. Thus, the laminate is a plastic-glass-plastic laminate.

所述层压物可以在衬底围绕有源区的固定区域内与之结合,例如通过粘合实现。这种层压物可以设置与第二电极直接接触。例如所述层压物可以通过粘合剂层而固定在第二电极上。The laminate can be bonded to the substrate in a fixed region around the active area, for example by gluing. This laminate can be placed in direct contact with the second electrode. For example, the laminate can be fixed on the second electrode by means of an adhesive layer.

为了在层压物和第二电极或有机层堆叠之间产生间隔,使得层压物不与第二电极直接接触,根据一种实施方式,有源区包含间隔保持装置。所述间隔保持装置例如可以是设置在有机层堆叠或第二电极上的球状颗粒。In order to produce a spacing between the laminate and the second electrode or the organic layer stack, so that the laminate is not in direct contact with the second electrode, according to one embodiment the active region contains a spacer. The spacers can be, for example, spherical particles arranged on the organic layer stack or on the second electrode.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述封装通过薄膜封装而形成。所述薄膜封装具有至少一个阻挡层。设定所述阻挡层是为了保护有机层堆叠以及敏感的电极材料以免有害物质(例如湿气和氧气)侵入。According to at least one embodiment, the encapsulation is formed by thin-film encapsulation. The thin film encapsulation has at least one barrier layer. The barrier layer is provided in order to protect the organic layer stack and the sensitive electrode material against the ingress of harmful substances such as moisture and oxygen.

薄膜封装还包含至少一个薄膜层、例如阻挡层,其通过薄膜法,例如溅射、蒸发以及等离子体支持的CVD(“化学气相沉积”的缩写)、ALD(“原子层沉积”的缩写)、MOVPE(“金属有机物气相外延生长”的缩写)、闪蒸和/或激光烧蚀施加来施加。这种薄膜层的厚度优选介于0.5μm和5μm之间,其中包括边界值。Thin-film encapsulation also comprises at least one thin-film layer, for example a barrier layer, which is obtained by thin-film methods such as sputtering, evaporation and plasma-supported CVD (abbreviation for "Chemical Vapor Deposition"), ALD (abbreviation for "Atomic Layer Deposition"), MOVPE (short for "metal organic vapor phase epitaxy"), flash evaporation and/or laser ablation application. The thickness of such a film layer is preferably between 0.5 μm and 5 μm, limit values included.

薄膜封装例如可以直接施加在第二电极上。与帽状物或板状物相比,薄膜封装通常带来的优点是,可以被构造成特别薄并且节省位置。The thin-film encapsulation can, for example, be applied directly on the second electrode. Compared with caps or plates, thin-film encapsulation generally has the advantage that it can be designed to be particularly thin and space-saving.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述阻挡层含有以下材料之一或由其形成:氧化硅、氮化硅。所述材料特别适于形成屏障以对抗外来影响,例如对抗氧气和湿气的侵入。According to at least one embodiment, the barrier layer contains or is formed from one of the following materials: silicon oxide, silicon nitride. Said material is particularly suitable for forming a barrier against external influences, such as the ingress of oxygen and moisture.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述薄膜封装部包含多个交替的阻挡层,其中至少两个在其材料组成方面不同的阻挡层以有规律的次序设置。换句话说,在所述实施方式情况下,所述薄膜封装部包含第一和第二阻挡层,其中第一阻挡层的材料组成不同于第二阻挡层的材料组成。第一阻挡层例如可以含有氧化硅或者由该材料形成,第二阻挡层例如可以含有氮化硅或者由该材料形成。第一和第二阻挡层还在其材料组成方面交替地设置。According to at least one embodiment, the thin-film encapsulation comprises a plurality of alternating barrier layers, wherein at least two barrier layers differing in their material composition are arranged in a regular sequence. In other words, in the case of this embodiment, the thin-film encapsulation comprises a first and a second barrier layer, wherein the material composition of the first barrier layer differs from the material composition of the second barrier layer. The first barrier layer may, for example, contain silicon oxide or be formed from this material, and the second barrier layer may, for example, contain silicon nitride or be formed from this material. The first and second barrier layers are also arranged alternately with regard to their material composition.

阻挡层在薄膜封装部内的这种交替的层序列带来的优点是,薄膜封装部被构造成特别致密。这通常的原因是,在施加相应的阻挡层时会在其中产生的针孔(即小孔)可以被位于其上的阻挡层所遮盖或者甚至被其材料所填塞。此外,阻挡层的针孔与邻近阻挡层的针孔形成普遍连接的可能性特别小。对在其材料组成方面交替设置的阻挡层而言,情况尤其如此。Such an alternating layer sequence of the barrier layer within the thin-film encapsulation has the advantage that the thin-film encapsulation is designed to be particularly dense. This is usually due to the fact that pinholes (ie pinholes) which are produced therein when the corresponding barrier layer is applied can be covered by the barrier layer lying thereon or even filled with its material. In addition, pinholes of a barrier layer are less likely to form generalized connections with pinholes of adjacent barrier layers. This is especially the case for barrier layers which are arranged alternately with regard to their material composition.

特别优选的是,交替的阻挡层之一含有氧化硅而另一交替的阻挡层含有氮化硅。It is particularly preferred that one of the alternating barrier layers contains silicon oxide and the other alternate barrier layer contains silicon nitride.

根据至少一种其他的实施方式,薄膜封装部包含至少一个设置于两个阻挡层之间的聚合物中间层。According to at least one further embodiment, the thin-film encapsulation comprises at least one polymer intermediate layer arranged between two barrier layers.

例如以单体汽化并液态分离出来的多组分树脂系统适用于所述聚合物中间层。由此,使聚合物中间层达到高的平坦度。随后通过紫外线照射使分离的层交联。For example, multicomponent resin systems in which monomers are vaporized and separated off in liquid form are suitable for the polymeric intermediate layer. As a result, a high degree of flatness is achieved for the polymer intermediate layer. The separated layers are then crosslinked by UV irradiation.

聚合物中间层的任务是使薄膜封装部平坦化,以便阻止交替的无机阻挡层中的针孔相互重叠。由此,使薄膜封装部的水渗透性和氧气渗透性下降。The task of the polymer interlayer is to planarize the thin-film encapsulation in order to prevent the pinholes in the alternating inorganic barrier layers from overlapping each other. As a result, the water permeability and oxygen permeability of the thin film sealing portion are reduced.

聚合物中间层的厚度优选可以介于50nm至100nm之间,其中包括边界值。如果存在顶部发光体或者要求发光器件具有透明性,则特别优选的是聚合物中间层可透光。The thickness of the polymer intermediate layer can preferably be between 50 nm and 100 nm, limit values included. It is particularly preferred that the polymeric interlayer is light-transmissive if a top emitter is present or if transparency is required for the lighting device.

特别优选的是,所述薄膜封装部包含保护漆层作为最外层。所述保护漆层例如可以通过采用掩模工艺的喷涂法而施加在薄膜封装部上。Particularly preferably, the thin-film encapsulation comprises a protective lacquer layer as the outermost layer. The protective lacquer layer can be applied to the thin-film encapsulation, for example, by spraying with a masking process.

或者,例如可以在薄膜封装部上粘合环氧树脂薄膜作为保护漆层。在此情况下,保护漆层特别还有助于防水性。在环氧树脂薄膜上还可以压合上进一步改善防水性的薄玻璃。Alternatively, for example, an epoxy resin film can be glued onto the film encapsulation as a protective lacquer layer. In this case, the protective lacquer layer also contributes in particular to the water resistance. Thin glass that further improves waterproofness can also be laminated on the epoxy resin film.

根据另一种实施方式,在薄膜封装部和第二电极之间设置有增粘层,其优选同样是薄膜层。所述增粘层的任务是,改善第二电极上的薄膜封装部或者可能安置在第二电极上的其他层的粘合性。在此,所述增粘层例如含有硫原子和/或氮原子或者硫化合物和/或氮化合物。所述增粘层例如还可以含有氧化铝或由氧化铝形成。According to a further embodiment, an adhesion-promoting layer, which is preferably also a film layer, is arranged between the film encapsulation and the second electrode. The purpose of the adhesion-promoting layer is to improve the adhesion of the thin-film encapsulation on the second electrode or of other layers that may be arranged on the second electrode. In this case, the adhesion-promoting layer contains, for example, sulfur atoms and/or nitrogen atoms or sulfur compounds and/or nitrogen compounds. The adhesion-promoting layer can, for example, also contain or consist of aluminum oxide.

根据至少一种其他实施方式,在第二电极和薄膜封装部之间设置有机平坦化层。According to at least one other embodiment, an organic planarization layer is arranged between the second electrode and the thin-film encapsulation.

例如以单体汽化并液态分离出来的多组分树脂系统适用于所述有机平坦化层。由此,使有机平坦化层达到高的平坦度。随后通过紫外线照射使分离的层交联。有机平坦化层的任务是使薄膜封装部平坦化,以便阻止交替的无机阻挡层中的针孔相互重叠。由此,使薄膜封装部的水渗透性和氧气渗透性下降。有机平坦化层的厚度优选可以介于50nm至100nm之间,其中包括边界值。For example, a multi-component resin system in which monomers are vaporized and separated in liquid form is suitable for the organic planarization layer. As a result, the organic planarization layer achieves a high degree of flatness. The separated layers are then crosslinked by UV irradiation. The task of the organic planarization layer is to planarize the thin-film encapsulation in order to prevent the pinholes in the alternating inorganic barrier layers from overlapping each other. As a result, the water permeability and oxygen permeability of the thin film sealing portion are reduced. The thickness of the organic planarization layer can preferably be between 50 nm and 100 nm, limit values included.

如果在第二电极和薄膜封装部之间设置有增粘层,则有机平坦化层优选设置在增粘层和第二电极之间,其中增粘层应当改善平坦化层和薄膜封装部之间的粘合性。If an adhesion-promoting layer is arranged between the second electrode and the thin-film encapsulation, the organic planarization layer is preferably arranged between the adhesion-promoting layer and the second electrode, wherein the adhesion-promoting layer should improve the adhesion between the planarization layer and the thin-film encapsulation. adhesiveness.

有机平坦化层例如可以含有散射中心如漫射颗粒,例如硅球。除了硅球外,折射率不同于周围基质的其他透光材料也是合适的,例如玻璃球。The organic planarization layer may for example contain scattering centers such as diffusing particles, eg silicon spheres. In addition to silicon spheres, other light-transmitting materials having a different refractive index than the surrounding matrix are also suitable, such as glass spheres.

漫射颗粒设计用于散射光,例如OLED层结构的横向结构(其例如由于电极设计而可能出现)应该消失,从而使观看者产生均匀的印象。此外,发射特性会受光散射的影响。The diffusing particles are designed to scatter light, for example lateral structures of the OLED layer structure, which may occur eg due to the electrode design, should disappear so that the viewer has the impression of homogeneity. In addition, emission characteristics can be affected by light scattering.

漫射颗粒的直径优选为至少0.5μm到至多5μm。周围层的厚度优选相应地匹配,从而使漫射颗粒嵌入于层中。The diameter of the diffusing particles is preferably at least 0.5 μm and at most 5 μm. The thickness of the surrounding layer is preferably adapted accordingly, so that the diffusing particles are embedded in the layer.

如果要获得基本上可透过由有机层堆叠在工作时发出的光的发光器件,或者要获得从其上侧发出的光的发光器件,则封装优选同样被构造成可透过由发光器件在工作时发出的光。If a light-emitting device is to be obtained that is substantially transparent to the light emitted by the organic layer stack during operation, or to obtain light emitted from its upper side, the encapsulation is preferably also constructed so as to be transparent to the light emitted by the light-emitting device in operation. The light emitted while working.

根据至少一种实施方式,封装含有玻璃或者由玻璃形成。这种封装通常可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光。特别是可以使用可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光的玻璃帽或玻璃板作为封装。According to at least one embodiment, the encapsulation contains glass or is formed of glass. Such encapsulations are generally transparent to the light emitted by the organic layer stack. In particular glass caps or glass plates which are permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack can be used as encapsulation.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述有机平坦化层含有发光转换材料。According to at least one embodiment, the organic planarization layer contains a luminescence conversion material.

所述发光转换材料例如将蓝光部分地转变成黄光,由此产生从发光器件发出的白色混合光。将所述发光转换材料嵌入于平坦化层或其他功能层如封装或衬底中被证实特别有利,因为由此在生产时可以节省工艺步骤。因此生产成本特别低廉。The luminescence conversion material, for example, partially converts blue light into yellow light, thereby producing white mixed light emitted from the luminous means. Embedding the luminescence conversion material in a planarization layer or other functional layer such as encapsulation or substrate has proven to be particularly advantageous, since process steps can thus be saved during production. The production costs are therefore particularly low.

所述发光转换材料是如下的材料:其吸收第一波长范围的入射光并发出不同于第一波长范围的第二波长范围的光,所述第二波长范围通常包含比第一波长范围更长的波长。The luminescence conversion material is a material that absorbs incident light in a first wavelength range and emits light in a second wavelength range different from the first wavelength range, the second wavelength range typically comprising longer wavelengths than the first wavelength range wavelength.

可以使用有机材料例如苝-荧光材料作为发光转换材料。例如还可以用于相应波长范围中的染料激光器的其他有机材料适合作为发光转换材料。Organic materials such as perylene-fluorescent materials can be used as luminescence conversion materials. For example, other organic materials which can also be used for dye lasers in the corresponding wavelength range are suitable as luminescence conversion materials.

此外,其分子含有芳香系统并优选含有共轭双键的发光转换材料也是合适的。所述发光转换材料的主骨架例如由色烯、呫吨、香豆素、硫代吲哚和/或苯形成。Furthermore, luminescence conversion materials whose molecules contain aromatic systems and preferably conjugated double bonds are also suitable. The main skeleton of the luminescence conversion material is formed, for example, from chromene, xanthene, coumarin, thioindole and/or benzene.

例如以下材料特别合适:Rhodamin 6G、DCM=4-(二氰基亚甲基)-2-甲基-6-(对二甲氨基-苯乙烯基)-4H-吡喃。For example the following materials are particularly suitable: Rhodamin 6G, DCM=4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6-(p-dimethylamino-styryl)-4H-pyran.

在此特别希望具有反常的斯托克斯漂移(Stokes-Schift)的分子,该斯托克斯漂移使发光区域与激发的辐射较少重叠或者不重叠。另外,所谓的三重态发光体也是适合的,因为此时在激发的辐射和发光之间没有出现重叠。三重态发光体的另一积极效果在于避免了吸收损失,例如Rhodamin B在此是特别适合的。Molecules with anomalous Stokes shifts which result in little or no overlap of the luminescent region with the exciting radiation are particularly desirable here. In addition, so-called triplet emitters are also suitable, since in this case no overlap occurs between excited radiation and luminescence. Another positive effect of triplet emitters is that absorption losses are avoided, for example Rhodamin B is particularly suitable here.

此外,以下无机材料也适合用作发光转换材料:掺杂稀土金属的石榴石,掺杂稀土金属的碱土金属硫化物,掺杂稀土金属的硫化镓酸盐(Thiogallate),掺杂稀土金属的铝酸盐,掺杂稀土金属的原硅酸盐,掺杂稀土金属的氯代硅酸盐,掺杂稀土金属的碱土金属氮化硅,掺杂稀土金属的氧氮化物和掺杂稀土金属的氮氧化铝。In addition, the following inorganic materials are also suitable as luminescence conversion materials: garnet doped with rare earth metals, alkaline earth metal sulfides doped with rare earth metals, sulfide gallates (Thiogallate) doped with rare earth metals, aluminum doped with rare earth metals Orthosilicate doped with rare earth metals, chlorosilicate doped with rare earth metals, alkaline earth metal silicon nitride doped with rare earth metals, oxynitride doped with rare earth metals and nitrogen doped with rare earth metals alumina.

根据至少一种其他实施方式,所述发光器件包含吸气材料。所述吸气材料有利地适于结合湿气和/或氧气。例如BaO、CaO、沸石、Al-烷氧基化合物和钡可以用作吸气材料。According to at least one further embodiment, the luminous means comprises a getter material. The getter material is advantageously suitable for binding moisture and/or oxygen. For example BaO, CaO, zeolites, Al-alkoxylates and barium can be used as getter materials.

所述吸气材料例如可以设置在有源区内部。此外所述吸气材料或者还可以设置在有源区外部。吸气材料例如可以围住有源区,并且大致环状地围着衬底和封装之间的有源区进行设置。以此方式和方法,通过吸气材料可以特别有效地避免有害物质的侵入。The getter material can, for example, be arranged inside the active region. Furthermore, the getter material can alternatively also be arranged outside the active region. The getter material can, for example, surround the active region and be arranged approximately annularly around the active region between the substrate and the encapsulation. In this way, the ingress of harmful substances can be prevented particularly effectively by the getter material.

此外,在使用帽状物或板状物来封装时,还可以将吸气材料施加在帽状物或者板状物的朝向有源层堆叠的那侧上。如果要产生基本上可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光的发光器件,则此时吸气材料优选还可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光。对此,例如Al-烷氧基化合物适合作为吸气材料。Furthermore, when a cap or plate is used for the encapsulation, it is also possible to apply a getter material on that side of the cap or plate which faces the active layer stack. If a light-emitting component is to be produced which is substantially permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack, the getter material is then preferably also permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack. For this purpose, Al-alkoxy compounds are suitable as getter materials, for example.

如果发光器件包含特别好地防止有害物质侵入发光器件的封装,例如象薄膜封装部的情形,则发光器件优选不含任何吸气材料。If the luminous means comprises an encapsulation which prevents the penetration of harmful substances into the luminous means particularly well, as is the case, for example, with thin-film encapsulations, the luminous means preferably does not contain any getter materials.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件在衬底上有电引线,其使电极之一和优选位于有源区外部的连接部位导电连接。优选的是,所述发光器件通过所述连接部位例如借助于插头进行电接触。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means has an electrical lead on the substrate, which electrically connects one of the electrodes to a connection location preferably located outside the active region. Preferably, the luminous means are electrically contacted via the connection location, for example by means of a plug.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述电引线被构造成可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光。这种引线特别适合用于被构造成完全可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光的发光器件中。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the electrical leads are designed to be transparent to light emitted by the layer stack. Leads of this type are particularly suitable for use in luminous devices which are constructed completely transparent to the light emitted by the layer stack.

所述电引线例如可以含有金属或由其形成。如果电引线要被构造成可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光,则在所述情况下薄地施加金属,使得形成可透过有机层堆叠的光的半透明金属层。The electrical leads may, for example, contain metal or be formed therefrom. If the electrical leads are to be formed permeable to the light emitted by the layer stack, the metal is applied so thinly in this case that a translucent metal layer is formed which is permeable to the light of the organic layer stack.

此外,所述发光器件的电引线还可以含有透明的导电氧化物或由其形成。由于透明的导电氧化物可透过可见光,因此这种电引线通常同样可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光,并优选可透过外来的可见光。Furthermore, the electrical leads of the luminous means can also contain or be formed from transparent conductive oxides. Since the transparent conductive oxide is transparent to visible light, such electrical leads are generally also transparent to the light emitted by the layer stack, and preferably to external visible light.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件被构造成基本上可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光。在这种情况下,为此设计所述发光器件,使得由有机层堆叠产生的光从其上侧和从其下侧发出。此外,在所述情况下优选构造发光器件,使得其在关断状态下良好透过外来的可见光,并且不包含大比例吸收或反射可见光的元件。在该情况下,所述发光器件在关断状态下对观看者而言很难觉察到。这意味着所述发光器件此时优选被构造成清澈透明并且不漫射(diffus streuend)。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means is designed substantially permeable to light generated by the organic layer stack. In this case, the luminous means are designed for this purpose in such a way that the light generated by the organic layer stack is emitted from its upper side and from its lower side. Furthermore, in this case the luminous means are preferably designed such that in the off state they transmit external visible light well and contain no components which absorb or reflect visible light to a large extent. In this case, the luminous means are hardly perceptible to a viewer in the switched-off state. This means that the luminous means are here preferably designed to be clear and transparent and not diffuse.

如果所述发光器件可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光,则所述发光器件的元件,诸如有机层堆叠、电极、衬底、封装、可能的吸气材料和引线同样可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光,特别优选可透过可见光。If the light-emitting device is permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack, the components of the light-emitting device, such as the organic layer stack, electrodes, substrate, encapsulation, possible getter materials and leads, are also permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack. The light generated by the stack is particularly preferably transparent to visible light.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,窗装配玻璃(Fensterverglasung)用作衬底。这特别是当发光器件被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光时会是有利的。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, glazing is used as substrate. This can be advantageous in particular when the luminous means is designed to be permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack.

被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光的发光器件可以集成于窗、天花板元件、挡风玻璃、门、空间分隔物(Raumteiler)、玻璃组件、墙或分隔壁中,并且例如可用于建筑物、家具、车辆或飞机上。Light-emitting devices which are designed to be permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack can be integrated in windows, ceiling elements, windshields, doors, room dividers, glass components, walls or partitions and can be used, for example, in buildings, furniture, vehicles or aircraft.

根据另一种实施方式,所述窗装配玻璃用作封装。According to another embodiment, the glazing is used as encapsulation.

特别优选的是,衬底和封装被构造成窗装配玻璃。在该实施方式中,被构造成优选可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的发光器件或者具有这种发光器件的照明装置可以尽可能简单地作为装配玻璃集成于玻璃板中。Particularly preferably, the substrate and the encapsulation are configured as glazing. In this embodiment, the luminous means, which are formed preferably permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack, or the lighting device with such a luminous means, can be integrated as simply as possible in the glass pane as a glazing.

具有被构造成至少可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的发光器件或者具有带这种发光器件的照明装置的玻璃板例如可以用于宾馆门上、博览会或博物馆上的信号显示。由此可以通过发光器件来显示信息,所述信息可以根据需要通过发光器件来显示。以此方式和方法可以有利地避免例如门上的标签。此外,通过发光器件的发光的信息比通过标签产生明显更好的信号效果。Glass panes with luminous means designed to transmit at least the light emitted by the organic layer stack or with lighting means with such luminous means can be used, for example, for signal displays on hotel doors, at trade fairs or in museums. Information can thus be displayed via the luminous means, which information can be displayed via the luminous means as required. In this way, labels on doors, for example, can advantageously be avoided. Furthermore, the luminous information via the luminous means produces a significantly better signaling effect than via labels.

此外,借助于被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光的发光器件,可以将广告显示(例如公司标志)简单地集成于陈列橱窗中,或将信息放映在车辆或飞机的挡风玻璃上。Furthermore, with the aid of light-emitting devices which are constructed so as to transmit the light emitted by the organic layer stack, it is possible to simply integrate advertising displays, such as company logos, into display windows, or to project information on the windshield of a vehicle or aircraft superior.

此外,至少部分可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光的发光器件可以用于例如博物馆或会议中心的天花板元件中。由此在发光器件关断的情况下可以使日光通过天花板元件而进入相应的房间中,而具有所述发光器件的天花板元件在夜晚或黄昏时可以用于照明。Furthermore, luminous means which are at least partially permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack can be used, for example, in ceiling elements in museums or conference centres. In this way, when the luminous means are switched off, daylight can enter the corresponding room through the ceiling element, while the ceiling element with the luminous means can be used for lighting at night or at dusk.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述衬底被设计成乳白色(milchig)。According to at least one embodiment, the substrate is designed to be milchig.

根据另一种实施方式,所述封装被设计成乳白色。According to another embodiment, the encapsulation is designed to be milky white.

例如衬底和/或封装的表面被构造成粗糙的,和/或将散射中心导入衬底/封装中。For example, the surface of the substrate and/or the package is roughened and/or scattering centers are introduced into the substrate/package.

还可以将含有所谓“聚合物分散型液晶”的附加薄膜/层施加在衬底和/或封装上。由此,使乳白色可电接通和关断。在施加电压时所述层是清澈的,在关断时所述层变成乳白色。It is also possible to apply additional films/layers containing so-called "polymer dispersed liquid crystals" on the substrate and/or the encapsulation. Thereby, the milky white can be electrically switched on and off. The layer was clear when a voltage was applied and turned opalescent when turned off.

当相应的窗由于设计原因或功能原因不需要清澈透视时,则衬底或者封装的乳白色设计(例如设计成乳白色的窗装配玻璃)特别是在上述应用中有利。A milky-white design of the substrate or of the encapsulation (eg glazing designed as milky-white) is particularly advantageous in the above-mentioned applications when the corresponding window does not require a clear see-through for design or functional reasons.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个反射元件。所述反射元件优选沿着发光器件的主平面之一构造。特别优选的是,所述反射元件完全沿着发光器件的主平面构造。所述反射元件可以设置在发光器件的下侧,例如设置在衬底的背离(wegweisend)有机层堆叠的那侧上,或者设置在发光器件的上侧,例如设置在封装的背离有机层堆叠的那侧上。此外,反射元件例如可以设置在第一电极和衬底之间或在第二电极和封装之间。通过在发光器件内设置反射元件,通常主面之一被与有机层堆叠中产生的光切断,这意味着,在有机层堆叠中产生的光只从主面之一、亦即从下侧或上侧发出。以下也将该主面称为“发光的正面”。在此需指出,术语“发光的正面”不是一定意味着整个主面(在有机层堆叠中产生的光从其发出)都被构造成发光。更确切地说,也可以只有正面的一部分面是发光的。在此,发光的正面、下侧和上侧的发光的面也被称为"发光面"。According to at least one embodiment, the luminous means comprises at least one reflective element. The reflective element is preferably formed along one of the main planes of the luminous means. Particularly preferably, the reflective element is formed completely along the main plane of the luminous means. The reflective element can be arranged on the underside of the light-emitting device, for example on the side of the substrate facing away from the organic layer stack, or on the upper side of the light-emitting device, for example on the side of the package facing away from the organic layer stack. on that side. Furthermore, the reflective element can be arranged, for example, between the first electrode and the substrate or between the second electrode and the encapsulation. By arranging a reflective element in the light-emitting device, one of the main surfaces is generally cut off from the light generated in the organic layer stack, which means that the light generated in the organic layer stack is only emitted from one of the main surfaces, that is to say from the bottom side or Issued from the upper side. This main surface is also referred to below as "luminous front surface". It should be pointed out here that the term “luminous front side” does not necessarily mean that the entire main surface from which the light generated in the organic layer stack is emitted is configured to emit light. Rather, it is also possible for only a part of the front side to be illuminated. Here, the luminous front, the underside and the luminous surface of the upper side are also referred to as “luminous surfaces”.

所述发光器件的其余元件(但至少是在朝着发光的正面的路径上被有机层堆叠中产生的光透过的发光器件元件)优选被构造成可透过在有机层堆叠中产生的光。特别优选的是,这些元件一般被构造成可透过可见光。The remaining elements of the luminous means (but at least the luminous means elements which are transmitted by the light generated in the organic layer stack on the way towards the light-emitting front side) are preferably configured to be permeable to the light generated in the organic layer stack . It is particularly preferred that these elements are generally configured to be transparent to visible light.

如果发光器件包含至少一个反射元件(在该发光器件中如下元件构造为可透光的:这些元件在朝着发光的正面被有机层堆叠产生的光穿过),则所述发光器件有利地在接通状态下可以用作照明源,并且在关断状态下,由于反射元件结合以发光器件的其余的可透过可见光的元件的原因,可以用作反射镜。对于所述发光器件而言,在反射镜功能和照明功能之间可转换是有利的。If the luminous means comprises at least one reflective element in which the light-transmissive elements are formed through which the light generated by the organic layer stack is passed on the light-emitting front side, the luminous means are advantageously located in the In the on-state it can be used as an illumination source, and in the off-state it can be used as a reflector due to the fact that the reflective element is combined with the remaining visible light-permeable elements of the luminous device. It is advantageous for the luminous means to be switchable between a reflector function and an illumination function.

包含反射元件的发光器件在本文中也被称为“反射发光器件”。Light emitting devices comprising reflective elements are also referred to herein as "reflective light emitting devices".

所述发光器件在此可以含有额外的反射元件,或者发光器件的元件之一(例如衬底、电极或封装)可以被构造成反射元件。The luminous means can contain additional reflective elements, or one of the elements of the luminous means (for example the substrate, the electrodes or the encapsulation) can be designed as a reflective element.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含反射的层序列作为反射元件。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means comprises a reflective layer sequence as reflective element.

所述反射的层序列例如可以包含介电的反射镜或由其形成。另外,所述反射的层序列还可能包含银层和由有机械耐抗性的铜制成的层。优选的是,所述反射层此时与发光器件的功能层如电极或有机层堆叠电绝缘。The reflective layer sequence can, for example, contain or be formed by a dielectric mirror. In addition, the reflective layer sequence may also contain silver layers and layers made of mechanically resistant copper. Preferably, the reflective layer is then electrically insulated from functional layers of the luminous component, such as electrodes or the organic layer stack.

所述反射的层序列可以设置在发光器件的下侧,例如在衬底的背离有机层堆叠那侧上,或者在发光器件的上侧,例如在封装的背离有机层堆叠那侧上。此外,反射的层序列例如可以设置在第一电极和衬底之间或者在第二电极和封装之间。The reflective layer sequence can be arranged on the underside of the luminous means, eg on the side of the substrate facing away from the organic layer stack, or on the upper side of the luminous means, eg on the side of the encapsulation facing away from the organic layer stack. Furthermore, a reflective layer sequence can be arranged, for example, between the first electrode and the substrate or between the second electrode and the encapsulation.

所述反射的层序列例如还可以形成电极之一的最外层。The reflective layer sequence can also form, for example, the outermost layer of one of the electrodes.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含消除反射的层序列。这种消除反射的层序列优选被施加在外表面之一上,亦即施加在发光器件的上侧或下侧上。如果发光器件只从一个主面、即从发光的正面辐射光,则消除反射的层序列优选施加在发光的正面上。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means comprises an antireflection layer sequence. Such an antireflection layer sequence is preferably applied to one of the outer surfaces, ie to the upper side or the lower side of the luminous means. If the luminous means radiate light from only one main surface, ie from the light-emitting front side, the anti-reflection layer sequence is preferably applied on the light-emitting front side.

消除反射的层序列优选含有介电材料或由其形成。例如层序列在此可以包含至少一个含有氮化硅或氧化硅的层。The antireflection layer sequence preferably contains or is formed of a dielectric material. For example, the layer sequence can contain at least one layer containing silicon nitride or silicon oxide.

根据至少一种实施方式,第一或第二电极被构造成反射性的。在该情况下,反射的电极形成反射元件。优选的是,反射的电极含有银、铝和/或金或者由这些材料之一形成。In accordance with at least one specific embodiment, the first or the second electrode is embodied reflectively. In this case, the reflective electrode forms the reflective element. Preferably, the reflective electrode contains silver, aluminum and/or gold or is formed from one of these materials.

此外,封装可以被构造成反射性的并用作反射元件。在该情况下,发光器件经衬底发出在有机层堆叠中产生的光。Furthermore, the encapsulation can be configured to be reflective and act as a reflective element. In this case, the light emitting means emits the light generated in the organic layer stack via the substrate.

根据至少一种实施方式,反射性的封装包含金属帽或由其形成。特别优选的是,金属帽在其朝向有机层堆叠的内侧被抛光。According to at least one embodiment, the reflective encapsulation contains or is formed by a metal cap. It is particularly preferred if the metal cap is polished on its inner side facing the organic layer stack.

根据另一种优选的实施方式,所述反射的封装通过具有至少一个阻挡层的反射性的薄膜封装部形成。在该实施方式中,以上已经描述的薄膜封装部包含至少一个反射层。该反射层优选包含金属或由其形成。特别优选的是,反射性的薄膜封装部包含至少一个下述层作为反射层:银层、铜层。特别优选的是,薄膜封装部包含银层和铜层作为反射层。According to a further preferred embodiment, the reflective encapsulation is formed by a reflective thin-film encapsulation having at least one barrier layer. In this embodiment, the thin-film encapsulation already described above contains at least one reflective layer. The reflective layer preferably contains metal or is formed therefrom. Particularly preferably, the reflective thin-film encapsulation comprises at least one of the following layers as reflective layer: silver layer, copper layer. Particularly preferably, the thin-film encapsulation contains a silver layer and a copper layer as reflective layers.

此外,反射性的薄膜封装部可以包含反射性的层序列例如布拉格反射镜作为反射层。为此,如上所述,所述薄膜封装部可以包含不同材料的交替的层,其形成特别致密的封装,同时也形成布拉格反射镜或介电的反射镜。Furthermore, the reflective thin-film encapsulation can contain a reflective layer sequence, for example a Bragg mirror, as reflective layer. For this purpose, as mentioned above, the thin-film encapsulation can comprise alternating layers of different materials which form a particularly dense encapsulation while also forming a Bragg mirror or a dielectric mirror.

根据另一种实施方式,所述发光器件含有吸气材料,其可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光,还优选被构造成一般可透过可见光。According to a further embodiment, the luminous means contains a getter material which is permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack and is also preferably designed generally permeable to visible light.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述至少可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光的吸气材料被反射性的封装所包含。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the getter material, which is at least transparent to the light emitted by the layer stack, is contained by a reflective encapsulation.

所述吸气材料的任务是结合尽管有封装也仍能侵入发光器件的物质,例如氧气和/或湿气。The getter material has the task of binding substances, such as oxygen and/or moisture, which can penetrate the luminous component despite the encapsulation.

所述吸气材料优选被封装包含,即使其朝向要封装的空间,亦即朝向有机层堆叠。如果使用金属帽作为封装,则吸气材料优选在金属帽的朝向有机层堆叠的内侧,例如以层形式安装。为了使得金属帽具有良好的反射特性,如下的吸气材料是特别有利的:该吸气材料可透过由所述层堆叠发出的光。The getter material is preferably contained by the encapsulation, even if it faces the space to be encapsulated, that is to say the organic layer stack. If a metal cap is used as encapsulation, the getter material is preferably applied, for example in layer form, on the inner side of the metal cap facing the organic layer stack. In order for the metal cap to have good reflective properties, it is particularly advantageous to have a getter material which is permeable to the light emitted by the layer stack.

为了将帽状物作为封装固定在衬底上,例如使用设置在有源区周围的粘合剂。这种粘合剂(但还可以是别的连接剂)还可以掺有吸气材料。由于连接剂经常可透过有害物质如湿气和氧气,因此作为帽状物这具有的优点是,这些物质即使侵入了发光器件也会被吸气材料所结合。To fix the cap as encapsulation on the substrate, for example an adhesive arranged around the active region is used. This adhesive (but also other linking agents) can also be mixed with getter materials. Since the bonding agent is often permeable to harmful substances such as moisture and oxygen, this has the advantage as a cap that even if these substances penetrate the luminous means, they are bound by the getter material.

特别是具有上述交替的阻挡层的薄膜封装部通常致密地构造,使得不必使用吸气材料。In particular, thin-film encapsulations with the above-mentioned alternating barrier layers are usually constructed so densely that it is not necessary to use getter materials.

根据至少一种其他实施方式,所述衬底被构造成反射性的。在该情况下,衬底优选形成上述的反射元件。在该情况下优选的是,发光器件的设置在衬底之上的所有其他元件被构造成至少可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光。例如金属薄膜或金属板可以用作反射性的衬底。In accordance with at least one further embodiment, the substrate is embodied reflectively. In this case, the substrate preferably forms the reflective element described above. In this case it is preferred that all other elements of the luminous means arranged above the substrate are designed to be at least permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack. For example, metal films or metal plates can be used as reflective substrates.

如下的发光器件可以如以上已经提到的那样被用作反射镜或用作照明源:这些发光器件包含反射元件,并且这些发光器件的其他元件(所述其他元件被有机层堆叠中产生的光在朝着发光的正面的路径中穿过)被构造成可透过可见光。在此可以构造发光器件,使得发光的正面的整个面在发光器件工作时都用作照明源,并且在关断状态下用作反射镜。此外还可以使发光器件的发光的正面的整个面在工作时同时用作反射镜和照明源。此外还可以将发光的正面的面积分割,从而使至少一定区域被设计为反射镜并且至少另一区域在工作时被设计为照明源。Light-emitting devices which contain reflective elements and whose other elements are illuminated by the light generated in the organic layer stack can be used as reflectors or as illumination sources as already mentioned above. passing in the path toward the illuminated front) is constructed to be transparent to visible light. The luminous means can be designed in such a way that the entire area of the luminous front side serves as a source of illumination when the luminous means is in operation and as a reflector in the off state. In addition, the entire area of the luminous front side of the luminous means can be used simultaneously as reflector and illumination source during operation. Furthermore, it is also possible to divide the area of the illuminated front side, so that at least a certain area is designed as a reflector and at least another area is designed as an illumination source during operation.

具有反射镜功能和照明功能的发光器件通常包含至少一个被构造成可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光并且被其在朝着发光的正面路径上穿过的电极。A luminous component with a mirror function and an illumination function usually contains at least one electrode which is designed to be permeable to the light generated by the organic layer stack and to be passed by it on its way towards the front side of the light.

根据至少一种实施方式,结构化地构造所述透光的电极,使得预先给定了发光器件正面内的发光面所希望的形状。发光面的形状例如可以根据标志或符号而构造,使得工作时在反射面的背景前显现这些或其他信息。在车辆的镜里,例如在后视镜或侧视镜里,于是例如可以将警告(例如泊车时的间距报告)叠加在反射镜中。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the light-transmitting electrode is structured in such a way that a desired shape of the luminous area in the front side of the luminous means is predetermined. The shape of the luminous surface can be designed, for example, according to logos or symbols, so that during operation these or other information appear against the background of the reflective surface. In a mirror of the vehicle, for example in a rear view mirror or a side view mirror, for example a warning (for example a distance message when parking) can then be superimposed in the mirror.

此外,具有反射镜和照明功能的发光器件可以包含于洗浴镜或更衣镜中,或者被构造成洗浴镜或更衣镜。洗浴镜或更衣镜例如可以被设计成多部分的,具有中间的主镜和两个侧镜翼。侧面安装的镜翼在此例如可以被构造成具有反射镜和照明功能的发光器件,并且在光线比例好时用作反射镜。在光线比例差时则可以接通一个或两个镜翼作为光源,以便照亮观看者。有利地,这种发光的镜翼还可以用作装饰性照明元件。Furthermore, the luminous means with reflective and lighting functions can be included in a bathroom mirror or a dressing mirror or be designed as a bathroom mirror or a dressing mirror. The bathroom or dressing mirror can, for example, be designed in multiple parts, with a central main mirror and two side mirror wings. The side-mounted mirror wing can be designed, for example, as a luminous means with reflector and illumination function, and can be used as a reflector when the ratio of light is good. When the light ratio is poor, one or two mirror wings can be connected as a light source to illuminate the viewer. Advantageously, such illuminated mirror wings can also be used as decorative lighting elements.

此外,具有照明和反射镜功能的发光器件可以包含于检查镜中。这种检查镜在最简单情况下是端部具有弯的反射镜元件的保持元件,例如牙医用反射镜。根据一种实施方式,所述反射镜元件包含具有照明功能和反射镜功能的发光器件。在检查镜的反射镜元件情况下,反射镜功能和照明功能的组合在此有利地提供了以下可能性:既能看到很难达到的地方,也能照亮所述区域。这种检查镜例如可以用作牙医的器具或者在家庭范围内例如用于搜索遗失在难挪动的家具后面或下侧的物体。此外在检查镜中使用具有反射镜功能和照明功能的发光器件带来的优点是,可以同时用手操纵反射镜和灯。Furthermore, light emitting devices with illumination and mirror functions can be included in the inspection mirror. In the simplest case, such an inspection mirror is a holding element with a curved mirror element at the end, for example a dental mirror. According to one embodiment, the mirror element contains a luminous means with an illumination function and a mirror function. In the case of a mirror element of an inspection mirror, the combination of the mirror function and the illumination function advantageously provides the possibility of both seeing hard-to-reach places and illuminating said regions. Such an inspection mirror can be used, for example, as a dentist's appliance or in the domestic environment, for example, to search for objects lost behind or under difficult-to-move furniture. Furthermore, the use of a luminous means with a reflector function and an illumination function in the inspection mirror has the advantage that the reflector and the lamp can be actuated by hand at the same time.

具有反射镜功能和照明功能的发光器件还可以集成于便携式化妆盒的反射镜中。如果没有外来光供使用,则可以激活反射镜的照明,从而为观看者提供更好的光线比例。The light emitting device with mirror function and lighting function can also be integrated in the mirror of the portable vanity case. If no extraneous light is available, the lighting of the reflectors can be activated to provide a better proportion of light to the viewer.

此外,具有反射镜和照明功能的发光器件可以用作装饰元件,例如用作闪烁的反射镜。闪烁的反射镜例如可以用于闪烁的圣诞星中。Furthermore, luminous means with reflective and illuminating functions can be used as decorative elements, for example as sparkling reflectors. Blinking mirrors can be used, for example, in a twinkling Christmas star.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件被构造成挠性的。构造成挠性的发光器件尤其表现在,其可弯曲到一定程度而不受损害。构造成挠性的发光器件优选可多次弯曲而不受损害。所述发光器件还适于无损害地经受多次弯曲循环。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means is designed to be flexible. In particular, a flexible luminous means is capable of being bent to a certain extent without being damaged. A luminous means which is designed to be flexible can preferably be bent multiple times without damage. The light emitting device is also adapted to withstand multiple bending cycles without damage.

特别优选的是,发光器件构造成挠性的,使得其可缠到卷筒上,并可从卷筒上展开,而在此不受损害。It is particularly preferred if the luminous means are of flexible design, so that they can be wound onto a roll and unrolled from the roll without being damaged there.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件的封装被设计成挠性的。挠性的在此尤其是指:所述封装可弯曲到一定程度,而在弯曲时不会损害所述封装。挠性的封装例如是薄玻璃层、由塑料或金属制的层压物或薄层,例如薄膜。挠性的封装还可以是薄膜封装部,如以上描述的那样。所述薄膜封装部优选包含至少一个阻挡层,如以上描述的那样。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the encapsulation of the luminous means is designed to be flexible. Flexible here means in particular that the encapsulation can be bent to a certain extent without damaging the encapsulation during bending. Flexible encapsulations are, for example, thin glass layers, laminates or thin layers, such as films, of plastic or metal. The flexible encapsulation may also be a thin-film encapsulation, as described above. The thin-film encapsulation preferably comprises at least one barrier layer, as described above.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述挠性的封装被构造成透光的,这意味着挠性的封装至少可透过在发光器件有机层堆叠中产生的一部分光,因而发光器件的所述部分光可以通过挠性的封装而发出去。According to at least one embodiment, the flexible encapsulation is designed to be light-transmissive, which means that the flexible encapsulation can transmit at least part of the light generated in the organic layer stack of the light-emitting device, so that the part of the light-emitting device Light can be emitted through the flexible package.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件的衬底是挠性的。挠性的在此尤其意味着,衬底可弯曲到一定程度,而在弯曲时所述衬底不受损害。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the substrate of the luminous means is flexible. Flexible here means in particular that the substrate can be bent to a certain extent without the substrate being damaged during bending.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述衬底由金属形成。所述衬底优选包含至少一种以下材料:铝、不锈钢、金、银。在使用金属衬底作为发光器件的衬底是,尤其被证实是特别有利的是,材料良好的反射性可以有助于提高发光器件的光功率。光的至少一部分(其在发光器件工作时从发光器件的有源区出来并遇到金属衬底)可以被衬底向发光器件的发出光的正面方向反射。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the substrate is formed from metal. The substrate preferably comprises at least one of the following materials: aluminum, stainless steel, gold, silver. When using a metal substrate as the substrate of the luminous means, it has proven to be particularly advantageous, since the good reflectivity of the material can contribute to increasing the light output of the luminous means. At least a part of the light which exits the active area of the light emitting device and encounters the metal substrate when the light emitting device is in operation may be reflected by the substrate towards the light emitting front side of the light emitting device.

优选的是,金属被构造成挠性的。为此,衬底例如可以被构造成片状物。此时衬底优选被设计成厚度至少3mm和至多4.75mm的中板或者厚度至多3mm的薄板。Preferably, the metal is designed to be flexible. For this purpose, the substrate can be formed, for example, as a sheet. The substrate here is preferably designed as a medium plate with a thickness of at least 3 mm and at most 4.75 mm or as a thin plate with a thickness of at most 3 mm.

另外还可以将挠性的衬底设计成金属薄膜。此时衬底的厚度优选至多1mm,特别优选至多0.5mm。In addition, the flexible substrate can also be designed as a metal film. The thickness of the substrate here is preferably at most 1 mm, particularly preferably at most 0.5 mm.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述衬底以及封装都被构造成挠性的。为此优选根据一种上述实施方式来构造封装和衬底。例如衬底和/或封装可以被设计成薄膜。另外还可以将衬底构造成薄膜和将封装构造成薄膜封装。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, both the substrate and the encapsulation are designed to be flexible. For this purpose, the encapsulation and the substrate are preferably designed according to one of the aforementioned embodiments. For example the substrate and/or the encapsulation can be designed as a thin film. Furthermore, it is also possible to form the substrate as a thin-film and the encapsulation as a thin-film encapsulation.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含由金属材料形成的挠性的衬底。例如挠性的衬底被设计成片状物。在挠性衬底的第一主面之后设置有发光器件的第一电极。在此情况下可以在衬底和第一电极之间设置其他层。例如可以在衬底和第一电极之间设置电绝缘层,借助该电绝缘层至少涂敷衬底的第一主面。电绝缘层使第一电极与衬底电去耦。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a flexible substrate formed from a metallic material. For example a flexible substrate is designed as a sheet. A first electrode of the luminous means is arranged behind the first main surface of the flexible substrate. In this case further layers can be arranged between the substrate and the first electrode. For example, an electrically insulating layer can be arranged between the substrate and the first electrode, by means of which at least the first main surface of the substrate is coated. The electrically insulating layer electrically decouples the first electrode from the substrate.

在该实施方式中,在第一电极之后设置有发光器件的有机层堆叠。有机层堆叠例如直接施加在第一电极上。有机层堆叠包含设计用于产生光的有机层。In this embodiment, the organic layer stack of the light-emitting means is arranged downstream of the first electrode. The organic layer stack is, for example, applied directly on the first electrode. The organic layer stack comprises organic layers designed to generate light.

有机层堆叠之后是第二电极。第二电极例如直接施加在有机层堆叠上。第二电极优选被构造成可透光的,如以上描述的那样。The organic layer stack is followed by a second electrode. The second electrode is applied, for example, directly on the organic layer stack. The second electrode is preferably light-transmissive, as described above.

在该实施方式中,在第二电极之后设置有如上所述的平坦化层。所述平坦化层例如直接设置在第二电极上。平坦化层优选含有有机材料。平坦化层还可以含有以下材料之一:散射中心例如漫射颗粒、发光转换材料、滤色材料。In this embodiment, a planarization layer as described above is arranged after the second electrode. The planarization layer is, for example, directly arranged on the second electrode. The planarization layer preferably contains an organic material. The planarization layer may also contain one of the following materials: scattering centers such as diffusing particles, luminescence conversion materials, color filter materials.

平坦化层之后是阻挡层。优选的是,所述平坦化层之后是多个阻挡层。作为薄膜封装一部分的阻挡层形成发光器件的挠性的封装,并且例如直接施加在平坦化层上。The planarization layer is followed by a barrier layer. Preferably, the planarization layer is followed by barrier layers. The barrier layer as part of the thin-film encapsulation forms a flexible encapsulation of the luminous means and is applied, for example, directly on the planarization layer.

根据至少一种实施方式,发光器件的衬底被构造成塑料薄膜。这意味着衬底的厚度优选至多1mm,特别优选至多0.5mm,并含有塑料或由塑料形成。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the substrate of the luminous means is formed as a plastic film. This means that the substrate preferably has a thickness of at most 1 mm, particularly preferably at most 0.5 mm, and contains or is formed from plastic.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含挠性的衬底,其构造为薄膜,优选被构造为塑料薄膜。所述塑料薄膜在此情况下可以由塑料形成或含有塑料。例如可能的是,衬底包含涂敷有塑料材料的金属薄膜作为基体。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a flexible substrate which is formed as a film, preferably as a plastic film. The plastic film can in this case be formed from plastic or contain plastic. For example, it is possible for the substrate to contain a metal foil coated with a plastic material as the base body.

特别优选的是,塑料薄膜由透光的塑料形成,其可透过发光器件工作时有机层堆叠中产生的光的至少一部分。It is particularly preferred if the plastic film is formed from a light-transmitting plastic, which transmits at least some of the light generated in the organic layer stack during operation of the luminous means.

在塑料薄膜的第一主面之后设置有第一电极。优选的是,第一电极直接施加在衬底的第一主面(即薄膜)上。第一电极在此优选被构造成可透光的,如以上描述的那样。A first electrode is arranged behind the first main surface of the plastic foil. Preferably, the first electrode is applied directly on the first main surface of the substrate (ie the membrane). The first electrode is here preferably light-transmissive, as described above.

在第一电极之后设置有发光器件的有机层堆叠。例如有机层堆叠直接施加在第一电极上。有机层堆叠包含最外面的有机层。最外面的有机层掺杂了掺杂剂。如以上描述的那样,掺杂层的掺杂剂优选是尽可能大的原子或分子,它们在n-掺杂剂情况下适于放出电子,在p-掺杂剂情况下适于放出空穴。此外,掺杂剂在有机层堆叠内优选具有小的扩散常数,如通常例如在大原子或分子情况下那样。在此情况下,尤其是铯是特别合适的掺杂剂。The organic layer stack of the light-emitting means is arranged behind the first electrode. For example, the organic layer stack is applied directly on the first electrode. The organic layer stack comprises the outermost organic layer. The outermost organic layer is doped with a dopant. As described above, the dopants of the doped layer are preferably atoms or molecules as large as possible, which are suitable for releasing electrons in the case of n-dopants and holes in the case of p-dopants . Furthermore, the dopant preferably has a low diffusion constant within the organic layer stack, as is usually the case, for example, with large atoms or molecules. In this case, especially cesium is a particularly suitable dopant.

在有机层堆叠之后设置有第二电极。第二电极优选直接施加在有机层堆叠上。如以上描述的那样,第二电极在此被构造成可透光的。在所述实施方式中,优选的是,发光器件不含任何吸气材料。A second electrode is arranged after the organic layer stack. The second electrode is preferably applied directly on the organic layer stack. As described above, the second electrode is here configured light-transmissively. In said embodiment, it is preferred that the light emitting device does not contain any getter material.

根据所述发光器件的一种实施方式,该发光器件包含挠性的封装。优选的是,挠性的封装是透光的,这意味着其至少可透过在发光器件工作时在有源区中产生的一部分光。According to one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a flexible encapsulation. It is preferred that the flexible encapsulation is light transmissive, which means that it transmits at least a part of the light generated in the active region when the light emitting device is in operation.

所述发光器件在此尤其利用以下想法:具有透光的衬底、透光的第一电极、透光的第二电极和透光的封装的挠性发光器件特别是可用于很多方面。例如这样构造的发光器件可用作别的发光器件的透光外罩,例如用作白炽灯灯罩。由白炽灯产生的光大部分可以穿过这种挠性的透光发光器件。通过所述发光器件,可以将另一颜色的光混入白炽灯的光中。The luminous means here utilize in particular the idea that a flexible luminous means with a light-transmissive substrate, a light-transmissive first electrode, a light-transmissive second electrode and a light-transmissive encapsulation can be used in particular in many ways. For example, a luminous means configured in this way can be used as a light-transmissive housing for other luminous means, for example as a lampshade for an incandescent lamp. Most of the light generated by an incandescent lamp can pass through this flexible light-transmitting lighting device. Light of another color can be mixed into the light of the incandescent lamp by means of the luminous means.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所衬底被设计成层压物。在此情况下优选将衬底构造成挠性的。层压物优选包含至少一个第一层和至少一个第二层。特别优选的是,形成第一层的材料不同于形成第二层的材料。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the substrate is designed as a laminate. In this case, the substrate is preferably designed to be flexible. The laminate preferably comprises at least one first layer and at least one second layer. It is particularly preferred that the material forming the first layer is different from the material forming the second layer.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件的衬底形成含有由塑料形成的第一层的层压物。在第一层上施加由玻璃形成的第二层。优选的是,在第二层上直接施加由塑料形成的第三层。特别优选的是,第三层由与第一层相同的塑料形成。这意味着根据所述实施方式的衬底被设计成塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the substrate of the luminous means forms a laminate with a first layer of plastic. A second layer of glass is applied on the first layer. Preferably, the third layer of plastic is applied directly on the second layer. Particularly preferably, the third layer is formed from the same plastic as the first layer. This means that the substrate according to the described embodiment is designed as a plastic-glass-plastic laminate.

优选的是,层压物被构造成挠性的。为此将塑料层设计成玻璃基体的薄膜或薄涂层。玻璃-基体由挠性的薄玻璃板形成。Preferably, the laminate is configured to be flexible. For this purpose, the plastic layer is designed as a film or thin coating of the glass substrate. The glass-substrate is formed from a thin flexible glass sheet.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件含有挠性的塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物作为衬底。衬底之后是第一电极。在此情况下,第一电极直接施加在衬底的第一主面上。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means contains a flexible plastic-glass-plastic laminate as substrate. The substrate is followed by a first electrode. In this case, the first electrode is applied directly on the first main surface of the substrate.

在第一电极之后设置有发光器件的有机层堆叠。有机层堆叠例如直接施加在第一电极上。有机层堆叠包含设计用于产生光的有机层。The organic layer stack of the light-emitting means is arranged behind the first electrode. The organic layer stack is, for example, applied directly on the first electrode. The organic layer stack comprises organic layers designed to generate light.

在有机层堆叠之后是第二电极。第二电极例如直接施加在有机层堆叠上。如以上描述的那样,第二电极优选被构造成可透光的。Following the organic layer stack is the second electrode. The second electrode is applied, for example, directly on the organic layer stack. As described above, the second electrode is preferably light-transmissive.

在第二电极之后设置有以上描述的平坦化层。例如所述平坦化层直接设置在第二电极上。所述平坦化层优选含有有机材料。所述平坦化层还可以含有以下材料之一:散射中心例如漫射颗粒、发光转换材料、滤色材料。The planarization layer described above is arranged behind the second electrode. For example, the planarization layer is directly disposed on the second electrode. The planarization layer preferably contains an organic material. The planarization layer may also contain one of the following materials: scattering centers such as diffusing particles, luminescence conversion materials, color filter materials.

平坦化层之后是阻挡层。优选的是,所述平坦化层之后是多个阻挡层。阻挡层形成发光器件挠性的封装作为薄膜封装的一部分,并且例如直接施加在平坦化层上。The planarization layer is followed by a barrier layer. Preferably, the planarization layer is followed by barrier layers. The barrier layer forms a flexible encapsulation of the light-emitting device as part of the thin-film encapsulation and is applied, for example, directly on the planarization layer.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述衬底由百叶窗的叶片形成。这意味着百叶窗的叶片用作发光器件的衬底。优选的是,百叶窗的所有叶片都用作各发光器件的衬底。百叶窗例如安装在窗户或门上,使得通过百叶窗叶片形成的衬底的第一主面朝向具有窗户或门的房间内部。例如在百叶窗关闭情况下,百叶窗可用于以优选类似阳光的光照明室内。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the substrate is formed by leaves of a louver. This means that the blades of the louver serve as a substrate for the light emitting device. Preferably, all blades of the louver are used as a substrate for each light emitting device. The shutter is mounted, for example, on a window or door such that the first main side of the substrate formed by the shutter blades faces towards the interior of the room with the window or door. For example with the shutters closed, the shutters can be used to illuminate the interior with preferably sunlight-like light.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,在衬底背离发光器件的第一主面的衬底第二主面上施加粘合层。粘合层在将发光器件固定在其目的地之前优选被保护薄膜遮盖。发光器件在揭下保护薄膜后可以以揭撕图片或粘合图片方式持久地固定在其目的地上。在此情况下,粘合性由衬底第二主面上的粘合层来实现。在此,挠性构造的发光器件是尤其适合的,如以上描述的那样,因为以此方式也可以用所述发光器件粘接不平的面,例如圆面或曲面。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the adhesive layer is applied to a second main surface of the substrate facing away from the first main surface of the luminous means. The adhesive layer is preferably covered with a protective film before fixing the luminous device at its destination. After removal of the protective foil, the luminous means can be permanently fixed to their destination by means of a peel-off or glue-on graphic. In this case, the adhesion is achieved by the adhesive layer on the second main side of the substrate. In this case, a luminous means of flexible design, as described above, is particularly suitable, since in this way it is also possible to glue uneven surfaces, for example round or curved surfaces, with the luminous means.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个第一颜色分区。第一颜色分区适于发出第一颜色的光。发光器件还包含至少一个第二颜色分区。第二颜色分区适于发出不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光。这意味着发光器件包含至少两个颜色分区,它们分别适于发出彼此颜色不同的光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least one first color subregion. The first color subregion is adapted to emit light of a first color. The luminous means also contains at least one second color subregion. The second color subregion is adapted to emit light of a second color different from the first color. This means that the luminous means contains at least two color subregions, which are each suitable for emitting light of different colors from one another.

具有至少两个颜色分区的发光器件在此也称为“多色的”。多色发光器件的颜色分区可以相互任意地设置,例如并排或垂直相叠。A luminous means having at least two color subregions is also referred to as "multicolored" here. The color subregions of the multicolor luminous means can be arranged arbitrarily relative to one another, for example side by side or vertically one above the other.

在此情况下还可以使发光器件包含多个第一颜色分区。第一颜色分区分别适于发出第一颜色的光。发光器件还可以包含多个第二颜色分区,它们分别适于发出第二颜色的光。In this case it is also possible for the luminous means to contain a plurality of first color subregions. The first color subregions are respectively suitable for emitting light of a first color. The luminous means can also comprise a plurality of second color subregions, which are each suitable for emitting light of a second color.

在此情况下,所述发光器件尤其基于的想法是,通过划分为至少两个颜色分区,能够实现可发出至少两种不同颜色光的发光器件。In this case, the luminous means are based in particular on the idea that by subdivision into at least two color subregions it is possible to realize a luminous means which can emit light of at least two different colors.

此外还可以使发光器件适于发出两种不同颜色的混合光。这意味着,观看者觉察到混色光而不能区分开各颜色分区。这例如可以如下实现:足够小地选择横向并排设置的颜色分区尺寸,或者垂直相叠地设置颜色分区。有机层堆叠的第一和第二颜色分区在此情况下可以同时或以很短的先后顺序连续发光。Furthermore, the luminous means can also be adapted to emit mixed light of two different colors. This means that the viewer perceives the mixed color light but cannot distinguish the individual color subregions. This can be achieved, for example, by selecting a sufficiently small size of the color subregions arranged side by side side by side, or by arranging the color subregions vertically one above the other. In this case, the first and second color subregions of the organic layer stack can emit light simultaneously or in short succession.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,颜色分区设置在共同平面上。这意味着颜色分区横向并排或横向彼此间隔地设置。颜色分区例如可以按照显示装置像素的方式设置。不过,与显示装置的像素相比,颜色分区具有更大的发光面。发光器件每个颜色分区的发光面优选为至少一平方毫米。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the color subregions are arranged on a common plane. This means that the color partitions are arranged laterally next to each other or laterally spaced apart from one another. The color division can be arranged, for example, in the manner of pixels of a display device. However, the color segments have a larger luminous area than the pixels of the display device. The luminous area of each color subregion of the luminous means is preferably at least one square millimeter.

如果颜色分区设置在共同平面上,则例如通过如下方式形成颜色分区:将衬底的有源区划分为不同分区,其中衬底的每个分区都与一个颜色分区关联。在分区上施加第一电极,其上存在有机层堆叠。在有机层堆叠上还施加第二电极。电极至少之一在此可以被结构化,优选相应于分区进行结构化。结构化至少一个电极可以实现各颜色分区的分开控制。If the color subregions are arranged on a common plane, the color subregions are formed, for example, by dividing the active area of the substrate into different subregions, wherein each subregion of the substrate is associated with a color subregion. A first electrode is applied on the subregion, on which the organic layer stack is located. A second electrode is also applied on top of the organic layer stack. At least one of the electrodes can be structured here, preferably corresponding to the subregions. Structuring at least one electrode enables separate control of the individual color subregions.

此外还可以相应于分区对有机层堆叠进行结构化,优选如下进行:使衬底的每个分区都包含独立的有机层堆叠。Furthermore, the organic layer stack can also be structured according to the subregions, preferably in such a way that each subregion of the substrate contains an independent organic layer stack.

根据所述发光器件的一种实施方式,不同颜色分区的有机层堆叠在此包含分别彼此不同的产生光的层,所述层在其发光体材料方面不同,并适于产生不同颜色的光。According to one embodiment of the luminous means, the differently colored sub-regional organic layer stacks contain light-generating layers which differ from one another in each case, which differ in their emitter materials and are suitable for generating light of different colors.

根据至少一种实施方式,相应于颜色分区的衬底分区通过隔桥(Stege)相互分开。隔桥优选含有电绝缘材料,例如光刻胶。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the substrate subregions corresponding to the color subregions are separated from one another by bridges. The bridges preferably contain an electrically insulating material, such as photoresist.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件的颜色分区含有滤色装置。滤色装置适于过滤一定波长范围的光。这意味着,所述波长范围的光至少部分被滤色装置吸收。以此方式例如可以从白光中过滤掉第一颜色部分,第二颜色部分可以基本上不受妨碍地透射过滤色装置。含有滤色装置的颜色分区则基本上发出第二颜色部分的光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the color subregions of the luminous means contain color filters. The color filter is adapted to filter light of a certain wavelength range. This means that light in this wavelength range is at least partially absorbed by the color filter. In this way, for example, a first color fraction can be filtered out of white light, and a second color fraction can be transmitted substantially unhindered by the color filter device. The color subregions containing the color filter substantially emit light of the second color fraction.

所述滤色装置例如以一种或更多种滤色材料的颗粒形式嵌入于基质材料中。The color filter means are embedded in the matrix material, for example in the form of particles of one or more color filter materials.

尤其是设置在平面内的颜色分区可以合乎目的地含有滤色装置。当设计发光器件使光从其下侧发出时,滤色装置通常设置在第一电极和发光器件的下侧之间,当设计发光器件使光从其上侧发出时,设置在第二电极和发光器件的上侧之间。如果设计发光器件,使光从其上侧和从其下侧发出时,则还可以分别将滤色装置设置在第一电极和下侧之间以及在第二电极和上侧之间。颜色分区的滤色装置可以例如在衬底的分区内施加于其上。此外滤色装置还可以在衬底的相应于分区的区域内或者在封装的相应于分区的区域内被设置在衬底的外侧上。In particular, color subregions arranged in a plane can expediently contain color filter means. When the light-emitting device is designed to emit light from its lower side, the color filter device is usually arranged between the first electrode and the lower side of the light-emitting device, and when the light-emitting device is designed to emit light from its upper side, it is arranged between the second electrode and the lower side of the light-emitting device. Between the upper side of the light emitting device. If the light-emitting device is designed such that light is emitted from its upper side and from its lower side, color filters can also be arranged between the first electrode and the lower side and between the second electrode and the upper side, respectively. The color filters of the color divisions can be applied to the substrate, for example, within the divisions thereof. Furthermore, the color filter device can also be arranged on the outer side of the substrate in the region of the substrate corresponding to the subregion or in the region of the encapsulation corresponding to the subregion.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含含有第一滤色装置的第一颜色分区和含有第二滤色装置的第二颜色分区,其中第一滤色装置不同于第二滤色装置。以此方式,对两个颜色分区可以使用相同的有机发光体材料。从颜色分区发出的光的颜色由各颜色分区相应的滤色装置决定。以此方式实现了具有第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区的发光器件,其中第一颜色分区发出第一颜色的光,第二颜色分区发出第二颜色的光,并且第一颜色不同于第二颜色。例如有机层堆叠的设计用于产生光的层适于发出白光。滤色装置随后从所述白光过滤不同的颜色部分。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a first color subregion with a first color filter means and a second color subregion with a second color filter means, wherein the first color filter means is different from the first color filter means Two color filter devices. In this way, the same organic emitter material can be used for both color subregions. The color of the light emitted from the color subregions is determined by the corresponding color filter device of each color subregion. In this way, a light-emitting device with a first color subregion and a second color subregion is realized, wherein the first color subregion emits light of a first color, the second color subregion emits light of a second color, and the first color is different from the second color. color. Layers designed to generate light, such as organic layer stacks, are suitable for emitting white light. Color filter means then filters different color fractions from said white light.

适于发出白光的发光体材料例如在D.Buchhauser等人所著的“Characterization of White-Emitting Copolymers for PLED-Displays”,Proc.of SPIE,第5519卷,第70至81页,(2004)的出版物中有述,其这方面的公开内容通过引用并入本文。本文描述的发光体材料是基于含有共聚物的聚合物材料的宽频带发光体。共聚物含有聚螺二芴作为骨架,其适于发出蓝光光谱范围的光。在聚螺二芴上还共价耦合发绿光和发红光的单元。Emitter materials suitable for emitting white light are for example described in "Characterization of White-Emitting Copolymers for PLED-Displays" by D. Buchhauser et al., Proc. of SPIE, Vol. 5519, pp. 70 to 81, (2004) publication, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The emitter materials described herein are broadband emitters based on polymeric materials containing copolymers. The copolymer contains polyspirobifluorene as the backbone, which is suitable for emitting light in the blue spectral range. Green- and red-emitting units are also covalently coupled to the polyspirobifluorene.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个含有发光转换材料的颜色分区。所述发光转换材料适于将第一波长范围的光转变为第二波长范围的光,其中第一波长范围至少部分不同于第二波长范围。所述发光转换材料在此优选设置为向下转换。这意味着发光转换材料吸收至少一种被第一波长范围包含的第一波长的光,并再发出至少一种被第二波长范围包含的第二波长的光,其中第一波长小于第二波长。合适的发光转换材料例如是以上结合平坦化层已经描述的有机和无机材料。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least one color subregion comprising a luminescence conversion material. The luminescence conversion material is adapted to convert light of a first wavelength range into light of a second wavelength range, wherein the first wavelength range is at least partially different from the second wavelength range. The luminescence conversion material is preferably configured to down-convert. This means that the luminescence conversion material absorbs at least one light of a first wavelength encompassed by a first wavelength range and re-emits at least one light of a second wavelength encompassed by a second wavelength range, wherein the first wavelength is smaller than the second wavelength . Suitable luminescence conversion materials are, for example, the organic and inorganic materials already described above in connection with the planarization layer.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少两个颜色分区,它们各含有一种发光转换材料,其中彼此不同的颜色分区包含彼此不同的发光转换材料。例如有源区包括含有第一发光转换材料的第一颜色分区和含有第二发光转换材料的第二颜色分区,其中第一发光转换材料不同于第二发光转换材料。以此方式,第一颜色分区适于发出第一颜色的光,第二颜色分区适于发出第二颜色的光,其中第一颜色不同于第二颜色。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least two color subregions, which each contain a luminescence conversion material, wherein mutually different color subregions contain mutually different luminescence conversion materials. For example, the active region comprises a first color subregion containing a first luminescence conversion material and a second color subregion containing a second luminescence conversion material, wherein the first luminescence conversion material is different from the second luminescence conversion material. In this way, the first color subregion is adapted to emit light of a first color and the second color subregion is adapted to emit light of a second color, wherein the first color is different from the second color.

尤其是设置在平面内的颜色分区可以合乎目的地含有发光转换材料。当设计发光器件使光从其下侧发出时,发光转换材料在此通常设置在第一电极和发光器件的下侧之间,当设计发光器件使光从其上侧发出时,则设置在第二电极和发光器件的上侧之间。In particular, color subregions arranged in a plane can expediently contain luminescence conversion materials. The luminescence conversion material is usually arranged between the first electrode and the underside of the light-emitting device when the light-emitting device is designed to emit light from its lower side, and the second electrode is arranged when the light-emitting device is designed to emit light from its upper side. Between the two electrodes and the upper side of the light emitting device.

如果设计发光器件,使光从其上侧和从其下侧发出时,则也可以分别将发光转换材料设计在第一电极和下侧之间以及第二电极和上侧之间。颜色分区的发光转换材料例如可以在衬底的分区内施加在其上。此外发光转换材料还可以在衬底的相应于分区的区域内或者在封装的相应于分区的区域内被设置在衬底外侧上。If the light-emitting device is designed such that light is emitted from its upper side and from its lower side, the luminescence conversion material can also be designed between the first electrode and the lower side and between the second electrode and the upper side, respectively. The color-subregional luminescence conversion material can be applied to the substrate in subregions, for example. Furthermore, the luminescence conversion material can also be arranged on the outer side of the substrate in regions of the substrate corresponding to the subregions or in regions of the encapsulation corresponding to the subregions.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件的颜色分区垂直相叠地设置。每个颜色分区包含发光器件的层堆叠的至少一个有机层,该有机层适于产生光。有机层堆叠的设计用于产生光的不同层例如在发光体材料方面可以彼此不同。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the color subregions of the luminous means are arranged vertically one above the other. Each color subregion contains at least one organic layer of the layer stack of the luminous means, which organic layer is suitable for generating light. The different layers of the organic layer stack designed to generate light can differ from one another, for example with regard to the emitter material.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件不同的颜色分区含有不同的发光体材料。这意味着第一颜色分区含有第一有机发光体材料。第二颜色分区则含有第二有机发光体材料,其中第一有机发光体材料不同于第二有机发光体材料。由于发光体材料不同,不同颜色分区适于产生颜色彼此不同的光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, different color subregions of the luminous means contain different emitter materials. This means that the first color subregion contains the first organic emitter material. The second color subregion contains a second organic light emitter material, wherein the first organic light emitter material is different from the second organic light emitter material. Due to the different illuminant materials, the different color partitions are suitable for generating light of different colors from one another.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个适于发出第三颜色的光的第三颜色分区,其中第三颜色不同于第一颜色和第二颜色。也就是说,发光器件包含至少三个不同的颜色分区,它们成对地发出不同颜色的光。优选的是,发光器件包含多个分别适于发出第三颜色的光的第三颜色分区。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least one third color subregion which is suitable for emitting light of a third color, wherein the third color is different from the first color and the second color. That is to say, the luminous means contains at least three different color subregions, which emit light of different colors in pairs. Preferably, the luminous means comprises a plurality of third color subregions which are each suitable for emitting light of a third color.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个适于发出第四颜色的光的第四颜色分区,其中第四颜色不同于第一颜色、第二颜色和第三颜色。这意味着发光器件包含至少四个不同的颜色分区,它们成对地发出不同颜色的光。优选的是,发光器件包含多个分别适于发出第四颜色的光的第四颜色分区。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means comprises at least one fourth color subregion suitable for emitting light of a fourth color, wherein the fourth color is different from the first color, the second color and the third color. This means that the luminous means contains at least four different color subregions, which emit light of different colors in pairs. Preferably, the light emitting device comprises a plurality of fourth color subregions which are respectively adapted to emit light of a fourth color.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含多于四个的不同的颜色分区,其中不同的颜色分区通过从其发出的光的颜色而彼此区分开。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises more than four different color subregions, wherein the different color subregions are distinguished from one another by the color of the light emitted therefrom.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件包含至少一个适于发出白光的颜色分区。优选的是,发光器件包含多个分别适于发出白光的颜色分区。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least one color subregion which is suitable for emitting white light. Preferably, the luminous means comprises a plurality of color subregions which are each suitable for emitting white light.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,可共同控制发光器件的同类颜色分区。同类颜色分区在此是指同样构造并且因而适于发出相同颜色光的颜色分区。同类颜色分区例如特征在于相同的有机发光体材料和/或相同的滤色装置和/或相同的发光转换材料。例如可共同控制适于发出第一颜色的光的所有第一颜色分区。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, homogeneous color subregions of the luminous means can be controlled jointly. Homogeneous color subregions here mean color subregions that are configured identically and are therefore suitable for emitting light of the same color. Homogeneous color subregions are, for example, characterized by the same organic emitter material and/or the same color filter means and/or the same luminescence conversion material. For example, all first color subregions which are suitable for emitting light of the first color can be controlled jointly.

可共同控制意味着这些颜色分区可同时供电。相同的颜色分区于是例如可以在相同时间、在相同持续时间上以相同的电流强度供电。这例如可以通过使同类颜色分区相互电连接而实现。例如发光器件的电极之一被结构化,使得所有同类颜色分区通过该电极而彼此导电连接。Co-controllable means that these color zones can be powered at the same time. The same color subregions can then, for example, be supplied with the same current intensity at the same time and for the same duration. This can be achieved, for example, by electrically connecting homogeneous color subregions to one another. For example, one of the electrodes of the luminous means is structured such that all homogeneous color subregions are electrically conductively connected to one another via this electrode.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,可相互独立地控制不同类的颜色分区。也就是说,例如第一和第二颜色分区可以彼此独立地供电,似的在第一时间使第一颜色分区供电,而在第二时间使第二颜色分区供电。例如所有第一颜色分区和所有第二颜色分区可以交替地供电,似的发光器件适于交替地发出第一和第二颜色的光。当同时驱动第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区时,发光器件发出第一和第二颜色的光,例如混合光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, different types of color subregions can be controlled independently of one another. That is, for example, the first and second color subregions may be powered independently of each other, such that the first color subregion is powered at a first time and the second color subregion is powered at a second time. For example all first color subregions and all second color subregions may be powered alternately, such that the light emitting device is adapted to alternately emit light of the first and second color. When the first color subregion and the second color subregion are driven simultaneously, the light emitting device emits light of the first and second colors, eg mixed light.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含控制装置,所述控制装置被设计用于调节发光器件的工作状态。控制装置例如可以是开关,用其可接通和关断发光器件。而优选的是,所述控制装置适于调节发光器件的两个以上的工作状态。例如所述控制装置可以适于彼此分开地控制发光器件的不同的颜色分区。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a control device which is designed to regulate an operating state of the luminous means. The control device can be, for example, a switch with which the luminous means can be switched on and off. And preferably, the control device is suitable for adjusting more than two working states of the light emitting device. For example, the control device can be adapted to control different color subregions of the luminous means separately from one another.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述控制装置包含微控制器。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device includes a microcontroller.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,控制装置设置在发光器件的衬底的第一主面上。所述控制装置例如可以是独立的器件,其与发光器件的有机层堆叠间隔开地设置在衬底的第一主面上。此外,控制装置还可以含有至少一种有机材料,并与发光器件的层堆叠共同制造。这能够特别省地方且成本低廉地将控制装置集成到发光器件中。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device is arranged on the first main surface of the substrate of the luminous means. The control device can be, for example, a separate component which is arranged on the first main surface of the substrate at a distance from the organic layer stack of the luminous means. Furthermore, the control device can also contain at least one organic material and be produced together with the layer stack of the luminous means. This enables a particularly space-saving and cost-effective integration of the control device into the luminous means.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,控制装置与发光器件的有机层堆叠一起被封装于共同的封装中。当控制装置如上所述含有有机材料时,这被证实是特别有利的。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device is encapsulated together with the organic layer stack of the luminous means in a common encapsulation. This has proven to be particularly advantageous when the control device, as described above, contains organic materials.

所述发光器件的封装保护控制装置免受大气气体、湿气和机械负荷的损害。与发光器件的有机层堆叠共同封装的控制装置(其含有有机材料)尤其能够实现有利地紧凑建造的、挠性的发光器件。作为封装,尤其是考虑以上描述过的封装,如帽状物、薄板、薄膜或薄膜封装。The encapsulation of the luminous means protects the control unit against atmospheric gases, moisture and mechanical loads. A control device, which contains an organic material, which is co-encapsulated with the organic layer stack of the luminous means in particular enables advantageously compactly constructed, flexible luminous means. As encapsulations, in particular, the encapsulations described above, such as caps, thin-plate, thin-film or thin-film encapsulations, come into consideration.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,控制装置被设计为彼此独立地控制发光器件的至少两个颜色分区。控制装置于是适于在不同时间、在不同持续时间上和/或用不同强度的电流为发光器件的两个不同颜色分区供电。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device is designed to control at least two color subregions of the luminous means independently of one another. The control device is then adapted to power the two different color subregions of the luminous means at different times, over different durations and/or with currents of different intensities.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,控制装置包含脉宽调制电路。脉宽调制电路适于对发光器件的有源区和/或有源区的颜色分区施加脉宽调制的信号。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device includes a pulse width modulation circuit. The pulse width modulation circuit is adapted to apply a pulse width modulated signal to the active area of the light emitting device and/or to the color subregions of the active area.

所述脉宽调制的信号是电信号,优选是矩形信号、锯齿形信号、三角形信号或正弦信号,该信号在固定的基本周期内接通一定时间tein,且在基本周期的其余时间taus关断。信号接通的时间在此也称为脉冲持续时间。在脉冲持续时间期间的信号的值在此还被称为脉冲高度。连通时间和基本周期的比例tein/(tein+taus)称为占空比。占空比表示在基本周期内接通矩形信号的时间百分比。The pulse width modulated signal is an electrical signal, preferably a rectangular signal, a sawtooth signal, a triangular signal or a sinusoidal signal, which is switched on for a certain time t ein in a fixed basic period and is switched on for the rest of the basic period t aus off. The time during which the signal is switched on is also referred to here as the pulse duration. The value of the signal during the pulse duration is also referred to here as the pulse height. The ratio t ein /(t ein +t aus ) of the connection time to the fundamental period is called the duty cycle. The duty cycle represents the percentage of time that the rectangular signal is on during the fundamental period.

因此脉宽调制的信号的脉冲高度、脉冲持续时间和/或方向例如周期性变化。在此,脉冲持续时间、脉冲之间的间隔以及脉冲高度优选是可调节的。另外还可以调节截止电压水平以及频率。脉宽调制电路这些参数的调节例如可以通过微控制器实现,该微控制器是控制装置的一部分。The pulse height, pulse duration and/or direction of the pulse-width-modulated signal thus vary, for example, periodically. Here, the pulse duration, the interval between pulses and the pulse height are preferably adjustable. In addition, the cut-off voltage level and frequency can be adjusted. The regulation of these parameters of the pulse width modulation circuit can be effected, for example, by a microcontroller which is part of the control unit.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,控制装置可由使用者调整。使用者例如可以调节控制装置的脉宽调制电路的参数。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the control device is adjustable by a user. For example, the user can adjust parameters of the pulse width modulation circuit of the control device.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,通过控制装置可调节从发光器件发出的光的颜色。例如为此控制装置对发光器件的某些颜色分区供电,从而产生对发光器件发出的光希望的色觉。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the color of the light emitted by the luminous means can be adjusted by the control device. For example, for this purpose the control device supplies certain color subregions of the luminous means with power, so that the desired color perception of the light emitted by the luminous means is produced.

例如当发光器件包含反并联相互接通的第一和第二颜色分区时,这点就可特别简单地实现。通过用第一方向的电流给有机层堆叠供电,第一颜色分区在导通方向上工作,此时第二颜色分区在截止方向上连接,因此没有电流流过第二颜色分区。通过简单改变电流方向,在第二时间第二颜色分区在导通方向上供电,使得第二颜色的光从发光器件发出。第一颜色分区在第二时段内在截止方向上连接,因此没有电流流过第一颜色分区。This can be achieved particularly easily, for example, if the luminous means comprise first and second color subregions which are connected to one another in antiparallel. By supplying the organic layer stack with a current in the first direction, the first color subregion operates in the on direction, while the second color subregion is connected in the off direction, so that no current flows through the second color subregion. By simply changing the direction of the current flow, the second color subregion is powered in the conduction direction for a second time, so that light of the second color is emitted from the light emitting device. The first color subregions are connected in the blocking direction during the second period, so that no current flows through the first color subregions.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,从发光器件发出的光的颜色和亮度取决于给发光器件供电的电流的电流密度。为此,发光器件例如有至少两个优选垂直相叠地设置的颜色分区。在发光器件工作时在第一和第二电极之间产生的电场的场强决定了发光器件有源区中载流子的复合在哪个颜色分区中进行。以此方式例如可以通过流过有源区的电流的脉冲高度和脉冲持续时间来调节发出的光的颜色和亮度。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the color and the brightness of the light emitted from the luminous means depend on the current density of the current supplying the luminous means. For this purpose, the luminous means has, for example, at least two color subregions, preferably arranged vertically one above the other. The field strength of the electric field generated between the first and second electrodes during operation of the light-emitting device determines in which color subregion the recombination of charge carriers in the active region of the light-emitting device takes place. In this way, for example, the color and brightness of the emitted light can be adjusted via the pulse height and pulse duration of the current flowing through the active region.

根据至少一种实施方式,设置控制装置来调节发光器件以其供电的电流的电流密度。这意味着,控制装置优选适于调节发光器件以其供电的电流的强度,和/或发光器件以其供电的电流的持续时间。从发光器件发出的光的颜色和亮度优选取决于发光器件以其供电的电流的强度,和/或发光器件的供电持续时间。在此情况下可以彼此独立地控制两种、三种、四种或更多种颜色。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the control device is provided to regulate the current density of the current with which the luminous means is supplied. This means that the control device is preferably adapted to adjust the intensity of the current with which the luminous means are supplied, and/or the duration of the current with which the luminous means are supplied. The color and brightness of the light emitted from the light emitting device preferably depend on the intensity of the current with which the light emitting device is supplied, and/or the duration of the supply of the light emitting device. In this case two, three, four or more colors can be controlled independently of each other.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含传感器,所述传感器适于确定发光器件工作时辐射的光的色度坐标和/或亮度。所述传感器例如可以设置在发光器件衬底的有源区内的第一主面上。尤其是所述传感器可以含有有机材料并与发光器件的有机层堆叠一起制造。所述传感器例如可以与发光器件的有机层堆叠一起通过共同的封装部而封装。传感器优选是光电二极管或光电晶体管。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means comprises a sensor which is suitable for determining the chromaticity locus and/or the brightness of the light radiated by the luminous means during operation. The sensor can be arranged, for example, on the first main area in the active region of the luminous means substrate. In particular, the sensor can contain organic materials and be produced together with the organic layer stack of the luminous means. For example, the sensor can be encapsulated together with the organic layer stack of the luminous means by a common encapsulation. The sensors are preferably photodiodes or phototransistors.

替选地,可以将传感器设计成独立的器件。所述传感器例如可以设置在衬底第一主面上或者背离第一主面的第二主面上。在所述情况下并不必须将传感器与发光器件的有机层堆叠共同封装。Alternatively, the sensor can be designed as a separate component. The sensor can be arranged, for example, on a first main surface of the substrate or on a second main surface facing away from the first main surface. In this case it is not necessary to co-encapsulate the sensor with the organic layer stack of the luminous means.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含控制装置,所述控制装置设置为根据由传感器确定的测量值来为发光器件供电。这意味着,控制装置适于根据发光器件工作时辐射的光的色度坐标和/或亮度来调整发光器件。发光器件例如包含如上所述的有机层堆叠,其中从发光器件发出的光的颜色取决于发光器件以其供电的电流的电流密度。控制装置适于调节所产生光的某个色度坐标和某个亮度,其方式是,控制装置根据传感器确定的测量值对发光器件以其供电的电流的电流密度进行重新调整。以此方式,控制装置适于通过调节回路来调节发光器件产生的光的某种颜色。在此情况下,颜色可以由发光器件的使用者或者控制装置的微控制器预先给定。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises a control device which is set up to power the luminous means as a function of the measured value determined by the sensor. This means that the control device is suitable for adjusting the luminous means as a function of the chromaticity locus and/or the brightness of the light radiated by the luminous means during operation. The light emitting device comprises, for example, an organic layer stack as described above, wherein the color of the light emitted from the light emitting device depends on the current density of the current with which the light emitting device is supplied. The control device is suitable for adjusting a certain chromaticity locus and a certain brightness of the generated light in that the control device readjusts the current density of the current with which the luminous means is supplied based on the measured values determined by the sensor. In this way, the control device is adapted to adjust a certain color of the light generated by the light emitting means via the regulation loop. In this case, the color can be specified by the user of the luminous means or by the microcontroller of the control device.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件包含至少一个连接部位,其设置用于电接触发光器件。所述连接部位与发光器件的至少一个电极导电连接,例如通过以上描述过的电引线连接。经所述连接部位,发光器件可从发光器件外部进行电接触。连接部位例如可以与电压源、电流源或控制装置导电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means comprises at least one connection location, which is provided for electrical contacting of the luminous means. The connection location is electrically conductively connected to at least one electrode of the luminous means, for example via an electrical lead as described above. Via the connection locations, the luminous means can be electrically contacted from outside the luminous means. The connection point can be electrically conductively connected, for example, to a voltage source, a current source or a control unit.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,所述连接部位设置在背离发光器件衬底第一主面的衬底第二主面上。在此情况下,连接部位例如通过衬底中的通孔(Vias)或穿孔而与发光器件的电极至少之一导电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the connection location is arranged on a second main surface of the substrate facing away from the first main surface of the luminous means substrate. In this case, the connection location is electrically conductively connected to at least one of the electrodes of the luminous means, for example via vias or perforations in the substrate.

替选地,还可以使连接部位和发光器件至少一个电极之间的导电连接在衬底侧面上经过。在该情况下,可以省略衬底中的通孔或穿孔。Alternatively, it is also possible for the electrically conductive connection between the connection location and at least one electrode of the luminous means to pass over the substrate side. In this case, vias or perforations in the substrate can be omitted.

所述发光器件的至少一个电极和连接部位之间的连接可以通过电引线实现。所述电引线例如被构造成发光器件的部分的导电涂层、集成于衬底中的导体带或接触线。The connection between the at least one electrode of the luminous means and the connection location can be effected via electrical leads. The electrical lead is formed, for example, as a partially conductive coating of the luminous means, as a conductor track integrated in the substrate or as a contact wire.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位设置在衬底侧面上。衬底侧面优选将衬底第一主面与衬底第二主面连接。对于发光器件具有一个以上连接部位的情况,发光器件的所有连接部位可以设置在衬底侧面上或者设置在衬底第二主面上。此外还可以使衬底侧面上以及衬底第二主面上都存在连接部位。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection location of the luminous means is arranged on a substrate side. The substrate side preferably connects the first main surface of the substrate to the second main surface of the substrate. In the case where the luminous means has more than one connection location, all connection locations of the luminous means can be arranged on a side surface of the substrate or on the second main surface of the substrate. Furthermore, it is also possible for the connection locations to be present both on the side of the substrate and on the second main surface of the substrate.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位被设计成连接插销。连接插销可以设置在衬底第二主面上或者设置在衬底侧面上。连接插销含有导电材料例如金属,或者由其形成。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection point of the luminous means is designed as a connection pin. The connection pins can be arranged on the second main surface of the substrate or on a side surface of the substrate. The connection pins contain or are formed of conductive material such as metal.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位被设计成连接插头。连接插头可以设置在衬底第二主面上或者设置在衬底侧面上。连接插头例如按照Cinch-插头方式或按照塞孔-插头方式构造。在此特别可能的是,连接插头具有至少两个彼此电绝缘的接触区域。第一接触区域与发光器件的第一电极导电连接,例如通过第一电引线连接。第二接触区域相应地与发光器件的第二电极导电连接,例如通过第二电引线连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection point of the luminous means is designed as a connection plug. The connection plugs can be arranged on the second main surface of the substrate or on a side surface of the substrate. The connecting plug is designed, for example, as a cinch plug or as a socket plug. It is particularly possible here that the connecting plug has at least two contact regions that are electrically insulated from one another. The first contact region is electrically conductively connected to the first electrode of the luminous means, for example via a first electrical lead. The second contact region is accordingly electrically conductively connected to the second electrode of the luminous means, for example via a second electrical lead.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位被设计成凹座。凹座例如是在衬底侧面上或衬底第二主面上引入衬底中的孔或钻眼。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection point of the luminous means is designed as a recess. The recesses are, for example, holes or bores introduced into the substrate on the side of the substrate or on the second main surface of the substrate.

所述凹座的侧面在此至少部分构造成导电的。例如可以导电涂敷凹座的侧面。The sides of the recess are at least partially conductive here. For example, the sides of the recess can be coated electrically conductively.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位被设计成插座。插座例如可以按照Cinch-插座方式或塞孔-插座方式实施。插座有两个彼此电绝缘的导电接触区域。第一接触区域例如通过第一电引线与发光器件的第一电极导电连接。第二接触区域例如通过第二电引线与发光器件的第二电极导电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection point of the luminous means is designed as a socket. The socket can be implemented, for example, as a cinch socket or as a jack socket. The socket has two conductive contact areas that are electrically insulated from each other. The first contact region is electrically conductively connected to the first electrode of the luminous means, for example via a first electrical lead. The second contact region is electrically conductively connected to the second electrode of the luminous means, for example via a second electrical lead.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件具有至少一个包含多个连接管脚的连接部位。连接部位包含至少一个与发光器件的第一电极导电连接的第一连接管脚。连接部位还包含与发光器件的第二电极导电连接的第二连接管脚。此外,连接部位还可以包含其他连接管脚,它们例如与发光器件的控制装置导电连接。以此方式,可以通过相应的连接管脚从发光器件外部来控制所述控制装置。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means has at least one connection location comprising a plurality of connection pins. The connection location includes at least one first connection pin, which is electrically conductively connected to the first electrode of the luminous means. The connection location also includes a second connection pin, which is electrically conductively connected to the second electrode of the luminous means. Furthermore, the connection locations can also contain further connection pins, which are electrically conductively connected, for example, to a control device of the luminous means. In this way, the control device can be controlled from outside the luminous means via corresponding connection pins.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件具有控制装置和与所述控制装置导电连接的连接部位。通过所述连接部位,可以将电信号导送给控制装置。以此方式,可从发光器件外部调节所述控制装置,例如由使用者调节。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, the luminous means has a control device and a connection point which is electrically conductively connected to the control device. Electrical signals can be fed to the control device via the connection points. In this way, the control device can be adjusted from outside the light emitting device, for example by a user.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,发光器件的至少一个连接部位被设计成沿着衬底侧面延伸的连接轨(Anschlussschiene)。所述连接轨优选与发光器件的至少一个电极导电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one connection point of the luminous means is designed as a connecting track extending along the side of the substrate. The connecting track is preferably electrically conductively connected to at least one electrode of the luminous means.

所述连接轨例如可以设计成圆柱体状或者按照切开的圆柱体方式设计。优选的是,连接轨在连接轨设置于其上的衬底的侧面长度的至少60%上延伸。特别优选的是,连接轨在连接轨设置于其上的衬底的侧面长度的至少80%上延伸。The connecting rail can, for example, be designed in the shape of a cylinder or in the manner of a cut cylinder. Preferably, the connecting track extends over at least 60% of the side length of the substrate on which the connecting track is arranged. Particularly preferably, the connecting track extends over at least 80% of the side length of the substrate on which the connecting track is arranged.

根据所述发光器件的至少一种实施方式,连接部位至少之一被设计用来机械固定发光器件。发光器件通过所述连接部位例如可以与其他发光器件或者与支承体机械连接。特别优选的是,连接部位设计用于机械固定以及电固定发光器件。也就是说,发光器件通过同一个连接部位电接触以及与另一发光器件或支承体机械连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the luminous means, at least one of the connection locations is designed for mechanically fixing the luminous means. Via the connection locations, the luminous means can be mechanically connected, for example, to other luminous means or to the carrier. It is particularly preferred if the connecting locations are designed for mechanical and electrical fixing of the luminous means. This means that the luminous means are electrically contacted and mechanically connected to another luminous means or to the carrier via the same connection point.

此外还提出了一种照明装置。所述照明装置包含至少一个如结合至少一种上述实施方式阐述的发光器件。Furthermore, a lighting device is proposed. The lighting device comprises at least one luminous means as explained in connection with at least one of the above-mentioned embodiments.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,所述照明装置包含至少两个相互电连接和机械连接的发光器件。在此可能的是,发光器件直接相互电连接和机械连接。不过也可能的是,发光器件通过照明装置的支承体而相互电连接和机械连接。According to at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises at least two light emitting devices which are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. It is possible here to connect the luminous means directly to each other electrically and mechanically. However, it is also possible for the luminous means to be electrically and mechanically connected to one another via the carrier of the lighting device.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,所述照明装置包含第一发光器件和第二发光器件。第一发光器件具有至少一个设计成连接插销的连接部位。连接插销设置在第一发光器件衬底的侧面上。第二发光器件具有至少一个构造成第二发光器件衬底侧面中的凹座的连接部位。第一发光器件的连接插销配合到第二发光器件的凹座中。第一和第二发光器件通过它们的连接部位(连接插销和凹座)而相互导电连接。According to at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a first light emitting device and a second light emitting device. The first luminous means has at least one connection location designed as a connection pin. The connection pins are arranged on a side surface of the first luminous means substrate. The second luminous means has at least one connection location configured as a recess in a side surface of the substrate of the second luminous means. The connection pins of the first luminous means fit into the recesses of the second luminous means. The first and second luminous means are electrically conductively connected to one another via their connection points (connection pins and recesses).

所述照明装置此外可以包含其他发光器件,这些发光器件以所描述的方式与第一或第二发光器件导电连接。The lighting device can also contain further luminous means, which are electrically conductively connected to the first or second luminous means in the described manner.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,第一和第二发光器件借助于连接部位通过压配合也相互机械连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the first and the second luminous means are also mechanically connected to one another by means of a connection point by means of a press fit.

为此,例如第一发光器件的第一连接部位被构造成连接插销。第二发光器件的第二连接部位则被构造成凹座。选择第一发光器件的连接插销的直径大于等于第二发光器件的凹座的直径。通过将第一发光器件的连接插销压入第二发光器件的凹座中,则在第一和第二发光器件之间产生牢固的机械连接。优选的是,第一和第二发光器件通过连接插销和相应的凹座而相互机械连接和电连接。For this purpose, for example, the first connection point of the first luminous means is designed as a connection pin. The second connection point of the second luminous means is then configured as a recess. The diameter of the connecting plug of the first light emitting device is selected to be greater than or equal to the diameter of the recess of the second light emitting device. By pressing the connection pins of the first luminous means into the recesses of the second luminous means, a firm mechanical connection is produced between the first and second luminous means. Preferably, the first and second light-emitting devices are mechanically and electrically connected to each other through connecting pins and corresponding recesses.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,第一和第二发光器件借助于连接部位通过插塞连接而相互机械连接。为此,例如第一发光器件具有被构造成连接插头的第一连接部位。第二发光器件具有被构造成插座的第二连接部位。通过将第一发光器件的连接插头插入第二发光器件的连接插座中而形成插塞连接,由此使第一发光器件与第二发光器件机械连接。优选的是,第一发光器件和第二发光器件通过插塞连接也相互电连接。第一和第二发光器件之间的插塞连接优选构造成可松开的,优选使得通过施加较小机械力可以使第一和第二发光器件再彼此松开。以此方式,例如可以简单地从照明装置去除故障的发光器件,并更换新的发光器件。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the first and the second luminous means are mechanically connected to one another by means of a connection location via a plug connection. For this purpose, for example, the first luminous means has a first connection location configured as a connection plug. The second luminous means has a second connection location configured as a socket. The first luminous means is mechanically connected to the second luminous means by inserting the connection plug of the first luminous means into the connection socket of the second luminous means to form a plug connection. Preferably, the first luminous means and the second luminous means are also electrically connected to each other via a plug connection. The plug connection between the first and the second luminous means is preferably designed to be detachable, preferably such that the first and the second luminous means can be detached from each other again by applying a small mechanical force. In this way, for example a faulty light emitting device can be simply removed from the lighting device and replaced with a new light emitting device.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置包含支承体,照明装置的至少一个发光器件与所述支承体机械连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a carrier to which at least one luminous means of the lighting device is mechanically connected.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置包含支承体,照明装置的至少一个发光器件与所述支承体电连接。在此可能的是,照明装置的发光器件通过支承体还相互电连接。According to at least one embodiment of the illuminating device, the illuminating device comprises a carrier to which at least one light-emitting component of the illuminating device is electrically connected. It is possible here that the luminous means of the lighting device are also electrically connected to one another via the carrier.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置包含支承体,照明装置的至少一个发光器件与所述支承体机械连接和电连接。对于照明装置具有多个发光器件的情况而言,发光器件通过支承体而相互机械连接。此外还可能的是,发光器件通过支承体也相互电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a carrier to which at least one light-emitting component of the lighting device is mechanically and electrically connected. In the case of the lighting device having a plurality of luminous means, the luminous means are mechanically connected to one another via the carrier. Furthermore, it is also possible that the luminous means are also electrically connected to one another via the carrier.

根据至少一种实施方式,支承体被设计成支撑板(Traegerplatte)。这意味着支承体由具有两个相对主面的实体形成,两个主面通过侧面相互连接。According to at least one embodiment, the support body is designed as a support plate. This means that the support body is formed from a solid body with two opposing main faces, which are connected to each other by side faces.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,支承体被设计成格栅。在此情况下,支承体可以按照具有多个穿孔的支撑板方式进行设计。以此方式实现了重量尽可能小的支承体。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier is designed as a grid. In this case, the support body can be designed in the manner of a support plate with a plurality of perforations. In this way, a carrier with the lowest possible weight is achieved.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,支承体被设计成线缆系统。于是支承体包含至少两个含有导电材料或由导电材料形成的线缆。照明装置的发光器件可通过支承体的线缆电接触。例如照明装置的线缆相互平行或基本上平行。此时一个或更多个发光器件可以设置在支承体每两个线缆之间并且电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier is designed as a cable system. The carrier then contains at least two cables which contain or are formed from an electrically conductive material. The luminous means of the lighting device can be electrically contacted via the cable of the carrier. For example the cables of the lighting devices are parallel or substantially parallel to each other. In this case, one or more luminous means can be arranged and electrically connected between each two cables of the carrier.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,支承体被设计成杆系统。于是支承体包含至少两个含有导电材料或由导电材料形成的杆。此时照明装置的发光器件可通过所述杆电接触。例如照明装置的杆相互平行或基本上平行。此时一个或多个发光器件可以设置在支承体每两个杆之间,并且电连接。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier is designed as a rod system. The carrier then comprises at least two rods which contain or are formed from an electrically conductive material. The luminous means of the lighting device can now be electrically contacted via the rod. For example the rods of the lighting device are parallel or substantially parallel to each other. In this case, one or more light-emitting devices can be arranged between each two rods of the carrier and electrically connected.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置的至少一个发光器件通过被设计成连接插销的连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接。优选的是,照明装置的所有发光器件通过至少一个被设计成连接插销的连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接。为此,支承体例如可以具有多个凹座。被设计成连接插销的发光器件连接部位然后配合到支承体相应的凹座中。发光器件和支承体之间的机械连接在此优选通过压配合得到。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, at least one luminous means of the lighting device is mechanically and electrically connected to the carrier via a connecting point designed as a connecting pin. Preferably, all luminous means of the lighting device are mechanically and electrically connected to the carrier via at least one connecting point designed as a connecting pin. For this purpose, the carrier can have a plurality of recesses, for example. The connection points of the luminous means, which are designed as connection pins, then fit into corresponding recesses of the carrier body. The mechanical connection between the luminous means and the carrier is here preferably achieved by a press fit.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置的至少一个发光器件通过至少一个被设计成连接插头的连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接。优选的是,照明装置的所有发光器件通过至少一个被设计成连接插头的连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接。为此,支承体例如可以具有多个分别被设计成连接插座的凹座。发光器件的连接插头然后配合到支承体的相应插座中。发光器件和支承体之间的机械连接在此优选构造成可松开的,使得通过施加较小的机械力就可以将发光器件从支承体松开。以此方式,可以特别简单地替换损坏的发光器件。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, at least one luminous means of the lighting device is mechanically and electrically connected to the carrier via at least one connection point designed as a connection plug. Preferably, all luminous means of the lighting device are mechanically and electrically connected to the carrier via at least one connection point designed as a connection plug. For this purpose, the carrier can have, for example, a plurality of recesses each designed as a connection socket. The connection plugs of the luminous means then fit into corresponding sockets of the carrier. The mechanical connection between the luminous means and the carrier is preferably designed to be detachable, so that the luminous means can be detached from the carrier by applying a small mechanical force. In this way, damaged luminous means can be replaced particularly simply.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置的至少一个发光器件通过至少一个被设计成连接轨的连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接。此时优选的是,照明装置的所有发光器件至少分别通过一个连接轨而与支承体连接。在该情况下,支承体优选被设计成线缆系统或杆系统。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, at least one luminous means of the lighting device is mechanically and electrically connected to the carrier via at least one connecting point designed as a connecting rail. In this case, it is preferred that all luminous means of the lighting device are connected to the carrier at least via one connection rail each. In this case, the support body is preferably designed as a cable system or rod system.

支承体例如包含两个相互平行的被构造成导电的线缆或杆。照明装置的至少一个发光器件包含至少两个被设计成连接轨的连接部位。连接轨在发光器件相互背离的侧面上延伸。每个连接轨配合到支承体的线缆或杆中,使得发光器件设置在支承体的线缆或杆之间。优选的是,多个发光器件以此方式与支承体连接。The carrier comprises, for example, two mutually parallel cables or rods which are designed to be electrically conductive. At least one luminous means of the lighting device comprises at least two connecting locations designed as connecting rails. The connecting rails extend on the sides of the luminous means facing away from each other. Each connecting rail fits into the cables or rods of the support body such that the luminous means are arranged between the cables or rods of the support body. Preferably, a plurality of luminous means are connected to the carrier in this way.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,所述照明装置包含第一发光器件和第二发光器件,其中第一和第二发光器件在工作时发出不同颜色的光。在此,一方面可能的是,第一和第二发光器件在所使用的有机发光体材料、发光转换材料或滤色装置方面彼此不同。于是第一和第二发光器件也不同地实施。According to at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a first light emitting device and a second light emitting device, wherein the first and second light emitting devices emit light of different colors during operation. In this case, it is firstly possible for the first and the second luminous means to differ from one another with respect to the organic emitter materials, luminescence conversion materials or color filters used. The first and second luminous means are then also designed differently.

不过也可能的是,使用如以上描述的发光器件作为第一和第二发光器件,它们适于在工作时发出至少一种第一和第二颜色的光。这例如可以如以上描述的那样通过如下方式实现:第一和第二发光器件分别包含至少两个颜色分区,它们适于发出颜色彼此不同的光。也就是说,照明装置包含至少一个多色发光器件,如以上描述的那样。However, it is also possible to use luminous means as described above as first and second luminous means which are suitable for emitting light of at least one first and second color during operation. This can be achieved, for example, as described above, in that the first and the second luminous means each contain at least two color subregions, which are suitable for emitting light of mutually different colors. That is, the lighting device comprises at least one multicolor light emitting device, as described above.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置包含多个发光器件,它们适于发出颜色彼此不同的光。也就是说,照明装置包含多个多色发光器件。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a plurality of luminous means which are suitable for emitting light of mutually different colors. That is, the lighting device includes a plurality of multicolor light emitting devices.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,在发光器件辐射方向上在所述照明装置的发光器件后设置包含漫射器的光学元件。例如在此情况下,支承体被构造成支撑板。然后在支撑板上施加多个与所述支撑板机械连接和电连接的发光器件。在发光器件的背离支撑板那侧之后设置有包含漫射器的光学元件。所述光学元件例如可以由透光的板状物例如玻璃板形成,其中导入散射光的微粒。替选地,还可能的是,将透光的板状物的表面粗糙化,使得由于光通过板状物时发生折射,因而透过的光发生漫散射。光学元件,例如漫射板,可以机械固定在照明装置的支承体上。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, an optical element comprising a diffuser is arranged downstream of the luminous means of the lighting means in the radiation direction of the luminous means. In this case, for example, the support body is configured as a support plate. A plurality of light-emitting devices are then applied on the support plate in mechanical and electrical connection with said support plate. An optical element comprising a diffuser is arranged behind the side of the luminous means facing away from the support plate. The optical element can be formed, for example, from a light-transmissive plate, such as a glass plate, into which light-scattering particles are introduced. Alternatively, it is also possible to roughen the surface of the light-transmitting plate, so that the transmitted light is diffusely scattered due to refraction of the light as it passes through the plate. Optical elements, such as diffuser plates, can be mechanically fastened to the carrier of the lighting device.

设置在所述照明装置的至少一个发光器件之后的光学元件在此优选适于混合由发光器件产生的光,使得观看者不再能辨认出由多个发光器件形成的照明装置的模块结构。照明装置看起来象是所述照明装置具有单个的发光面,其中发光面的形状和面积由光学元件的形状和光通过的面积决定。The optical element arranged downstream of the at least one luminous means of the lighting device is preferably suitable for mixing the light generated by the luminous means so that a viewer can no longer perceive the modular structure of the lighting means formed by a plurality of luminous means. The lighting device looks as if the lighting device has a single light-emitting surface, wherein the shape and area of the light-emitting surface are determined by the shape of the optical element and the area through which the light passes.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置具有多个阵列状(matrixartig)设置的发光器件。"阵列状设置"是指所述发光器件成行和成列地设置。所述照明装置还具有控制装置,其适于不依赖于其余发光器件而控制照明装置的每个发光器件。所述控制装置于是可以在可预先给定的时间用可预先给定的工作电流为照明装置的每个发光器件在可预先给定的时段上供电。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device has a plurality of luminous means arranged in a matrix. "Array-like arrangement" means that the light emitting devices are arranged in rows and columns. The lighting device also has a control device adapted to control each luminous means of the lighting device independently of the remaining luminous means. The control device can then supply each luminous means of the lighting device with a predeterminable operating current at a predeterminable time for a predeterminable period of time.

由于发光器件的阵列状设置以及适于不依赖于照明装置的其他发光器件而控制每个发光器件的控制装置,因此照明装置适合形成粗粒显示装置(grobkoernige Anzeigevorrichtung)。每个发光器件于是相应于显示装置的一个像素。照明装置以此方式适合用作粗粒显示器、广告标志或信号发生器。还可以设置照明装置为七段显示器,以显示数字和字母。所述照明装置还特别好地适合作为紧急照明装置,其借助符号或字词来显示例如逃生路线。Due to the array-like arrangement of the light emitting devices and the control device adapted to control each light emitting device independently of other light emitting devices of the lighting device, the lighting device is suitable for forming a coarse-grained display device (grobkoernige Anzeigevorrichtung). Each light emitting device then corresponds to a pixel of the display device. In this way, the lighting device is suitable for use as a coarse-grained display, advertising sign or signal generator. It is also possible to configure the lighting device as a seven-segment display to display numbers and letters. The lighting device is also particularly well suited as an emergency lighting device, which displays, for example, an escape route by means of symbols or words.

被构造成粗粒显示装置的照明装置的发光器件优选如上所述地通过连接部位而与支承体机械连接和电连接,和/或通过连接部位而相互电连接和机械连接。The luminous means of the lighting device configured as a coarse-grained display are preferably, as described above, connected mechanically and electrically to the carrier via connection points and/or are electrically and mechanically connected to each other via connection points.

特别优选的是,被构造成粗粒显示装置的照明装置在此包含至少一个多色发光器件,其适于在第一时段内发出第一颜色的光和在第二时段内发出第二颜色的光,其中第一颜色不同于第二颜色。如以上描述的那样,这点例如可以通过如下方式实现:使发光器件具有多个适于产生颜色彼此不同的光的颜色分区。替选地,由发光器件在工作时产生的光的颜色例如可以取决于发光器件工作时采用的电流密度。Particularly preferably, the lighting device, which is designed as a coarse-grained display device, comprises at least one multicolor light-emitting device, which is suitable for emitting light of a first color during a first time period and light of a second color during a second time period. Light in which the first color is different from the second color. As described above, this can be achieved, for example, by providing the luminous means with a plurality of color subregions which are suitable for generating light of different colors from one another. Alternatively, the color of the light generated by the luminous means during operation can depend, for example, on the current density with which the luminous means are operated.

使用适于发出不同颜色的光的发光器件能够实现将照明装置作为粗粒显示装置的应用,该粗粒显示装置可以特别广泛地使用。The use of light emitting devices adapted to emit light of different colors enables the use of the lighting device as a coarse-grained display device, which can be used particularly widely.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置的支承体含有织物材料。此时照明装置的发光器件于是至少与支承体机械连接。机械连接例如可以通过织物材料和施加在发光器件第二主面上的勾连层(Klettschicht)之间的勾连连接(Klettverbindung)而增强。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier of the lighting device contains a textile material. The luminous means of the lighting device are then at least mechanically connected to the carrier. The mechanical connection can be enhanced, for example, by a hook connection between the textile material and the hook layer applied to the second main surface of the luminous means.

此外,导体带(例如薄金属线)可以集成于织物材料中。导体带例如可以与支承体材料编织在一起。通过所述导体带,照明装置的发光器件可以通过支承体电接触。替选地,照明装置的发光器件可以具有自己的电源,其形式为电池、蓄电池或电容器。Furthermore, conductor strips (eg thin metal wires) can be integrated in the textile material. The conductor tracks can be braided with the carrier material, for example. Via the conductor track, the luminous means of the lighting device can be electrically contacted via the carrier. Alternatively, the luminous means of the lighting device can have its own power supply in the form of a battery, accumulator or capacitor.

具有含有织物材料的支承体的所述照明装置的发光器件优选构造成挠性的。特别优选的是,发光器件构造成与支承体具有相似的挠性。也就是说,发光器件可以尽可能地匹配它们施加于其上的支承体的(例如由于折叠导致的)变形。The luminous means of the lighting device with the carrier comprising the textile material are preferably designed to be flexible. Particularly preferably, the luminous means are designed with a similar flexibility to the carrier. This means that the luminous means can be adapted as closely as possible to deformations (for example due to folding) of the carrier on which they are applied.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,含有织物材料的支承体被设计成帘。在帘上施加至少一个例如挠性的发光器件。在此情况下可能的是,帘面向所述至少一个发光器件的表面的大部分被至少一个发光器件所遮盖。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier comprising the textile material is designed as a curtain. At least one, for example flexible, luminous means is applied to the curtain. In this case it is possible for a large part of the surface of the curtain facing the at least one luminous means to be covered by the at least one luminous means.

拉上帘时,被所述至少一个发光器件遮盖的帘的主面形成照明装置的发光面。When the curtain is closed, the main surface of the curtain covered by the at least one luminous means forms the luminous surface of the lighting device.

例如将帘安装在窗户前。于是帘形成照明装置,其发光面大致相当于被帘遮盖的窗户的面积。以此方式,通过所述照明装置实现房间照明,该照明装置在尺寸和光照射方向上与窗户相应。照明装置优选以类似日光的光照亮具有这种帘的房间。For example, installing curtains in front of windows. The curtain then forms a lighting device whose luminous area corresponds approximately to the area of the window covered by the curtain. In this way, the room is illuminated by means of the lighting device, which corresponds to the window in terms of size and light emission direction. The lighting device preferably illuminates the room with such a curtain with daylight-like light.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,含有织物材料的支承体被设计成服装件。在服装件上机械固定至少一个发光器件。所述机械连接例如可以通过服装件的织物材料和施加在发光器件第二主面上的勾连层之间的勾连连接而实现。如以上描述的那样,发光器件在此优选被设计成挠性的,并具有大致相应于服装件挠性的挠性。如以上描述的那样,优选的是,发光器件适于产生至少两种不同颜色的光。所述发光器件于是可以用作信号装置,服装件穿着者可以用其以光学方式显示信息。为此,发光器件与控制装置连接,所述控制装置可以由服装件穿着者调节。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the carrier comprising the textile material is designed as a clothing item. At least one light emitting device is mechanically secured to the piece of clothing. The mechanical connection can be achieved, for example, by a hook connection between the textile material of the clothing part and the hook layer applied to the second main side of the luminous means. As described above, the luminous means are here preferably designed to be flexible and have a flexibility that approximately corresponds to the flexibility of the clothing part. As described above, it is preferred that the light emitting device is adapted to generate light of at least two different colours. The luminous means can then be used as a signaling device with which the wearer of the article of clothing can optically display information. For this purpose, the luminous means are connected to a control device, which can be adjusted by the wearer of the article of clothing.

替选地或附加地,可能的是,控制装置根据某些测量值来调节发光器件的工作状态,即例如由发光器件发出的光的颜色。为此,所述照明装置包含至少一个传感器,所述传感器适于确定服装件穿着者的身体功能,如穿着者的心跳频率、皮肤电阻和/或体温。根据所确定的值,控制装置然后调节发光器件的工作状态。所述发光器件也适于以光学方式再现服装件穿着者身体功能的信息。Alternatively or additionally, it is possible for the control device to adjust the operating state of the luminous means, ie for example the color of the light emitted by the luminous means, as a function of certain measured values. To this end, the lighting device comprises at least one sensor adapted to determine a bodily function of the wearer of the piece of clothing, such as heart rate, skin resistance and/or body temperature of the wearer. Depending on the determined value, the control device then adjusts the operating state of the luminous means. The luminous means are also suitable for optically reproducing information on the bodily functions of the wearer of the item of clothing.

其支承体被设计成服装件的照明装置还可以例如在街道交通中用于改善穿着所述服装件的人员的可见性。这种服装件特别好地适于骑自行车者和步行者。A lighting device whose support body is designed as a piece of clothing can also be used, for example in street traffic, to improve the visibility of a person wearing the piece of clothing. This piece of clothing is particularly well suited for cyclists and walkers.

此外还提出了一种光学显示装置。所述光学显示装置包含显像元件和至少两个根据至少一种上述实施方式设计的发光器件。所述发光器件在此形成显像元件的背光装置。Furthermore, an optical display device is proposed. The optical display device includes a display element and at least two light emitting devices designed according to at least one of the above-mentioned embodiments. The luminous means here form a backlight for the imaging element.

所述背光装置优选如至少一种以上描述的照明装置那样构造。The backlighting device is preferably designed like at least one lighting device described above.

根据所述显示装置的至少一种实施方式,显示装置的背光装置包含至少两个相互电连接和机械连接的发光器件。在此可能的是,发光器件直接相互电连接和机械连接。然而也可能的是,发光器件经显示装置背光装置的支承体而相互电连接和机械连接。背光装置的发光器件于是如以上描述的那样,可以通过构造成连接插销、连接插头、连接管脚、连接孔或插座的连接部位而相互地和/或与支承体机械连接和/或电连接。According to at least one embodiment of the display device, the backlight device of the display device comprises at least two light emitting devices that are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. It is possible here to connect the luminous means directly to each other electrically and mechanically. However, it is also possible for the luminous means to be electrically and mechanically connected to one another via the carrier of the backlight of the display device. The luminous means of the backlight arrangement can then, as described above, be mechanically and/or electrically connected to one another and/or to the carrier via connection points configured as connection pins, connection plugs, connection pins, connection holes or sockets.

所述显示装置的显像元件例如可以是LCD面板。在辐射方向上在背光装置的发光器件后直接设置显像元件。也就是说,显像元件直接被发光器件背光照明。由两个或更多个发光器件组成的显像元件背光装置的模块结构能够实现特别大面积的背光照明。以此方式可实现特别大的显示装置。另外,由于显示装置的背光装置的模块结构,还可以特别简单地更换背光装置的故障的发光器件。The imaging element of the display device may be, for example, an LCD panel. The imaging element is arranged directly behind the luminous means of the backlight in the direction of radiation. That is to say, the imaging element is directly backlit by the light emitting device. The modular structure of the backlight device for the imaging element consisting of two or more light-emitting devices enables particularly large-area backlighting. Particularly large display devices can be realized in this way. Furthermore, due to the modular design of the backlight of the display device, faulty luminous means of the backlight can also be replaced particularly simply.

根据所述光学显示装置的至少一种实施方式,所述显示装置的至少一个发光器件适于在工作时发白光。优选的是,显示装置的背光装置的所有发光器件都适于发白光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the optical display device, at least one luminous means of the display device is adapted to emit white light during operation. Preferably, all light emitting devices of the backlight arrangement of the display device are adapted to emit white light.

根据所述显示装置的至少一种实施方式,由显示装置的发光器件在工作时发出的光混合形成白光。也就是说,显示装置例如包含适于发绿光的发光器件、适于发红光的发光器件和适于发蓝光的发光器件。所述发光器件于是优选设置为使得通过混匀各个发光器件的光来调节白色的色觉。为此可以在发光器件和显像元件之间设置包含漫射器的光学元件。所述光学元件例如是漫射板,如以上描述的那样,其适于混匀由发光器件产生的光。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the display device, the light emitted by the luminous means of the display device during operation is mixed to form white light. That is to say, the display device comprises, for example, a light emitting device suitable for emitting green light, a light emitting device suitable for emitting red light and a light emitting device suitable for emitting blue light. The luminous means are then preferably arranged in such a way that the color perception of white is adjusted by mixing the light of the individual luminous means. To this end, an optical element comprising a diffuser can be arranged between the luminous means and the imaging element. The optical element is, for example, a diffuser plate, which, as described above, is suitable for mixing the light generated by the light emitting device.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,照明装置包含本文描述的发光器件作为第一光源和另外的第二光源。According to at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the lighting device comprises a luminous means described herein as a first light source and as a further second light source.

所述发光器件在此优选设计为使得其被构造成至少可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光以及第二光源的光。The luminous means is preferably designed in such a way that it is designed to be transparent at least to the light generated by the organic layer stack and also to the light of the second light source.

根据至少一种实施方式,第二光源是白炽灯、发光二极管模块(简称“LED模块”)、至少一个单独的发光二极管(简称“LED”)、冷阴极灯、拉瓦尔灯、荧光灯或有机发光二极管(简称“OLED”)。According to at least one embodiment, the second light source is an incandescent lamp, a light-emitting diode module ("LED module" for short), at least one single light-emitting diode ("LED" for short), a cold-cathode lamp, a Laval lamp, a fluorescent lamp or an organic light emitting diode. Diodes ("OLEDs" for short).

LED模块包含设置在支承体上的一个或更多个LED。支承体例如可以是导体板,例如金属芯型印刷电路板。此外,LED模块可以具有射束成形的的光学系统,该光学系统在LED发射方向上设置在LED之后。射束成形的的光学系统例如至少部分按照以下光学元件之一的类型形成:复合抛物面聚光器(Compound Parabolic Concentrator,CPC),复合椭圆面聚光器(Compound Elliptic Concentrator,CEC),复合双曲面聚光器(Compound Hyperbolic Concentrator,CHC)。此外,射束成形的的光学系统可以是透镜。The LED module contains one or more LEDs arranged on a support. The carrier can be, for example, a conductor board, for example a metal-core printed circuit board. Furthermore, the LED module can have beam-shaping optics which are arranged downstream of the LEDs in the emission direction of the LEDs. The beam-shaping optical system is formed, for example, at least partially according to the type of one of the following optical elements: Compound Parabolic Concentrator (CPC), Compound Elliptic Concentrator (CEC), Compound Hyperboloid Concentrator (Compound Hyperbolic Concentrator, CHC). Furthermore, the beam-shaping optics can be lenses.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件发出第一颜色的光,第二光源发出不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光。According to at least one embodiment, the light emitting device emits light of a first color, and the second light source emits light of a second color different from the first color.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件被设计成可调光的(dimmbar)。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means are designed as dimmbars.

根据至少一种其他实施方式,所述第二光源被设计成可调光的。According to at least one other embodiment, the second light source is designed to be dimmable.

所述发光器件以及第二光源的调光例如可以通过使用产生脉宽调制的信号(PWM信号)的PWM电路实现,或者用常规的调光器实现。The dimming of the light-emitting device and the second light source can be realized, for example, by using a PWM circuit that generates a pulse width modulated signal (PWM signal), or by using a conventional dimmer.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件被设计成挠性的。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means is designed to be flexible.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件被构造成灯罩,所述灯罩例如设置在第二光源周围或之上。In accordance with at least one embodiment, the luminous means is designed as a lampshade, which is arranged, for example, around or on the second light source.

根据至少一种实施方式,发光器件和第二光源相互设置为使得第二光源的光通过发光器件发射出来。According to at least one embodiment, the luminous means and the second light source are arranged relative to each other such that light from the second light source is emitted by the luminous means.

一种照明装置,其中:A lighting device wherein:

-发光器件发出第一颜色的光,第二光源发出不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光,- the light emitting device emits light of a first color, the second light source emits light of a second color different from the first color,

-两个光源中至少一个是可调光的,并且- at least one of the two light sources is dimmable, and

-发光器件和第二光源相互设置,使得第二光源的光穿过发光器件,以下被称为“颜色可变的照明装置”。- The light emitting device and the second light source are arranged relative to each other such that the light of the second light source passes through the light emitting device, hereinafter referred to as "colour-variable lighting device".

优选的是,所述颜色可变的照明装置的发光器件构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠产生的光和由第二光源发出的光。Preferably, the luminous means of the color-variable lighting device are designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack and light emitted by the second light source.

所述颜色可变的照明装置适于发出混色光,其包括发光器件的光和第二光源的光。这带来以下优点:通过改变发光器件和/或第二光源的颜色和亮度,可以改变照明装置的色度坐标和亮度。在此,可以恒定保持光源之一(发光器件或第二光源)的亮度,并改变另一光源的亮度,或者可以改变两个光源的亮度。因此,照明装置的光的颜色和亮度可以简单地与某一场合或色调匹配。The color-variable lighting device is adapted to emit mixed-color light, which includes the light of the light-emitting device and the light of the second light source. This brings about the advantage that by changing the color and brightness of the luminous means and/or of the second light source, the chromaticity coordinate and the brightness of the lighting device can be changed. Here, the brightness of one of the light sources (the light emitting device or the second light source) can be kept constant, and the brightness of the other light source can be changed, or the brightness of both light sources can be changed. Thus, the color and brightness of the light of the lighting device can be easily matched to a certain occasion or hue.

根据颜色可变的照明装置的至少一种实施方式,发光器件发出黄光谱区的光,第二光源发出蓝光谱区的光。同样可能的是,发光器件发出蓝光谱区的光,第二光源发出黄光谱区的光。因此有利地实现一种颜色可变的照明装置,其发出色度坐标在CIE标准色表的白色区域的光。通过改变第二光源和/或发光器件的亮度,亦即通过使蓝光和黄光的颜色部分适应于颜色可变的照明装置的混色光,所述颜色可变的照明装置的混色光的色度坐标可以在CIE标准色表的宽的区域内变化,尤其是与希望的值匹配。尤其是这样可以调节混色光不同的白色调,并与相应的场合匹配。In accordance with at least one embodiment of the color-variable lighting device, the luminous means emit light in the yellow spectral range and the second light source emits light in the blue spectral range. It is also possible for the luminous means to emit light in the blue spectral region and the second light source to emit light in the yellow spectral region. A color-variable lighting device is thus advantageously realized, which emits light with a chromaticity coordinate in the white region of the CIE standard color table. The chromaticity of the mixed-color light of the color-variable lighting device by varying the brightness of the second light source and/or the luminous means, ie by partially adapting the color of the blue and yellow light to the mixed-color light of the color-variable lighting device The coordinates can vary within a wide range of the CIE standard color table, especially to match desired values. In particular, it is possible to adjust the different white tones of the mixed light and to match them to the respective occasion.

此外,颜色可变的照明装置的发光器件和第二光源除了黄色和蓝色外,还可以具有其他彼此不同的颜色。如果两个光源(发光器件和第二光源)被设计成可调光的,则这样就可以流畅地从发光器件的光颜色到第二光源的光颜色来调节照明装置的混色光的颜色。Furthermore, besides yellow and blue, the light emitting device and the second light source of the color-variable lighting device can also have other colors different from each other. If the two light sources (the light source and the second light source) are designed to be dimmable, then the color of the mixed-color light of the lighting device can be adjusted smoothly from the light color of the light source to the light color of the second light source.

在此尤其可能的是,将所述发光器件设计成以上描述的具有至少两个颜色分区的多色发光器件。这种多色发光器件能够实现一种颜色可变的照明装置,其例如可以产生特别多的白色调和/或具有高的显色指数(CRI-color rendering index)的白光。In particular, it is possible here to design the luminous means as the above-described multicolor luminous means with at least two color subregions. Such a multicolor luminous means enables a color-variable lighting device which, for example, can generate white light with a particularly large number of white tones and/or a high color rendering index (CRI).

根据颜色可变的照明装置的至少一种实施方式,发光器件发出CIE标准色表暖白色区域中的第一颜色的光,第二光源发出CIE标准色表冷白色区域中的第二颜色的光。同样可能的是,发光器件发出CIE标准色表冷白色区域中的第一颜色的光,第二光源发出CIE标准色表暖白色区域中的第二颜色的光。所述颜色可变的照明装置的混色光的色度坐标可以在冷白和暖白之间调节。这种颜色可变的照明装置例如可以在私人区域作为光源,其中例如在工作状态下,更愿使用冷白色的光,在放松阶段,通过使用者快速、简单地调暗冷白色的光源并提高混色光中的暖白色部分,可以将其改变为暖白色的光。According to at least one embodiment of the color-variable lighting device, the light-emitting device emits light of a first color in the warm white region of the CIE standard color table, and the second light source emits light of a second color in the cool white region of the CIE standard color table . It is also possible for the luminous means to emit light of a first color in the cool white range of the CIE standard color scale and for the second light source to emit light of a second color in the warm white range of the CIE standard color scale. The chromaticity coordinates of the mixed-color light of the color-variable lighting device can be adjusted between cool white and warm white. Such a color-variable lighting device can be used, for example, as a light source in private areas where, for example, a cool white light is preferred during working conditions, and the cool white light source can be quickly and easily dimmed by the user and increased during the relaxation phase. The warm white part of mixed light, which can be changed into warm white light.

特别优选的是,颜色可变的照明装置的发光器件被构造成灯罩。所述灯罩例如设置在第二光源周围或之上。特别优选的是,发光器件在此设计成挠性的。It is particularly preferred if the luminous means of the color-variable lighting device are designed as lamp shades. The lampshade is for example arranged around or on the second light source. Particularly preferably, the luminous means are designed to be flexible here.

根据至少一种实施方式,所述发光器件设计成挠性的,使得发光器件的形状在使用过程中可以改变。According to at least one embodiment, the light emitting device is designed to be flexible, so that the shape of the light emitting device can be changed during use.

具有(主要用于装饰是)第二光源的颜色可变的照明装置,例如拉瓦尔灯,优选用于装饰目的,例如用于酒吧或用作舞场的地面照明。A color-variable lighting device with a (mainly for decoration) second light source, such as a Laval lamp, is preferably used for decoration purposes, for example for bars or as floor lighting for dance halls.

此外,颜色可变的照明装置可以出于医学目的用于光治疗中。Furthermore, color-variable lighting devices can be used in light therapy for medical purposes.

根据所述照明装置的至少一种实施方式,发光器件发光的主面和第二光源发光的正面设置于共同平面上。在此情况下,第二光源例如可以是设置在发光器件发出辐射的正面内的LED模块。在此情况下,特别优选的是,LED模块居中地设置在发光器件发出辐射的主面内。这种设置例如可以用作装饰元件。According to at least one embodiment of the lighting device, the main surface of the light-emitting device emitting light and the front surface of the second light source emitting light are arranged on a common plane. In this case, the second light source can be, for example, an LED module arranged in the radiation-emitting front side of the luminous means. In this case, it is particularly preferred if the LED module is arranged centrally in the radiation-emitting main area of the luminous means. Such an arrangement can be used, for example, as a decorative element.

此外提出一种储物家具(Ablagemoebel)。所述储物家具包含辐射发射部件。辐射发射部件尤其可以是根据至少一种在此描述的实施方式的发光器件。储物家具尤其还可以是根据至少一种本文描述的实施方式的照明装置。也就是说,储物家具可以具有本文描述的发光器件和照明装置的任何特征。以下描述的实施方式尤其涉及一种储物家具。本文描述的发光器件和照明装置也可以具有本文描述的储物家具的任何特征。Furthermore, a storage furniture (Ablagemoebel) is proposed. The storage furniture includes a radiation emitting component. In particular, the radiation-emitting component can be a luminous means according to at least one embodiment described here. In particular, the storage furniture can also be a lighting device according to at least one embodiment described herein. That is, the storage furniture may have any of the features of the light emitting devices and lighting arrangements described herein. The embodiments described below relate in particular to a storage furniture. The light emitting devices and lighting arrangements described herein may also have any of the features of the storage furniture described herein.

对于其上摆放物体或东西例如用来存放或展览的存放面而言,期望的是,所述物体或东西除了可以安置在存放面上外,还可以照明。对照明的希望可以有功能原因以及美学原因。为此通常在存放面周围(亦即上侧或旁边)安装照明装置,使得如愿照明存放面以及可能还有周围。For storage surfaces on which objects or objects are placed, for example for storage or display, it is desirable that, in addition to being able to be placed on the storage surface, the objects or objects can also be illuminated. The desire for lighting can have functional reasons as well as aesthetic reasons. For this purpose, lighting devices are usually installed around (ie on or beside) the storage surface, so that the storage surface and possibly also the surroundings are illuminated as desired.

根据本发明一种实施方式的储物家具尤其包含Storage furniture according to one embodiment of the invention comprises in particular

-平面造型的储物元件,其具有至少一个存放面和至少一个具有有源区的辐射发射部件,其在工作时发出电磁辐射,和- a planar storage element with at least one storage surface and at least one radiation-emitting part with an active region, which emits electromagnetic radiation during operation, and

-至少一个用来保持储物元件的保持装置。- At least one holding device for holding the storage element.

所述存放面尤其可以用于在其上摆放和/或存放物体。In particular, the storage surface can be used for placing and/or storing objects thereon.

在另一实施方式中,辐射发射部件是平面造型的。“平面造型”在此可以意味着,辐射发射部件在面积至少为数平方毫米、优选数平方厘米、特别优选至少一平方分米或数平方分米或更大的面区域上相连地延伸。特别地,平面造型的、辐射发射部件的面积为存放面的量级。In another embodiment, the radiation emitting part is planar. In this case, “flat-shaped” can mean that the radiation-emitting component extends contiguously over a surface area with an area of at least a few square millimeters, preferably a few square centimeters, particularly preferably at least one or several square decimeters or more. In particular, the area of the flat, radiation-emitting component is of the order of magnitude of the storage area.

在一个优选的实施方式中,辐射发射部件是有机辐射发射部件,特别是有机发光二极管(OLED)。OLED在此可以包含有机层或具有至少一层有机层的层序列,所述有机层具有在工作时可以发出电磁辐射的有源区。此外OLED可以含有第一电极和第二电极,其中有机层或具有至少一层有机层的层序列可以设置在第一和第二电极之间,其中所述有机层具有有源区。第一和第二电极在此可以适于将“空穴”或电子注入有源区中,它们可以在那里复合而发射电磁辐射。In a preferred embodiment, the radiation-emitting component is an organic radiation-emitting component, in particular an organic light-emitting diode (OLED). The OLED can here comprise organic layers or a layer sequence having at least one organic layer which has an active region which can emit electromagnetic radiation during operation. Furthermore, the OLED can comprise a first electrode and a second electrode, wherein an organic layer or a layer sequence having at least one organic layer can be arranged between the first and second electrodes, wherein the organic layer has the active region. The first and second electrodes can be suitable for injecting “holes” or electrons into the active region, where they can recombine to emit electromagnetic radiation.

此外第一电极可以设置在衬底上。在第一电极上可以施加有机层或含有一层或更多层由有机材料形成的功能层的层序列。可以包含有源区的功能层在此例如可以含有电子传输层、电致发光层和/或空穴传输层。在功能层上或者在至少一层有机层上可以施加第二电极。Furthermore, the first electrode can be arranged on the substrate. An organic layer or a layer sequence comprising one or more functional layers formed from organic materials can be applied to the first electrode. The functional layer, which may contain the active region, may contain, for example, an electron-transport layer, an electroluminescent layer and/or a hole-transport layer. A second electrode can be applied on the functional layer or on at least one organic layer.

例如衬底可以包含玻璃、石英、塑料膜、金属、金属薄膜、硅晶片或任意其他合适的衬底材料。例如衬底还可以被设计成多层的层序列或层压物。如果有机辐射发射部件被设计成所谓的“底部发光体”,也就是说,在有源区产生的电磁辐射可以通过衬底射出,则衬底对至少一部分电磁辐射可以有利地具有透明性。For example, the substrate may comprise glass, quartz, plastic film, metal, metal thin film, silicon wafer, or any other suitable substrate material. For example, the substrate can also be designed as a multilayer layer sequence or laminate. The substrate can advantageously be transparent to at least a portion of the electromagnetic radiation if the organic radiation-emitting component is designed as a so-called "bottom emitter", ie electromagnetic radiation generated in the active region can emerge through the substrate.

根据至少一种实施方式,至少一个电极含有透明导电氧化物、金属或导电有机材料,或者由这些之一形成。According to at least one embodiment, at least one electrode contains a transparent conductive oxide, a metal or a conductive organic material, or is formed from one of these.

在底部发光体构型中,第一电极对至少一部分电磁辐射而言可以有利地是透明的。透明的第一电极可以被设计成阳极并因而可以用作正电荷或“空穴”注入材料,其例如可以含有透明导电氧化物或由透明导电氧化物形成。透明导电氧化物(transparent conductive oxides,缩写“TCO”)是透明的导电材料,通常为金属氧化物,例如氧化锌、氧化锡、氧化镉、氧化钛、氧化铟或氧化铟锡(ITO)。除了二元的金属氧化合物外,例如ZnO、SnO2或In2O3,三元的金属氧化合物,例如Zn2SnO4、CdSnO3、ZnSnO3、MgIn2O4、GaInO3、Zn2In2O5或In4Sn3O12或者不同的透明导电氧化物的混合物也属于TCO组。此外,TCO并不必强制性相应于化学计量的组成,也可以是p-或n-掺杂型的。替选地或附加地,第一电极也可以含有金属,例如银。In bottom light configurations, the first electrode may advantageously be transparent to at least part of the electromagnetic radiation. The transparent first electrode, which can be designed as an anode and thus can be used as positive charge or “hole” injection material, can for example contain or be formed from a transparent conductive oxide. Transparent conductive oxides ("TCO" for short) are transparent conductive materials, usually metal oxides, such as zinc oxide, tin oxide, cadmium oxide, titanium oxide, indium oxide or indium tin oxide (ITO). In addition to binary metal oxides such as ZnO, SnO 2 or In 2 O 3 , ternary metal oxides such as Zn 2 SnO 4 , CdSnO 3 , ZnSnO 3 , MgIn 2 O 4 , GaInO 3 , Zn 2 In 2 O 5 or In 4 Sn 3 O 12 or mixtures of different transparent conductive oxides also belong to the TCO group. Furthermore, the TCO does not necessarily have to correspond to a stoichiometric composition, but can also be p- or n-doped. Alternatively or additionally, the first electrode can also contain a metal, for example silver.

具有至少一层有机层的层序列可以含有聚合物、低聚物、单体、有机小分子(“organic small molecules”)或其他非聚合的有机化合物或其组合。可以是特别有利的是,层序列的功能层被设计成空穴传输层,以便能够将空穴有效注入电致发光层或电致发光区域。有关有源区或其他功能层和区域的那些结构是本领域技术人员已知的,特别是在材料、构造、功能和结构方面,因此在此不详细阐述。A layer sequence having at least one organic layer can contain polymers, oligomers, monomers, small organic molecules (“organic small molecules”) or other non-polymeric organic compounds or combinations thereof. It can be particularly advantageous if the functional layer of the layer sequence is designed as a hole-transport layer in order to be able to inject holes efficiently into the electroluminescent layer or electroluminescent region. Those structures concerning active regions or other functional layers and regions are known to those skilled in the art, especially with regard to materials, construction, function and structure, and are therefore not explained in detail here.

第二电极可以设计成阴极并因此用作电子诱导材料。作为阴极材料,尤其是铝、钡、铟、银、金,镁,钙或锂以及它们的化合物、组合物和合金被证实是有利的。附加地或替选地,第二电极也可以被设计成透明的。这尤其意味着OLED也可以被设计成“顶部发光体”,也就是说,在有源区产生的电磁辐射可以在有机辐射发射部件背离衬底的那侧射出。The second electrode can be designed as a cathode and thus serve as electron-inducing material. As cathode material, especially aluminum, barium, indium, silver, gold, magnesium, calcium or lithium and their compounds, compositions and alloys have proven to be advantageous. Additionally or alternatively, the second electrode can also be designed to be transparent. This means in particular that OLEDs can also be designed as "top emitters", that is to say that the electromagnetic radiation generated in the active region can exit on the side of the organic radiation-emitting component facing away from the substrate.

如果要将含有金属层或者由其形成的电极构造成可透过由有机层堆叠发出的光,则当金属层被构造成足够薄时,可以是有利的。优选这种半透明金属层的厚度介于1nm至100nm之间,其中包括边界值。If the electrodes containing or formed from the metal layer are to be designed to be permeable to the light emitted by the organic layer stack, it can be advantageous if the metal layer is designed to be sufficiently thin. Preferably, such a semitransparent metal layer has a thickness of between 1 nm and 100 nm, limit values included.

此外第一电极可以设计成阴极,第二电极可以设计成阳极,其中有机辐射发射部件可以设计成底部发光体或顶部发光体。有机辐射发射部件还可以被同时构造成顶部发光体和底部发光体。Furthermore, the first electrode can be designed as cathode and the second electrode can be designed as anode, wherein the organic radiation-emitting component can be designed as bottom emitter or top emitter. The organic radiation-emitting component can also be configured simultaneously as a top emitter and as a bottom emitter.

此外,有机辐射发射部件可以含有封装部,从而实现对电极和/或功能区的保护,以防湿气和/或氧化性物质例如氧气。在此,封装可以包围整个有机辐射发射部件,包括衬底。或者衬底和/或至少一个电极可以形成封装部的一部分。封装部在此可以包含一层或更多层,其中封装部的层例如可以是平坦化层、阻挡层、水和/或氧气吸收层、连接层或其组合。Furthermore, the organic radiation-emitting component may contain an encapsulation in order to achieve protection of the electrodes and/or the functional area against moisture and/or oxidizing substances such as oxygen. In this case, the encapsulation can surround the entire organic radiation-emitting component, including the substrate. Alternatively the substrate and/or at least one electrode may form part of the encapsulation. The encapsulation here can comprise one or more layers, wherein a layer of the encapsulation can be, for example, a planarization layer, a barrier layer, a water and/or oxygen absorption layer, a connection layer or a combination thereof.

替选地,发出辐射的部件可以被构造成电致发光膜。在此情况下,含有无机材料、例如基于硫化锌的有源区可以设置在第一和第二电极之间。电极在此可以具有如结合有机辐射发射部件所描述的特征和结构。有源区可以含有合适的掺杂物,如铜或铕。Alternatively, the radiation-emitting component can be designed as an electroluminescent film. In this case, an active region comprising an inorganic material, for example based on zinc sulfide, may be arranged between the first and second electrodes. The electrodes here can have the features and structures as described in connection with the organic radiation-emitting component. The active region may contain suitable dopants such as copper or europium.

从辐射发射部件的有源区产生的电磁辐射尤其可以具有波长在紫外到红外光谱区的光谱。特别是当光谱包含至少一个对观看者可见的波长时,可以是有利的。电磁辐射的光谱有利地还可以包含多个波长,因此观看者可以产生混色的发光感觉。为此可能的是,辐射发射部件自身可以产生具有多个波长的电磁辐射,或者由有机辐射发射部件产生的一部分电磁辐射或由辐射发射部件产生的所有电磁辐射(所述电磁辐射具有例如在蓝和/或绿光谱区的第一波长)通过波长转换物质被转变成例如在黄和/或红光谱区的第二波长。为此,可以在有源区之后设置含有波长转换物质的层或区域。特别是可以在有源区之后在部分区域中结构化地设置波长转换物质,使得辐射发射部件的不同部分区域可以引起观看者不同颜色的发光感觉。合适的波长转换物质和含有波长转换物质的层以及其结构化在其构造和其功能方面是本领域技术人员已知的,在此不详细解释。The electromagnetic radiation generated from the active region of the radiation-emitting component may in particular have a spectrum with wavelengths in the ultraviolet to infrared spectral region. In particular it can be advantageous when the spectrum contains at least one wavelength visible to a viewer. The spectrum of electromagnetic radiation can advantageously also contain multiple wavelengths, so that the observer can create a color-mixed luminous perception. It is possible for this that the radiation-emitting component itself can generate electromagnetic radiation with a plurality of wavelengths, or a part of the electromagnetic radiation generated by the organic radiation-emitting component or all of the electromagnetic radiation generated by the radiation-emitting component (which has, for example, in blue and/or a first wavelength in the green spectral region) is converted by the wavelength conversion substance into a second wavelength, for example in the yellow and/or red spectral region. To this end, a layer or region containing a wavelength-converting substance can be arranged after the active region. In particular, the wavelength-converting substance can be arranged in a structured manner in subregions downstream of the active region, so that different subregions of the radiation-emitting component can induce different colored luminescence perceptions in the viewer. Suitable wavelength-converting substances and layers containing wavelength-converting substances as well as their structuring are known to those skilled in the art with regard to their configuration and their function and will not be explained in detail here.

在另一实施方式中,对辐射发射部件的第一和/或第二电极进行结构化,例如结构化成还可以相互平行延伸的电极带形状。这尤其意味着,第一和/或第二电极具有部分区域,它们可以彼此独立地连接到电流源和/或电压源。因而辐射发射部件根据接触第一和/或第二电极的部分区域而可以具有不同的工作状态,这意味着,可以产生辐射发射部件的不同的发光图案和光线分布。此外,辐射发射部件的有源区(对于有机辐射发射部件来说例如是有机层或含有至少一层有机层的层序列)在第一和/或第二电极不同的部分区域中例如可以分别含有不同的材料并且例如还被结构化,使得辐射发射部件在不同的工作状态下例如可以发出不同波长的电磁辐射。由此,根据第一和/或第二电极的部分区域与电流源和/或电压源接触的不同情形,观看者可以产生不同色或混色的发光感觉。In a further embodiment, the first and/or the second electrode of the radiation-emitting component is structured, for example in the shape of electrode strips which can also run parallel to each other. This means in particular that the first and/or the second electrode has subregions which can be connected independently of one another to a current source and/or a voltage source. The radiation-emitting component can thus have different operating states depending on the subregion contacting the first and/or the second electrode, which means that different emission patterns and light distributions of the radiation-emitting component can be produced. Furthermore, the active region of the radiation-emitting component (for example, an organic layer or a layer sequence comprising at least one organic layer in the case of an organic radiation-emitting component) in different subregions of the first and/or second electrode can, for example, each contain Different materials are used and are also structured, for example, so that the radiation-emitting component can emit, for example, electromagnetic radiation of different wavelengths in different operating states. Thus, according to different situations in which partial areas of the first and/or second electrodes are in contact with the current source and/or the voltage source, the viewer can have different or mixed-color lighting sensations.

第一电极尤其可以结构化为使得其被构造成平行带。在此情况下,平行带组可以分别共同形成部分区域,它们可以彼此独立地连接电流源和/或电压源。替选地或附加地,第二电极也可以这样结构化。优选的是,第一和第二电极可以分别结构化成平行带,其中第一电极的平行带可以垂直于第二电极的平行带。替选地,第一电极的带和第二电极的带也可以相互平行。在此情况下,第一和/或第二电极可以分别具有独立于平行带的部分区域,因此可以产生多个照明图案。此外还可能的是,例如将第一电极构造成平面,第二电极结构化成图标形状,或者相反将第一电极构造成图标形状,第二电极结构化成平面,因此在观看者处的发光感觉可以结合插图表示的印象来感知。In particular, the first electrode can be structured such that it is formed as parallel strips. In this case, groups of parallel strips can each together form subregions, which can be connected to current and/or voltage sources independently of one another. Alternatively or additionally, the second electrode can also be structured in this way. Preferably, the first and second electrodes can each be structured as parallel strips, wherein the parallel strips of the first electrode can be perpendicular to the parallel strips of the second electrode. Alternatively, the strips of the first electrode and the strips of the second electrode can also be parallel to each other. In this case, the first and/or the second electrode can each have a partial area independent of the parallel strips, so that a plurality of illumination patterns can be generated. Furthermore, it is also possible, for example, to form the first electrode as a plane and the second electrode as an icon, or vice versa, to form the first electrode as an icon and the second electrode as a plane, so that the luminescence sensation at the viewer can be Perceived in conjunction with the impressions represented by the illustrations.

在另一实施方式中,储物元件至少可以具有对于辐射发射部件产生的电磁辐射而言是透明的部分区域。在一个优选的实施方式中,“透明”可以意味着,透明的元件或构件至少对于有机辐射发射部件所发出的辐射光谱的部分范围而言是可透过的。优选的是,“透明”还可以意味着对于整个光谱而言是可透过的。至少具有透明部分区域的储物元件例如可以含有玻璃或透明塑料或者由玻璃或透明塑料制成。替选地,储物元件至少可以具有对辐射发射部件产生的电磁辐射而言是不透明的部分区域。为此,储物元件可以含有不透明的玻璃、不透明的塑料、金属或木材,或者其组合或者由这些材料或其组合制成。In a further embodiment, the storage element can have at least partial regions which are transparent to the electromagnetic radiation generated by the radiation-emitting part. In a preferred embodiment, "transparent" may mean that a transparent element or component is permeable for at least a partial range of the radiation spectrum emitted by the organic radiation-emitting component. Preferably, "transparent" may also mean permeable for the entire spectrum. The storage element, which has at least a transparent partial region, can for example contain glass or transparent plastic or consist of glass or transparent plastic. Alternatively, the storage element can have at least a subregion that is opaque to the electromagnetic radiation generated by the radiation-emitting component. For this purpose, the storage element can contain or be made of opaque glass, opaque plastic, metal or wood, or a combination thereof.

在本发明另一实施方式中,辐射发射部件可以是储物元件的组成部分,并例如集成于平面成型的储物元件中。在此可能的是,将辐射发射部件设置在储物元件内部,并且在工作时发出的电磁辐射通过储物元件的外表面之一向外发射。所述外表面对于由有机辐射发射部件产生的电磁辐射而言至少部分是透明的。In a further embodiment of the invention, the radiation-emitting part can be a component part of the storage element and be integrated, for example, in the planar storage element. It is possible here to arrange the radiation-emitting part inside the storage element and to emit electromagnetic radiation emitted during operation via one of the outer surfaces of the storage element to the outside. The outer surface is at least partially transparent to electromagnetic radiation generated by the organic radiation-emitting component.

在一个特别优选的实施方式中,储物元件具有:玻璃衬底,其上安装辐射发射部件;以及另一玻璃板,其设置在有机辐射发射部件背离玻璃衬底的那侧上,并且例如能够实现辐射发射部件的封装部或封装部的一部分。在此情况下,玻璃衬底背离辐射发射部件的那侧或者玻璃板背离辐射发射部件的那侧可以具有存放面。替选地,储物元件还可以具有塑料衬底和/或塑料板。In a particularly preferred embodiment, the storage element has a glass substrate, on which the radiation-emitting component is mounted; and a further glass pane, which is arranged on the side of the organic radiation-emitting component facing away from the glass substrate and, for example, can The encapsulation or part of the encapsulation realizing the radiation emitting component. In this case, the side of the glass substrate facing away from the radiation-emitting part or the side of the glass pane facing away from the radiation-emitting part can have a storage surface. Alternatively, the storage element can also have a plastic substrate and/or a plastic plate.

储物元件尤其可以构造成辐射发射部件的衬底。替选地,具有衬底的有机辐射发射部件可以施加在储物元件上。替选地或附加地,辐射发射部件的封装部还被构造成存放面。辐射发射部件尤其对在有源区产生的电磁辐射可以具有辐射出射面。所述出射面可以是储物元件外表面的至少一部分。在此情况下,外表面可以是存放面。这可以意味着,可以设置在存放面上的物体可以被从存放面照亮。替选地或附加地,外表面例如还可以是储物元件一个不同于存放面的面。替选地或附加地,出射面还可以是设置在背离存放面那侧上的外表面。这可以意味着,位于背离存放面那侧上的区域或物体可以被照亮。In particular, the storage element can be designed as a substrate of the radiation-emitting component. Alternatively, an organic radiation-emitting component with a substrate can be applied on the storage element. Alternatively or additionally, the encapsulation of the radiation-emitting component is also designed as a storage area. The radiation-emitting component can have a radiation exit surface, in particular for electromagnetic radiation generated in the active region. The exit surface can be at least a part of the outer surface of the storage element. In this case, the outer surface can be a storage surface. This can mean that objects that can be arranged on the storage surface can be illuminated from the storage surface. Alternatively or additionally, the outer surface can also be, for example, a surface of the storage element that differs from the storage surface. Alternatively or additionally, the exit surface can also be an outer surface which is arranged on the side facing away from the storage surface. This can mean that areas or objects located on the side facing away from the storage surface can be illuminated.

在另一实施方式中,储物元件有上侧、下侧和侧面。在此,有机辐射发射部件可以安装在上侧、下侧和侧面中的至少之一上。In another embodiment, the storage element has an upper side, a lower side and side surfaces. Here, the organic radiation emitting component may be mounted on at least one of the upper side, the lower side and the side.

在另一实施方式中,保持装置例如具有轨、保持角、支承臂、梁、支架、家具壁或其组合。尤其是保持装置还可以具有多个上述元件或其组合。此外保持装置还可以具有辐射发射部件。In another embodiment, the holding device has, for example, a rail, a holding angle, a support arm, a beam, a frame, a furniture wall or a combination thereof. In particular, the holding device can also have a plurality of the aforementioned elements or a combination thereof. Furthermore, the holding device can also have radiation-emitting components.

在另一实施方式中,储物元件具有保持元件,用其可将储物元件安装在保持装置上。在一种实施方式中,“可安装”可以意味着,储物元件可以刚性固定在保持装置上。对于刚性固定在此仅示例性提及螺栓连接、夹紧连接或插塞连接以及悬挂或粘合。替选地或附加地,“可安装”还可以意味着,储物元件设置在保持装置上,使得其被非刚性固定。关于这点,仅示例性提及:储物元件可以放在保持装置或保持装置的一部分上。保持元件例如尤其可以含有或者是钩、扣、轨、开口、孔、螺纹或支承面或其组合。In a further embodiment, the storage element has a holding element with which the storage element can be attached to the holding device. In one embodiment, "mountable" can mean that the storage element can be fixed rigidly on the holding device. For rigid fastening, screw connections, clamp connections or plug connections as well as suspension or gluing are mentioned here as examples only. Alternatively or additionally, "mountable" can also mean that the storage element is arranged on the holding device such that it is not rigidly fixed. In this regard, it is only mentioned by way of example that the storage element can be placed on the holding device or a part of the holding device. The holding element can, for example, contain or be a hook, snap, rail, opening, hole, thread or bearing surface or a combination thereof, in particular.

在另一实施方式中,储物元件具有至少两个电接触部,用来电接触辐射发射部件。所述至少两个电接触部在此可以优选适于接触第一和/或第二电极。特别优选的是,第一和第二电极或者第一和/或第二电极的部分区域通过不同的电接触部而接触。此外,为了使电接触部与电极或结构化的电极的部分区域进行电接触,需要电导线。在此电接触部例如可以被设计成带状、圆形或n角形,其中n是大于或等于3的整数。In a further embodiment, the storage element has at least two electrical contacts for electrically contacting the radiation-emitting component. The at least two electrical contacts can here preferably be suitable for contacting the first and/or the second electrode. Particularly preferably, the first and second electrodes or subregions of the first and/or second electrodes are contacted via different electrical contacts. Furthermore, electrical leads are required for electrical contacting of the electrical contacts with the electrodes or subregions of the structured electrodes. In this case, the electrical contacts can be designed, for example, in the form of strips, circles or n-angles, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 3.

在一个优选的实施方式中,保持元件包含电接触。从而例如可以省地方、紧凑和/或美学上令人满意地实现储物元件的保持和辐射发射部件的电接触。In a preferred embodiment, the holding element contains electrical contacts. Thus, for example, the holding of the storage element and the electrical contacting of the radiation-emitting part can be achieved in a space-saving, compact and/or aesthetically pleasing manner.

在另一实施方式中,保持装置具有保持件,由此可将储物元件通过其保持元件而安装在保持装置上。所述保持件在此例如可以含有或是钩、扣、轨、垫面、栓钉、螺栓连接、插塞连接或夹紧连接或角连接件或其组合。In a further embodiment, the holding device has a holder, whereby the storage element can be mounted on the holding device via its holding element. The holder here can contain, for example, or hooks, clasps, rails, pads, studs, screw connections, plug connections or clamp connections or corner connections or combinations thereof.

在另一实施方式中,保持装置具有至少两个电引线接触部,用于电接触有机辐射发射部件,其中当建造或安装储物家具时,储物元件的电接触与电引线接触部电连接。特别优选的是,保持件包含电引线接触部。In a further embodiment, the holding device has at least two electrical lead contacts for electrically contacting the organic radiation-emitting component, wherein the electrical contacts of the storage element are electrically connected to the electrical lead contacts when building or installing the storage furniture . It is particularly preferred if the holder contains electrical lead contacts.

在其他实施方式中,电接触部和电引线接触部例如可以构造成插塞连接、夹紧连接或螺栓连接的相互匹配的部件。通过这种方式,尤其可以实现辐射发射部件可靠和稳定的导电接触。替选地,电接触部和/或电引线接触部还可以被构造成平面的接触面或者具有弹性元件。In other embodiments, the electrical contacts and the electrical lead contacts can be designed, for example, as mating parts of a plug-in connection, a clamp connection or a screw connection. In this way, in particular reliable and stable electrically conductive contacting of the radiation-emitting component can be achieved. Alternatively, the electrical contact and/or the electrical lead contact can also be designed as a planar contact surface or have elastic elements.

在另一实施方式中,储物元件可以具有n角形形状,其中n是大于或等于3的整数。特别优选的是,储物元件可以具有正方形或矩形形状。此外形状例如还可以是圆形或椭圆形或者上述形状的组合。尤其是储物元件的存放面可以具有上述形状之一或其组合,在该情况下特别优选的是,例如具有倒角的正方形或矩形形状。在此情况下,可以在储物元件或存放面的每个角或至少一个角上设置保持元件和/或电接触部。尤其是储物家具可以在储物元件或存放面的每个角或至少一个角上具有保持装置或者与保持装置接触。In another embodiment, the storage element may have an n-gonal shape, where n is an integer greater than or equal to three. Particularly preferably, the storage element can have a square or rectangular shape. Furthermore, the shape can also be, for example, a circle or an oval or a combination of the above-mentioned shapes. In particular, the storage surface of the storage element can have one of the above-mentioned shapes or a combination thereof, in which case a square or rectangular shape with chamfered corners, for example, is particularly preferred. In this case, holding elements and/or electrical contacts can be provided on each or at least one corner of the storage element or of the storage surface. In particular, the storage furniture can have a holding device or be in contact with a holding device at each or at least one corner of the storage element or of the storage surface.

保持装置尤其可以适于保持储物元件,使得至少是存放面的部分区域平行于其上可以设置储物元件的底部。因此储物家具例如停放或摆放在底部上。替选地或附加地,保持装置可以适于保持储物元件,使得存放面的至少部分区域基本上垂直于壁,储物家具可安装或摆放在所述壁上或之前。在此“基本上垂直”可以意味着,存放面与壁应成如下的角:使得设置在存放面上的物体可以保留在其上。由于壁会不完全平行于重力方向,因此会需要的是,壁和存放面之间的角度以类似的程度偏离90度。In particular, the holding device can be adapted to hold the storage element such that at least a partial area of the storage surface is parallel to the base on which the storage element can be arranged. The storage furniture is thus for example parked or placed on the base. Alternatively or additionally, the holding device can be adapted to hold the storage element such that at least a partial area of the storage surface is substantially perpendicular to a wall on which or in front of which the storage furniture can be mounted or placed. “Essentially perpendicular” can mean here that the storage surface should form such an angle with the wall that objects arranged on the storage surface can remain thereon. Since the walls may not be perfectly parallel to the direction of gravity, it may be desirable that the angle between the wall and the storage surface deviate from 90 degrees to a similar extent.

在另一实施方式中,储物家具具有多个储物元件。这种储物家具例如可以是具有多个储物元件的台架或柜。特别地,在此可能的是,储物元件的辐射发射部件可以照明其他例如设置在其下的储物元件的存放面。在此可以设置多个储物元件,使得各储物元件的存放面相互平行设置。In another embodiment, the storage furniture has a plurality of storage elements. Such storage furniture can be, for example, a shelf or a cabinet with a plurality of storage elements. In particular, it is possible here that the radiation-emitting part of the storage element can illuminate a further storage surface, for example, of a storage element arranged underneath. Here, a plurality of storage elements can be arranged such that the storage surfaces of the individual storage elements are arranged parallel to each other.

此外储物元件可以形成储物家具的底部或被所述底部包围。通过这种方式,例如可能的是,位于储物家具下面或侧面的物体可以被辐射发射部件照亮。Furthermore, the storage element can form the base of the storage furniture or be surrounded by the base. In this way, it is possible, for example, that objects located under or to the sides of the storage furniture can be illuminated by the radiation-emitting part.

储物元件纯粹示例性地可以是台架、柜或抽屉柜的插放底部,或者是抽屉底部、柜底部或可安装在墙壁上的存放架。相关的储物家具例如可以是台架、柜、抽屉柜、抽屉、厨柜,特别是可安装在墙壁上的厨房吊柜、洗浴家具或书架。Purely by way of example, the storage element can be a shelf, a cabinet or a drawer bottom, or a drawer bottom, a cabinet bottom or a storage rack that can be mounted on the wall. The associated storage furniture can be, for example, a bench, a cabinet, a chest of drawers, a drawer, a kitchen cabinet, in particular a wall-mountable kitchen wall cabinet, bathroom furniture or a bookshelf.

以下借助于实施例和附图更详细地解释本发明。The invention is explained in more detail below with the aid of examples and figures.

图1示出根据一个实施例的在第一和第二电极之间的有机层堆叠的截面示意图,1 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of an organic layer stack between a first and a second electrode according to one embodiment,

图2A示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 2A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to an embodiment,

图2B示出根据一个实施例的电极的透视示意图,Figure 2B shows a schematic perspective view of an electrode according to one embodiment,

图2C示出沿着图2B的线A-A′的截面示意图,Figure 2C shows a schematic cross-sectional view along the line A-A' of Figure 2B,

图3示出薄膜封装部的截面示意图,Figure 3 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the thin film encapsulation part,

图4A示出根据另一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 4A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图4B示出根据图4A的发光器件的衬底的俯视示意图,Fig. 4B shows a schematic top view of the substrate of the light emitting device according to Fig. 4A,

图4C示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 4C shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图4D示出根据图4C的发光器件的衬底的俯视示意图,Figure 4D shows a schematic top view of the substrate of the light-emitting device according to Figure 4C,

图5A示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 5A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图5B示出透光的发光器件的构造的示意图,Figure 5B shows a schematic diagram of the construction of a light-transmitting light-emitting device,

图6示出根据一个实施例的门的透视示意图,Figure 6 shows a schematic perspective view of a door according to one embodiment,

图7示出根据一个实施例的陈列橱窗的透视示意图,Figure 7 shows a schematic perspective view of a display window according to an embodiment,

图8示出根据一个实施例的车辆的示意性透视前视图,Figure 8 shows a schematic perspective front view of a vehicle according to one embodiment,

图9示出根据一个实施例的博物馆房间的透视示意图,Figure 9 shows a schematic perspective view of a museum room according to one embodiment,

图10示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 10 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to an embodiment,

图11示出根据一个实施例的具有空间分隔物的房间的透视示意图,Figure 11 shows a schematic perspective view of a room with space dividers according to one embodiment,

图12A示出根据一个实施例的具有发光器件的显示器的截面示意图,Figure 12A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a display with light emitting devices according to one embodiment,

图12B示出电视机的俯视示意图,Figure 12B shows a schematic top view of the TV set,

图13A示出根据一个实施例的台架的透视示意图,Figure 13A shows a schematic perspective view of a stand according to one embodiment,

图13B示出图13A的放大断面,Figure 13B shows an enlarged section of Figure 13A,

图14示出根据一个实施例的反射性显示器的截面示意图,Figure 14 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a reflective display according to one embodiment,

图15示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 15 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to an embodiment,

图16示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 16 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图17A示出根据一个实施例的薄膜封装部的截面示意图,Figure 17A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a thin film encapsulation part according to one embodiment,

图17B示出根据一个实施例的反射封装部的截面示意图,Fig. 17B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a reflective package according to an embodiment,

图17C示出根据另一实施例的薄膜封装部的截面示意图,Fig. 17C shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a thin film encapsulation part according to another embodiment,

图18A示出根据一个实施例的车辆镜的透视示意图,Figure 18A shows a schematic perspective view of a vehicle mirror according to one embodiment,

图18B示出根据图18A的车辆镜的透视示意图,Fig. 18B shows a schematic perspective view of the vehicle mirror according to Fig. 18A,

图19示出根据一个实施例的多部分反射镜的透视示意图,Figure 19 shows a schematic perspective view of a multi-part mirror according to one embodiment,

图20示出根据另一实施例的多部分反射镜的透视示意图,Figure 20 shows a schematic perspective view of a multi-part mirror according to another embodiment,

图21示出根据一个实施例的检查镜的透视示意图,Figure 21 shows a schematic perspective view of an inspection mirror according to one embodiment,

图22示出根据一个实施例的化妆镜的透视示意图,Fig. 22 shows a schematic perspective view of a vanity mirror according to one embodiment,

图23示出根据一个实施例的装饰件的俯视示意图,Fig. 23 shows a schematic top view of a decorative part according to an embodiment,

图24示出根据另一实施例的镜的透视示意图,Figure 24 shows a schematic perspective view of a mirror according to another embodiment,

图25示出根据一个实施例的挠性发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 25 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a flexible light emitting device according to an embodiment,

图26示出根据另一实施例的挠性发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 26 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a flexible light-emitting device according to another embodiment,

图27示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 27 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to an embodiment,

图28A示出根据一个实施例的具有百叶窗的窗的俯视示意图,Figure 28A shows a schematic top view of a window with louvers according to one embodiment,

图28B示出图28A的百叶窗的叶片的截面示意图,Figure 28B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the blades of the shutter of Figure 28A,

图29A示出被根据一个实施例的帘遮盖的窗的示意图,Figure 29A shows a schematic view of a window covered by a curtain according to one embodiment,

图29B示出根据图29A的帘的截面示意图,Figure 29B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the shade according to Figure 29A,

图29C示出根据另一实施例的帘的截面示意图,Figure 29C shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a shade according to another embodiment,

图30示出根据另一实施例的具有帘的窗的示意图,Figure 30 shows a schematic view of a window with a blind according to another embodiment,

图31示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 31 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图32示出根据一个实施例的家具构件的透视示意图,Figure 32 shows a schematic perspective view of a furniture element according to one embodiment,

图33示出根据一个实施例的、在卷曲状态下的挠性发光器件的透视示意图,Figure 33 shows a schematic perspective view of a flexible light emitting device in a rolled state according to one embodiment,

图34A示出根据一个实施例的照明装置的示意图,Figure 34A shows a schematic diagram of a lighting device according to one embodiment,

图34B示出图34A的照明装置沿着切线A-A′的截面示意图,Fig. 34B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the lighting device in Fig. 34A along the tangent line A-A',

图35A示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的俯视示意图,Figure 35A shows a schematic top view of a light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图35B示出根据图35A的发光器件沿着切线A-A′的截面示意图,Fig. 35B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the light-emitting device according to Fig. 35A along the line A-A',

图35C示出根据一个实施例的多色发光器件的俯视示意图,Figure 35C shows a schematic top view of a multicolor light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图36示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 36 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图37示出根据另一实施例的多色发光器件的另一截面示意图,Fig. 37 shows another schematic cross-sectional view of a multicolor light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图38示出根据多色发光器件的另一实施例的第一和第二电极的俯视示意图,Fig. 38 shows a schematic top view of first and second electrodes according to another embodiment of a multicolor light emitting device,

图39示出根据另一实施例的多色发光器件的俯视示意图,Fig. 39 shows a schematic top view of a multi-color light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图40A示出根据一个实施例的照明装置的俯视示意图,Fig. 40A shows a schematic top view of a lighting device according to an embodiment,

图40B示出图40A的示意性部分放大图,Figure 40B shows a schematic partial enlarged view of Figure 40A,

图41示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的俯视示意图,Fig. 41 shows a schematic top view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图42示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 42 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图43示出根据另一实施例的另一发光器件的截面示意图,Fig. 43 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of another light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图44示出发光器件的另一实施例的俯视示意图,Figure 44 shows a schematic top view of another embodiment of a light emitting device,

图45示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 45 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图46示出根据图45的发光器件的透视示意图,Fig. 46 shows a schematic perspective view of the light emitting device according to Fig. 45,

图47示出CIE标准色表的示意图,Figure 47 shows a schematic diagram of the CIE standard color table,

图48A示出根据一个实施例的、具有多色发光器件的情绪指示器(Flirtindikator)的示意图,48A shows a schematic diagram of a mood indicator (Flirttindikator) with multi-color light emitting devices according to one embodiment,

图48B示出根据图48A的发光器件连同控制装置的示意图,Fig. 48B shows a schematic diagram of the light emitting device according to Fig. 48A together with the control device,

图49示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图,Figure 49 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图50示意性地示出多色发光器件的另一应用可能,Figure 50 schematically shows another possible application of a multicolor light emitting device,

图51示出多色发光器件的应用的透视示意图,Figure 51 shows a schematic perspective view of the application of a multicolor light emitting device,

图52示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的透视示意图,Figure 52 shows a schematic perspective view of a light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图53示出根据一个实施例的连接部位的示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图52的发光器件中,Fig. 53 shows a schematic diagram of a connection site according to one embodiment, as the connection site can be used in the light emitting device of Fig. 52,

图54示出根据一个实施例的连接部位的另一透视示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图52中,Fig. 54 shows another schematic perspective view of a connection point according to one embodiment, as can be used in Fig. 52,

图55示出连接部位的俯视示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图52的实施例的发光器件中,Fig. 55 shows a schematic top view of a connection site, such as the connection site can be used in the light emitting device of the embodiment of Fig. 52,

图56示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的透视示意图,Fig. 56 shows a schematic perspective view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图57示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的透视示意图,Fig. 57 shows a schematic perspective view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图58示出根据一个实施例的连接部位的俯视示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图57的发光器件中,Fig. 58 shows a schematic top view of a connection site according to one embodiment, such as the connection site can be used in the light emitting device of Fig. 57,

图59示出根据一个实施例的连接部位的另一俯视示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图57的发光器件中,FIG. 59 shows another schematic top view of a connection site according to an embodiment, as the connection site can be used in the light emitting device of FIG. 57 ,

图60示出连接部位的另一实施形式的俯视示意图,如所述连接部位可用于图55的发光器件,FIG. 60 shows a schematic plan view of another embodiment of a connection point, which can be used for the luminous means of FIG. 55,

图61示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的透视示意图,Fig. 61 shows a schematic perspective view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图62A示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的另一透视示意图,Figure 62A shows another schematic perspective view of a light emitting device according to one embodiment,

图62B示出图62A的放大部分示意图,Figure 62B shows an enlarged partial schematic view of Figure 62A,

图63A示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的俯视示意图,Figure 63A shows a schematic top view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment,

图63B示出根据图63A的发光器件的连接部位的放大部分示意图,Fig. 63B shows an enlarged partial schematic view of the connection site of the light emitting device according to Fig. 63A,

图64示出根据一个实施例的照明装置的俯视示意图,Fig. 64 shows a schematic top view of a lighting device according to an embodiment,

图65和66示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,65 and 66 show schematic perspective views of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图65和67示出根据一个实施例的另一照明装置的示意图,65 and 67 show schematic diagrams of another lighting device according to one embodiment,

图68示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 68 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图69示出根据一个实施例的电路草图的示意图,Figure 69 shows a schematic diagram of a circuit sketch according to one embodiment,

图70示出根据另一实施例的另一示意性电路草图,Figure 70 shows another schematic circuit sketch according to another embodiment,

图71示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的示意图,Fig. 71 shows a schematic diagram of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图72示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 72 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图73示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 73 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图74示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 74 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图75示出根据一个实施例的显示装置的透视示意图,Figure 75 shows a schematic perspective view of a display device according to an embodiment,

图76示出根据一个实施例的粗粒显示器的俯视示意图,Figure 76 shows a schematic top view of a coarse-grained display according to one embodiment,

图77示出根据一个实施例的浴室的示意图,Figure 77 shows a schematic diagram of a bathroom according to one embodiment,

图78示出根据一个实施例的、具有发光器件和第二光源的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 78 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device with a light emitting device and a second light source according to an embodiment,

图79示出根据另一实施例的、具有发光器件和第二光源的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 79 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device with a light emitting device and a second light source according to another embodiment,

图80A示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 80A shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图80B示出图80A的照明装置的截面示意图,Fig. 80B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the lighting device of Fig. 80A,

图81示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的俯视示意图,Fig. 81 shows a schematic top view of a lighting device according to another embodiment,

图82示出根据另一实施例的、具有发光器件和第二光源的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 82 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device with a light emitting device and a second light source according to another embodiment,

图83示出根据一个实施例的、具有发光器件和第二光源的照明装置的透视示意图,Fig. 83 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device with a light emitting device and a second light source according to one embodiment,

图84A至84C示出根据一个实施例的储物元件和储物家具的示意图,84A to 84C show schematic views of storage elements and storage furniture according to one embodiment,

图85示出根据另一实施例的储物元件的示意图,Figure 85 shows a schematic view of a storage element according to another embodiment,

图86示出根据另一实施例的储物元件的示意图,Figure 86 shows a schematic view of a storage element according to another embodiment,

图87示出根据另一实施例的储物元件的示意图,Figure 87 shows a schematic view of a storage element according to another embodiment,

图88示出根据另一实施例的储物家具的示意图,Figure 88 shows a schematic view of storage furniture according to another embodiment,

图89A至89E示出根据其他实施例的储物家具的示意图。89A to 89E show schematic views of storage furniture according to other embodiments.

在实施例和附图中,相同的或作用相同的组成部分分别设置有相同的参考标记。所示的要素并不可以视为合乎比例的,更确切地说,为了更好的理解,各要素可能夸大地示出。In the exemplary embodiments and figures, identical or identically acting components are each provided with the same reference symbols. The elements shown are not to be considered to scale, rather, elements may be shown exaggerated for better understanding.

图1示出根据一个实施例的在第一电极2和第二电极3之间的有机层堆叠4的截面示意图。第一电极被构造为对可见光是透射的,并且具有TCO(透明导电氧化物),例如ITO(氧化铟锡)。另外,第一电极2用作阳极。第二电极3在此用作阴极。其例如具有铝或银。FIG. 1 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of an organic layer stack 4 between a first electrode 2 and a second electrode 3 according to an exemplary embodiment. The first electrode is configured to be transmissive to visible light and has a TCO (Transparent Conductive Oxide), such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide). In addition, the first electrode 2 functions as an anode. The second electrode 3 serves here as a cathode. It comprises, for example, aluminum or silver.

在第一电极2上施加有具有如下层的有机层堆叠4,其中以下面所介绍的层的顺序对应于它们在有机层堆叠内从阴极开始的顺序:厚度约40nm的1-TNATA层(1-TNATA=4,4′,4"-三(N(萘-1-基)-N-苯基-氨基)三苯胺),厚度约20nm的sp-TAD层(spTAD=2,2′,7,7′-二苯基氨基-螺-9,9′-二芴),厚度约10nm的SEB-010:SEB020层,厚度约10nm的TMM-004:Ir(ppy)3(15%)层(Irppy=fac-三(2-苯基(phenly)-吡啶基)铱络合物)和厚度约30nm的TMM-04:TER012层。此有机层堆叠适合发白光。Applied to the first electrode 2 is an organic layer stack 4 with the following layers, wherein the sequence of the layers described below corresponds to their sequence within the organic layer stack starting from the cathode: 1-TNATA layer (1 -TNATA=4,4′,4″-tris(N(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine), sp-TAD layer with a thickness of about 20 nm (spTAD=2,2′,7 , 7′-diphenylamino-spiro-9,9′-bifluorene), a layer of SEB-010:SEB020 with a thickness of about 10 nm, a layer of TMM-004 with a thickness of about 10 nm: Ir(ppy)3 (15%) ( Irppy = fac-tris(2-phenyl-pyridyl)iridium complex) and a layer of TMM-04:TER012 with a thickness of about 30 nm. This organic layer stack is suitable for white light emission.

图2A示出根据一个实施例的发光器件的截面示意图。发光器件包含具有第一主面101的衬底1,第一电极2在衬底1的有源区5内被施加到在该第一主面101上。在第一电极2上设置有具有至少一个适于产生光的层401的有机层堆叠4,第二电极3被施加到该有机层堆叠上。在此,衬底1上的第一电极2是阳极,而有机层堆叠4上的第二电极3是阴极。有机层堆叠4在其朝向阴极的外侧具有含有掺杂剂410的掺杂层402,其起到电子施主作用。由此,有利地提高了电子从阴极至有机层堆叠的注入。例如可以使用氟化铯、氟化钡或氟化锂作为掺杂剂410。Fig. 2A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to an embodiment. The luminous means comprises a substrate 1 having a first main surface 101 on which a first electrode 2 is applied in an active region 5 of the substrate 1 . Arranged on the first electrode 2 is an organic layer stack 4 having at least one layer 401 suitable for generating light, onto which the second electrode 3 is applied. In this case, the first electrode 2 on the substrate 1 is the anode, and the second electrode 3 on the organic layer stack 4 is the cathode. On its cathode-facing outer side, the organic layer stack 4 has a doped layer 402 containing a dopant 410 which acts as an electron donor. This advantageously increases the injection of electrons from the cathode into the organic layer stack. For example, cesium fluoride, barium fluoride or lithium fluoride can be used as dopant 410 .

此外,根据图2A的发光器件还包括薄膜封装部6。具有有机层堆叠4的有源区5设置在薄膜封装部6内。薄膜封装部6被直接施加到第二电极3上。如可以用于图2A的发光器件的薄膜封装例如结合图3加以描述。Furthermore, the light-emitting device according to FIG. 2A also includes a thin-film encapsulation 6 . The active region 5 with the organic layer stack 4 is arranged in the thin-film encapsulation 6 . The thin-film encapsulation 6 is applied directly to the second electrode 3 . A thin film encapsulation as can be used for the light emitting device of FIG. 2A is described for example in connection with FIG. 3 .

根据图2A的发光器件被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光。为此目的,衬底1被构造成可透过可见光。该衬底例如可以具有玻璃或塑料或者由其构成。例如可以使用薄玻璃片或挠性的塑料膜作为衬底,该塑料膜含有在一般性描述部分提及的塑料材料之一或由其构成。The luminous means according to FIG. 2A is designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack 4 . For this purpose, the substrate 1 is configured to be transparent to visible light. The substrate can comprise or consist of glass or plastic, for example. For example, a thin glass sheet or a flexible plastic film which contains or consists of one of the plastic materials mentioned in the general description can be used as substrate.

衬底上的第一电极2也被构造成可透过可见光。第一电极2例如可以由TCO构成或者具有其。有机层堆叠4的有机材料通常被构造成可透过可见光。特别是,掺杂层在此被构造成可透过可见光。有机层堆叠4例如可以包括图1的有机层堆叠的层。第二电极3同样被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光。第二电极3在此被构造成阴极。所述电极例如可以具有金属层,所述金属层含有铝或银,并且其厚度为约30nm。The first electrode 2 on the substrate is also configured to be transparent to visible light. The first electrode 2 can consist of TCO or have it, for example. The organic material of the organic layer stack 4 is generally configured to be transparent to visible light. In particular, the doped layer is designed to be transparent to visible light. The organic layer stack 4 may comprise, for example, the layers of the organic layer stack of FIG. 1 . The second electrode 3 is likewise designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack 4 . The second electrode 3 is designed here as a cathode. The electrodes can have, for example, a metal layer which contains aluminum or silver and which has a thickness of approximately 30 nm.

此外,被构造成可透过可见光的电极2、3可以包括导电有机材料或者由其构成。在此,例如PEDOT:PSS适合作为有机电极材料。PEDOT:PSS在此例如可以构造成阳极。但在合适的导电掺杂(Leitfaehigkeitsdotierung)情况下,阴极也可以由PEDOT:PSS构成或者含有所述材料。Furthermore, the electrodes 2 , 3 configured to be transparent to visible light may comprise or consist of electrically conductive organic materials. Here, for example, PEDOT:PSS is suitable as organic electrode material. PEDOT:PSS can be configured here, for example, as an anode. However, with suitable conductive doping, the cathode can also consist of PEDOT:PSS or contain this material.

如果电极材料、特别是有机材料的导电能力不足以将足够的载流子注入有机层堆叠中,则可以在电极和有机层堆叠之间设置薄金属轨。If the conductivity of the electrode material, in particular the organic material, is not sufficient to inject sufficient charge carriers into the organic layer stack, a thin metal track can be arranged between the electrode and the organic layer stack.

图2B示出根据一个实施例的电极2的透视示意图,电极2具有含有有机导电材料的层和薄金属轨201,薄金属轨设置在有机电极层202和有机层堆叠4之间。图2C示出沿着图2B的线AA′的截面示意图。2B shows a schematic perspective view of an electrode 2 with a layer comprising an organic conductive material and a thin metal track 201 arranged between an organic electrode layer 202 and an organic layer stack 4 according to an embodiment. FIG. 2C shows a schematic cross-sectional view along line AA' of FIG. 2B .

金属轨201在本实施例中被构造成格栅状。金属轨的厚度优选为几个μm。紧邻的格栅点之间的间隔在此优选介于1mm和100mm之间,其中包括边界值。Metal rail 201 is configured in the form of a grid in the present exemplary embodiment. The thickness of the metal track is preferably several μm. The distance between immediately adjacent grid points is preferably between 1 mm and 100 mm, limit values included.

此外,导电轨201还具有多层结构,例如具有三个金属轨的多层结构,如图2C所示。两个外轨2011,2012是中间层2013的保护层,以防腐蚀。它们例如可以含有铬、钼、铜或银或者由这些材料之一构成。多层结构的中间层2013例如可以含有铝或由铝构成。In addition, the conductive track 201 also has a multi-layer structure, for example, a multi-layer structure with three metal tracks, as shown in FIG. 2C . The two outer rails 2011, 2012 are protective layers for the middle layer 2013 against corrosion. They can, for example, contain chromium, molybdenum, copper or silver or consist of one of these materials. The intermediate layer 2013 of the multilayer structure can contain aluminum or consist of aluminum, for example.

多层结构的厚度优选为至少50nm和至多100nm。The thickness of the multilayer structure is preferably at least 50 nm and at most 100 nm.

此外,根据图2A的发光器件的薄膜封装部6被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光。在图3中示出通过例如可根据图2A使用的薄膜封装部6的截面示意图。在此,薄膜封装部6各包含两个含有氧化硅或者由氧化硅构成的第一阻挡层601以及两个含有氮化硅或者由氮化硅构成的第二阻挡层602。在此,薄膜封装部6的第一阻挡层601和第二阻挡层602在其材料组成方面交替地设置。薄膜封装部6的厚度优选介于0.5μm和5μm之间,其中包括边界值。Furthermore, the thin-film encapsulation 6 of the luminous means according to FIG. 2A is designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack 4 . FIG. 3 shows a schematic cross-section through a thin-film encapsulation 6 , which can be used, for example, according to FIG. 2A . In this case, the thin-film encapsulations 6 each comprise two first barrier layers 601 containing or consisting of silicon oxide and two second barrier layers 602 containing or consisting of silicon nitride. In this case, the first barrier layers 601 and the second barrier layers 602 of the thin-film encapsulation 6 are arranged alternately with regard to their material composition. The thickness of the thin-film encapsulation 6 is preferably between 0.5 μm and 5 μm, limit values included.

所述阻挡层例如可以被蒸镀、溅射或通过等离子体辅助的工艺(例如化学气相沉积(CVD))而沉积在第二电极上。阻挡层的厚度优选分别为至少30nm到至多300nm。特别优选单个阻挡层约100nm厚。优选的是,薄膜封装部包含至少两个到至多八个阻挡层。薄膜封装部通常包含三个或四个阻挡层。The barrier layer may for example be evaporated, sputtered or deposited on the second electrode by a plasma assisted process such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD). The thickness of the barrier layer is preferably at least 30 nm to at most 300 nm, respectively. It is particularly preferred that the individual barrier layers are about 100 nm thick. Preferably, the thin-film encapsulation comprises at least two and at most eight barrier layers. Thin film encapsulation typically contains three or four barrier layers.

薄膜封装部还可以含有聚合物中间层,如下文中参照图17而进一步描述的那样。The thin film encapsulation may also contain a polymer interlayer, as further described below with reference to FIG. 17 .

此外,保护漆层603被施加到阻挡层上。保护漆层603例如可以通过旋转离心机(旋涂)、喷射、刮板(Rakeln)、丝网印刷或类似技术来施加。在施加后,保护漆层603通过输送热或紫外线照射而硬化。丙烯酸酯、聚丙烯酸酯、聚酰亚胺以及类似材料适合作为保护漆层603的材料。保护漆层的厚度例如介于至少30μm和至多40μm之间。Furthermore, a protective lacquer layer 603 is applied to the barrier layer. The protective varnish layer 603 can be applied, for example, by spinning centrifuge (spin coating), spraying, doctor blade, screen printing or similar techniques. After application, the protective lacquer layer 603 hardens by delivering heat or ultraviolet radiation. Acrylate, polyacrylate, polyimide and the like are suitable as a material for the protective lacquer layer 603 . The thickness of the protective lacquer layer is, for example, between at least 30 μm and at most 40 μm.

图2A的发光器件适合使同时从上侧和从与上侧对置的下侧发射光,由于在有机层堆叠4中产生的光在朝着上侧和下侧的路径上仅穿过被构造成可透过可见光的元件。The light-emitting device of FIG. 2A is suitable for simultaneously emitting light from the upper side and from the lower side opposite the upper side, since the light generated in the organic layer stack 4 only passes through the components that transmit visible light.

图4A示出根据另一实施例的发光器件的截面示意图。根据图4A的发光器件具有带有有源区5的衬底1,第一电极2被施加到有源区5上。在第一电极2上设置有具有至少一层适于产生光的层401的有机层堆叠4。在有机层堆叠4上设置另一第二电极3。衬底、第一和第二电极以及有机层堆叠在此被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光,如例如借助图2A已经描述的那样。Fig. 4A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to another embodiment. The luminous component according to FIG. 4A has a substrate 1 with an active region 5 onto which a first electrode 2 is applied. Arranged on the first electrode 2 is an organic layer stack 4 having at least one layer 401 suitable for generating light. A further second electrode 3 is arranged on the organic layer stack 4 . The substrate, the first and the second electrode and the organic layer stack are designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack 4 , as already described, for example, with reference to FIG. 2A .

衬底1的有源区5被固定区所包围,其中在该有源区上在第一电极2和第二电极3之间设置有机层堆叠4。在固定区8内,衬底1包括与第一电极2和第二电极3导电连接的导电引线9。至第一电极2的引线9例如可以是第一电极2的结构,其延长直进入固定区8中。在所述情况下,电引线9通常具有与第一电极2相同的材料。至第二电极3的引线9在此与衬底1的有源区5内与第一电极2电绝缘的另一电极结构901导电连接,其方式是引线9同样通过另一电极结构901延长到固定区8中而形成。有机层堆叠4上的第二电极3例如通过通孔敷镀900与另一电极结构901导电连接。An active region 5 of the substrate 1 is surrounded by a fastening region, wherein the organic layer stack 4 is arranged on this active region between the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3 . In the fixation zone 8 , the substrate 1 comprises conductive leads 9 electrically conductively connected to the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3 . The lead 9 to the first electrode 2 can be, for example, a structure of the first electrode 2 which runs straight into the fastening region 8 . In said case, the electrical lead 9 generally has the same material as the first electrode 2 . The lead 9 to the second electrode 3 is here electrically conductively connected to a further electrode structure 901 electrically insulated from the first electrode 2 in the active region 5 of the substrate 1 in that the lead 9 likewise extends via the further electrode structure 901 to It is formed in the fixed area 8. The second electrode 3 on the organic layer stack 4 is electrically conductively connected, for example via a via 900 , to a further electrode structure 901 .

在固定区8内,在电引线9之上设置有粘合剂层610,借助该粘合剂层将用作封装部6的帽状物固定在衬底上。帽状物在有源区5上具有一个空腔,在该有源区中设置有源层堆叠4。帽状物在此不与第二电极3直接接触。此外,帽状物如衬底1、第一电极2和第二电极3以及有机层堆叠4那样被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光。帽状物例如可以由玻璃或在与衬底1相关的一般性描述部分中已经提到的透光塑料构成。In the fastening area 8 , an adhesive layer 610 is arranged above the electrical leads 9 , by means of which adhesive layer the cap serving as encapsulation 6 is fastened to the substrate. The cap has a cavity above the active region 5 in which the active layer stack 4 is arranged. The cap is not in direct contact with the second electrode 3 here. Furthermore, the cap, like the substrate 1 , the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3 and the organic layer stack 4 , is designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular light generated by the organic layer stack 4 . The cap can consist, for example, of glass or of the light-transmitting plastics already mentioned in the general description relating to the substrate 1 .

在帽状物的朝向有机层堆叠的内侧上施加有吸气层611,其被构造成可透过可见光。例如,前面已经描述的材料之一可以用作吸气材料。特别适合透明的吸气层611的是嵌入透明基质中的吸气材料的颗粒,例如氧化钙。例如,不含溶剂的、可硬化的塑料材料适于基质。吸气层611的厚度优选为至多300μm,特别优选介于至少50μm和至多100μm之间。A getter layer 611 is applied to the inner side of the cap facing the organic layer stack, which is designed to be permeable to visible light. For example, one of the materials already described above can be used as getter material. Particularly suitable for a transparent getter layer 611 are particles of a getter material, such as calcium oxide, embedded in a transparent matrix. For example, solvent-free, hardenable plastic materials are suitable for the matrix. The thickness of the getter layer 611 is preferably at most 300 μm, particularly preferably between at least 50 μm and at most 100 μm.

衬底1上的电引线9在此与控制装置11导电连接。The electrical leads 9 on the substrate 1 are electrically conductively connected here to the control device 11 .

图4B示出根据图4A的衬底1的俯视示意图。在有源区5内设置有第一电极2和另外的电极结构901。在有源区5侧面,在固定区8内分别存在电引线9,其在此被构造成格栅状。在衬底1的一侧上的电引线是另外的电极结构901的延续部分,而在衬底的另一侧上的电引线9是第一电极2的延续部分。电引线在此含有TCO,例如ITO。FIG. 4B shows a schematic plan view of the substrate 1 according to FIG. 4A . The first electrode 2 and the further electrode structure 901 are arranged in the active region 5 . On the sides of the active regions 5 , in the fastening regions 8 there are in each case electrical leads 9 , which are here configured in a grid-like manner. The electrical lead on one side of the substrate 1 is a continuation of the further electrode structure 901 , while the electrical lead 9 on the other side of the substrate is a continuation of the first electrode 2 . The electrical lead here contains TCO, for example ITO.

此外,可能的是,电引线9含有金属或由其构成。例如引线9含有以下材料的至少一种或材料组合或者由其构成:Cr/Al/Cr、Cu/Cr、Mo/Al/Mo;Cr、Cu、Al、Ag、Au、Pt。Furthermore, it is possible for the electrical lead 9 to contain metal or to consist of it. For example, the lead 9 contains or consists of at least one or a combination of the following materials: Cr/Al/Cr, Cu/Cr, Mo/Al/Mo; Cr, Cu, Al, Ag, Au, Pt.

如果电引线9含有金属,则格栅的填充度通常选择得小到使得电引线不能被观看者察觉到。以此方式可以将电引线9有利地构造成可透过可见光。格栅的填充度在此优选小于10%,特别优选小于2%。If the electrical leads 9 contain metal, the degree of filling of the grid is usually chosen so small that the electrical leads are not perceptible to a viewer. In this way, the electrical lead 9 can advantageously be made permeable to visible light. The degree of filling of the grid is preferably less than 10%, particularly preferably less than 2%.

电引线9与设置在衬底1侧面的电连接部位70(在此是管脚75)导电连接。发光器件经管脚75可以与插座电接触,或者如图4A所示,与控制装置11连接。The electrical leads 9 are electrically conductively connected to electrical connection points 70 (here pins 75 ) arranged on the side of the substrate 1 . The light-emitting device can be in electrical contact with the socket through the pin 75, or connected with the control device 11 as shown in FIG. 4A.

图4C示出根据另一实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。图4D示出根据图4C的发光器件的衬底的俯视示意图。除了以下描述的差别外,发光器件100对应于图4A和4B的发光器件。FIG. 4C shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 according to another embodiment. FIG. 4D shows a schematic top view of the substrate of the light emitting device according to FIG. 4C . The light emitting device 100 corresponds to the light emitting device of FIGS. 4A and 4B except for the differences described below.

与图4A和4B的发光器件不同,有机层堆叠4没有通孔敷镀。此外,衬底也不包含另外的电极结构。In contrast to the light-emitting component of FIGS. 4A and 4B , the organic layer stack 4 has no vias. Furthermore, the substrate also does not contain further electrode structures.

替代地,第一电极2在衬底1上的有源区5内被构造成整面地在有机层堆叠4之下。在有源区5在固定区内的一侧上设置有电引线9,其与第一电极2导电连接。电引线9例如可以是第一电极2的延续结构。在另一侧上将电引线9安装在衬底1上,这些电引线并不与第一电极2导电连接。此外,电引线在设置有与第二电极3导电连接的接合垫902的侧上包括接合垫(Bondpad)903。Alternatively, first electrode 2 is formed in active region 5 on substrate 1 so as to lie below organic layer stack 4 over its entire area. On the side of the active region 5 in the fixed region, an electrical lead 9 is arranged, which is electrically conductively connected to the first electrode 2 . The electrical lead 9 can, for example, be a continuation of the first electrode 2 . On the other side, electrical leads 9 are mounted on the substrate 1 , which are not electrically conductively connected to the first electrode 2 . Furthermore, the electrical lead comprises a bond pad (Bond pad) 903 on the side provided with a bond pad 902 electrically conductively connected to the second electrode 3 .

图5A示出根据另一实施例通过发光器件100的截面示意图。发光器件100包括装配玻璃窗(Fensterverglasung)作为衬底1。在衬底上施加有第一电极2,另外具有至少一个适合产生光的层401的有机层堆叠4被施加到该第一电极上。有机层堆叠4例如可以是如借助图1已经描述的层堆叠4。在有机层堆叠4上施加有第二电极3。根据图5A的发光器件包含第二装配玻璃窗作为封装部6,其用粘合剂层610粘合到第二电极3上。例如透明的粘合剂适合作为粘合剂。优选地,该粘合剂同样构造成可透过可见光。例如Nagase或Three-Bond适合作为粘合剂。FIG. 5A shows a schematic cross-sectional view through a light emitting device 100 according to another embodiment. The luminous means 100 includes a glazing as substrate 1 . Applied on the substrate is a first electrode 2 , to which is additionally applied an organic layer stack 4 having at least one layer 401 suitable for generating light. The organic layer stack 4 can be, for example, a layer stack 4 as already described with reference to FIG. 1 . A second electrode 3 is applied on the organic layer stack 4 . The light emitting device according to FIG. 5A comprises a second glazing as encapsulation 6 , which is bonded to the second electrode 3 with an adhesive layer 610 . For example, transparent adhesives are suitable as adhesives. Preferably, the adhesive is likewise configured to be transparent to visible light. For example Nagase or Three-Bond are suitable as adhesives.

衬底1,电极2、3,封装部6,有机层堆叠4和粘合剂层610被构造成可透过可见光。因此,发光器件100适于从其上侧100a和其下侧100b射出光。此外,当不工作时,观看者可以通过发光器件100看过去。因此,该发光器件适合作为装配玻璃例如用于门、窗、空间分隔物、家具等中,其中该装配玻璃可以用作照明源。The substrate 1 , the electrodes 2 , 3 , the encapsulation 6 , the organic layer stack 4 and the adhesive layer 610 are configured to be transparent to visible light. Thus, the light emitting device 100 is adapted to emit light from its upper side 100a and its lower side 100b. Furthermore, a viewer can look through the light emitting device 100 when not in use. The luminous means are therefore suitable as glazing, for example in doors, windows, room dividers, furniture, etc., wherein the glazing can be used as a source of illumination.

图5B示出构造成基本上可透过可见光并且集成到装配玻璃中的发光器件100的构造示意图。在此,具有有源区5的玻璃板用作衬底1,第一电极2被施加到该有源区上。在此,电极同样被构造成可透过可见光并含有TCO,例如ITO。为了表示一定的形状,例如字符串或标志,第一电极2根据希望的形状进行结构化,在此是字符串"Info 1"。FIG. 5B shows a schematic illustration of the construction of a luminous means 100 which is substantially transparent to visible light and which is integrated into a glazing. Here, a glass plate is used as substrate 1 with an active region 5 onto which a first electrode 2 is applied. Here, the electrodes are likewise designed to be transparent to visible light and contain TCO, for example ITO. In order to represent a certain shape, for example a character string or a logo, the first electrode 2 is structured according to the desired shape, here the character string "Info 1".

在有源区内,有机层堆叠4被施加到第一电极上,例如图1中已经描述的那样。第二电极3被施加到有机层堆叠上,该第二电极同样可透过可见光并且在此用作阴极。第二电极3被整面施加到有机层堆叠4上。然而,也可能的是,将第一电极2整面施加到衬底上,并且第二电极3以要构造成发光器件的发光面的形式施加到有机层堆叠4上。第二玻璃板作为封装部6被施加到第二电极3上。优选的是,封装部6的尺寸在此被选择为与衬底1的尺寸相同。以此方式和方法形成具有发光器件100的装配玻璃,其发光面以希望的方式和方法,例如以字符串或标志形式来构造。In the active region, an organic layer stack 4 is applied to the first electrode, for example as already described in FIG. 1 . A second electrode 3 is applied to the organic layer stack, which second electrode is likewise transparent to visible light and serves here as a cathode. The second electrode 3 is applied over the entire surface of the organic layer stack 4 . However, it is also possible to apply the first electrode 2 over the entire area to the substrate and the second electrode 3 in the form of the luminous area to be formed as a luminous means to the organic layer stack 4 . A second glass pane is applied as encapsulation 6 to second electrode 3 . Preferably, the dimensions of the encapsulation 6 are selected here to be the same as the dimensions of the substrate 1 . In this way, a glazing with luminous means 100 is produced, the luminous surface of which is configured in a desired manner, for example in the form of a character string or a logo.

用作封装部6的第二玻璃板例如可以通过可透过可见光的粘合剂层610而固定在衬底上。粘合剂层610在此可以整面施加到衬底和第二玻璃板上,或者仅施加在有源区5外的固定区8内。A second glass pane serving as encapsulation 6 can be fixed to the substrate, for example, by means of a visible light-transmissive adhesive layer 610 . The adhesive layer 610 can here be applied over the entire surface of the substrate and the second glass pane, or only in the fastening region 8 outside the active region 5 .

有源区5的接触例如可以通过导电引线9实现,如借助图4A到4D所描述的那样。Active region 5 can be contacted, for example, via conductive leads 9 , as described with reference to FIGS. 4A to 4D .

图6示出根据一个实施例的门300的透视示意图。门300具有两个构造成可透过可见光的门板301。门板例如具有玻璃或者由玻璃形成。构造成可透过可见光的发光器件100集成到各门板301中。借助于其发光面在此分别形成记号的发光器件100,可以将发光的指示牌集成到门300上。这种具有发光的指示牌的门300例如可以用于博物馆、会议中心、宾馆等。发光器件在此或者可以集成到门300中,如借助图5A和5B已经描述的那样,或者发光器件100还可以是挠性的发光器件,其被构造成可透过可见光,并且例如用粘合剂层安装到门上。适于粘合的挠性的发光器件例如结合图FM9加以描述。FIG. 6 shows a schematic perspective view of a door 300 according to one embodiment. The door 300 has two door panels 301 configured to be transparent to visible light. The door panel has glass or is formed from glass, for example. A light emitting device 100 configured to transmit visible light is integrated into each door panel 301 . By means of the luminous means 100 , the luminous surfaces of which in this case form indicia in each case, it is possible to integrate a luminous sign on the door 300 . Such a door 300 with an illuminated sign can be used, for example, in museums, conference centers, hotels and the like. The luminous means can here either be integrated into the door 300, as already described with reference to FIGS. The agent layer is installed on the door. A flexible light emitting device suitable for bonding is described, for example, in connection with FIG. FM9 .

如果发光器件100集成到门300上,则可以在其上施加有第一电极2的衬底1上,即在装配玻璃窗上施加有电引线9,例如结合图4A到4D已经描述的那样。电引线9例如可以与构造成门铰链一部分的连接部位70导电连接,其中导电部分在门铰链内延伸。门铰链本身可以与在门框内延伸的线缆连接。If the luminous means 100 are integrated on the door 300 , the electrical leads 9 can be applied to the substrate 1 on which the first electrode 2 is applied, ie to the glazing, as already described for example in connection with FIGS. 4A to 4D . The electrical lead 9 can, for example, be electrically conductively connected to a connection point 70 formed as part of the door hinge, wherein the electrically conductive part extends within the door hinge. The door hinge itself may be connected to a cable running inside the door frame.

在图6中还示出了紧急照明395,其包括在此所描述的发光器件100或在此所描述的照明装置1000。紧急照明395例如在停电时被激活,并包括独立供电装置或由备用电源设备供给所需的工作电流。在此所描述的发光器件100和照明装置1000特别好地适合作为紧急照明使用,因为它们用较低的功耗就能产生足够亮度的光。Also shown in FIG. 6 is an emergency lighting 395 which includes the luminous means 100 described here or the lighting device 1000 described here. The emergency lighting 395 is activated, for example, in the event of a power outage, and includes an independent power supply or is supplied with the required operating current by a backup power supply. The luminous means 100 and the lighting device 1000 described here are particularly well suited for use as emergency lighting, since they generate light of sufficient brightness with relatively low power consumption.

图7示出根据一个实施例的、具有四个构造成可透过可见光的发光器件100的陈列橱窗的透视示意图。用所述发光器件可以显示商标名称“商标1”和“商标2”以及标志“标志1”和“标志2”。如结合图5A和5B已经描述的那样,发光器件100可以是集成到陈列橱窗装配玻璃中的发光器件或者是挠性的发光器件,用粘合剂层将挠性的发光器件粘合到装配玻璃的内侧上。FIG. 7 shows a schematic perspective view of a showcase with four luminous means 100 configured to transmit visible light according to one exemplary embodiment. The trade names "Trademark 1" and "Trademark 2" as well as the logos "Logo 1" and "Logo 2" can be displayed with the light emitting device. As already described in connection with FIGS. 5A and 5B , the light emitting device 100 may be a light emitting device integrated into the glazing of a showcase or a flexible light emitting device bonded to the glazing with an adhesive layer. on the inner side.

图8示出根据一个实施例的车辆310的示意性前视图。在窗20,例如挡风玻璃上集成有两个发光器件100,它们被构造成可透过可见光并适合将信息“信息1”和“信息2”显示给司机。可替选地,如也可能的是(如结合图7和6已经描述的那样),两个发光器件100还可以挠性地构造,并从里面粘合到挡风玻璃上。FIG. 8 shows a schematic front view of a vehicle 310 according to one embodiment. Integrated into a window 20 , for example a windshield, are two luminous means 100 , which are designed to transmit visible light and are suitable for displaying the information “Information 1 ” and “Information 2 ” to the driver. Alternatively, as is also possible (as already described in connection with FIGS. 7 and 6 ), the two illuminants 100 can also be of flexible design and glued to the windshield from the inside.

图8进一步示出车辆内部照明396。车辆内部照明例如通过在此所描述的发光器件100或在此所描述的照明装置1000而形成。FIG. 8 further illustrates vehicle interior lighting 396 . The vehicle interior lighting is formed, for example, by the luminous means 100 described here or the lighting device 1000 described here.

图9示出博物馆房间的透视示意图,其天花板件320包括装配玻璃。天花板元件的装配玻璃部分面或整面地具有可透过可见光的发光器件100或照明装置1000。该装配玻璃例如可以是具有集成的发光器件100的装配玻璃,如参照图5A和5B已经描述的那样。可替选地,该发光器件也可以施加到装配玻璃的内侧,例如通过粘合来施加。FIG. 9 shows a schematic perspective view of a museum room, the ceiling element 320 of which comprises glazing. The glazing of the ceiling element has a visible light-transmissive luminous means 100 or lighting device 1000 partially or completely over its entire area. The glazing can be, for example, a glazing with integrated luminous means 100 , as already described with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B . Alternatively, the luminous means can also be applied to the inner side of the glazing, for example by gluing.

因此,根据图9的博物馆房间的天花板元件的装配玻璃适合在白天能够用日光照明房间。在照明条件较差时,例如在晚上时,装配玻璃的发光器件100可以用作房间的额外的光源。Thus, the glazing of the ceiling element of the museum room according to FIG. 9 is adapted to be able to daylight the room during the day. In poor lighting conditions, for example at night, the glass-mounted lighting device 100 can be used as an additional light source for the room.

此外,图9的博物馆房间的天花板元件的装配玻璃还可以设计成乳白色。为此,或者将用作衬底的装配玻璃,或者将用作封装部的装配玻璃,或者将两者都设计成乳白色。Furthermore, the glazing of the ceiling elements of the museum room of FIG. 9 can also be designed in milky white. For this purpose, either the glazing used as the substrate, or the glazing used as the encapsulation, or both are designed in milky white.

图10示出根据一个实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。在根据图10的发光器件100中,封装部6和衬底1被构造成装配玻璃,如根据图5A和5B的发光器件的情况那样。这种装配玻璃例如可以用作窗20的窗玻璃,但也可以用作门300或家具构件。在白天,这种装配玻璃可以用作窗20,也就是说,可见光可以不受阻地从外面进入房间。在晚上,发光器件100会被激活,使得装配玻璃用作房间照明源。此外,在装配玻璃外侧还设置反射百叶窗(Spiegeljalousie)22以保护隐私,其可以防止不受欢迎的视线从外部侵入。此外,反射百叶窗22还适合反射发光器件100发射的光。由于反射百叶窗22向回反射,因此有利地提高了发光器件100发射的光的利用率。此外,可能的是,百叶窗22是典型的百叶窗或者是PDLC百叶窗。除了PDLC百叶窗外,通过施加电压而可以变暗的其他玻璃类型也适合。FIG. 10 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 according to an embodiment. In the luminous means 100 according to FIG. 10 , the encapsulation 6 and the substrate 1 are configured as glazing, as is the case with the luminous means according to FIGS. 5A and 5B . Such a glazing can be used, for example, as a pane for a window 20 , but also as a door 300 or a furniture component. During the day, this glazing can be used as a window 20, ie visible light can enter the room from the outside unhindered. At night, the light emitting device 100 is activated so that the glazing serves as a source of room lighting. In addition, reflective shutters (Spiegeljalousie) 22 are provided on the outside of the glazing for privacy protection, which prevent unwanted sightlines from entering from the outside. Furthermore, the reflective louver 22 is also adapted to reflect the light emitted by the luminous means 100 . Since the reflective louvers 22 reflect back, the utilization efficiency of the light emitted by the light emitting device 100 is advantageously improved. Furthermore, it is possible that the shutter 22 is a typical shutter or a PDLC shutter. In addition to PDLC blinds, other glass types that can be darkened by applying an electrical voltage are also suitable.

图11示出根据一个实施例的、具有空间分隔物的房间的透视示意图。空间分隔物330具有两个在框内带有装配玻璃的空间分隔物元件331,其中装配玻璃包括构造成可透过可见光的发光器件100。发光器件100集成到装配玻璃中,如例如结合图5A和5B所描述的那样,或者粘合到装配玻璃上。空间分隔物元件331由于其照明功能而可以有利地用于照明由空间分隔物分开的空间区域。Fig. 11 shows a schematic perspective view of a room with space dividers according to one embodiment. The space divider 330 has two space divider elements 331 with a glazing in the frame, wherein the glazing includes the luminous means 100 configured to be transparent to visible light. The luminous means 100 are integrated into the glazing, as described for example in connection with FIGS. 5A and 5B , or are glued onto the glazing. The space divider element 331 can advantageously be used for illuminating the space regions separated by the space divider due to its lighting function.

在此,空间分隔物330模块化地构建。空间分隔物包含两个可通过插塞连接彼此连接的空间分隔物元件331。为此,空间分隔物元件的框在其一个侧面上有护套332,其例如按圆柱体状地实施。框的与具有护套332的侧面对置的侧面设置有插销333,插销被实施为使得其可以装入护套332中。通过将一个空间分隔物元件的插销插入另一空间分隔物元件的护套中,每两个空间分隔物元件331可以彼此连接。在此,尤其还可以通过护套332和插销333使空间分隔物元件331电连接。空间分隔物330形成大面积照明装置。In this case, room divider 330 is constructed modularly. The room divider comprises two room divider elements 331 which can be connected to one another by a plug connection. For this purpose, the frame of the room divider element has a sheath 332 on one of its sides, which is embodied, for example, in the shape of a cylinder. The side of the frame opposite the side with the sheath 332 is provided with a latch 333 which is embodied such that it can be inserted into the sheath 332 . Each two space divider elements 331 can be connected to each other by inserting the pins of one space divider element into the sheath of the other space divider element. In this case, in particular, the room divider element 331 can also be electrically connected via the sheath 332 and the pin 333 . The space divider 330 forms a large area lighting device.

图12示出根据一个实施例的显示器的截面示意图。显示器335例如可以是电视、LCD屏幕、OLED屏幕或等离子体屏幕的显示器。显示器的前玻璃板用作发光器件的衬底1,其被构造成可透过可见光。第一电极2被施加到前玻璃板上,该第一电极含有TCO,并且因此构造成可透过可见光。在第一电极2上施加有机层堆叠4,如参照图1所描述的那样。在该有机层堆叠上施加同样含有TCO的第二电极3。Fig. 12 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a display according to one embodiment. The display 335 can be, for example, a display of a television, an LCD screen, an OLED screen or a plasma screen. The front glass pane of the display serves as the substrate 1 of the luminous means, which is designed to be transparent to visible light. A first electrode 2 is applied to the front glass pane, which first electrode contains TCO and is therefore configured to be transparent to visible light. An organic layer stack 4 is applied to the first electrode 2 as described with reference to FIG. 1 . A second electrode 3 which likewise contains TCO is applied to this organic layer stack.

例如以下TCO材料之一特别适合作为阴极的TCO:ITO、ATO、氧化锌。For example one of the following TCO materials is particularly suitable as TCO for the cathode: ITO, ATO, zinc oxide.

另一玻璃板作为封装部6被施加到第二电极3上。例如,可以用粘合剂层610将另一玻璃板粘合到第二电极3上。有机层在此被构造为使得主要通过封装的玻璃板实现从有机层堆叠射出。在此,集成到显示器335的前板中的发光器件100在显示器关断状态下可以用作照明源。为此,发光器件优选以可调光的方式实施。在发光器件关断状态下,显示器335的内容可以被观看者觉察到,因为发光器件构造成可透过可见光。A further glass pane is applied as encapsulation 6 to second electrode 3 . For example, another glass plate may be bonded to the second electrode 3 with an adhesive layer 610 . The organic layers are designed in such a way that the ejection from the organic layer stack takes place mainly through the encapsulating glass pane. In this case, the luminous means 100 integrated into the front panel of the display 335 can be used as a source of illumination in the off state of the display. For this purpose, the luminous means are preferably embodied in a dimmable manner. In the off state of the light emitting device, the content of the display 335 can be perceived by the viewer because the light emitting device is configured to transmit visible light.

图12B示出具有显示器335的电视机336的俯视示意图,如结合图12A所描述的那样。FIG. 12B shows a schematic top view of a television 336 with a display 335 , as described in conjunction with FIG. 12A .

图13A示出根据一个实施例的台架340的透视示意图。图13B示出图13A的一部分。台架340包括两个具有杆83的侧面部分,该杆在内部构造为空心的并且包括线缆。具有杆83的侧面部分形成杆系统,如还参照图68描述的那样。这些杆83被设计为支承台架板341。为此,台架板341在侧面处分别包括相应成型的保持装置342。这些保持装置在此相应于台架侧面部分的杆按照切开的圆柱体的形式构造。然而也可能的是,杆83和保持装置342被构造成角形。台架板341在此包括框343,具有可透过可见光的发光器件100的装配玻璃被嵌入该框中。为了电接触,台架板的保持装置342在此包含插销71,该插销插入杆83内的导电凹座73中,如图13B所示。侧面部分的杆83优选构造成空心的。这样,用于接触插头的线缆被引导到杆内。台架板,如根据图13B所示的台架340那样,例如也可以用于陈列柜或其他家具构件和储物家具中。FIG. 13A shows a schematic perspective view of a stand 340 according to one embodiment. Fig. 13B shows a part of Fig. 13A. The stand 340 comprises two side parts with rods 83 which are hollow on the inside and contain cables. The side sections with the rods 83 form a rod system, as also described with reference to FIG. 68 . These rods 83 are designed to support the platform plate 341 . For this purpose, the platform plates 341 each comprise correspondingly shaped holders 342 on the sides. These holding devices are here configured corresponding to the rods of the side parts of the stand in the form of a cut-away cylinder. However, it is also possible for the rod 83 and the holding device 342 to be of an angular configuration. The platform plate 341 here comprises a frame 343 into which the glazing with the visible light-transmissive luminous means 100 is inserted. For electrical contact, the holding device 342 of the platform plate here contains a pin 71 which is inserted into a conductive recess 73 in the rod 83, as shown in FIG. 13B . The rods 83 of the side parts are preferably hollow. In this way, the cables for contacting the plug are guided into the rod. Shelf panels, like the shelf 340 shown in FIG. 13B , can also be used, for example, in display cabinets or other furniture components and storage furniture.

图14示出反射性显示器335的截面示意图。反射性显示器335在其背面包括反射元件337,在反射元件上设置像素338。反射性显示器335不需要背光,而是由于反射元件337而反射环境光,使得可以显示出显示内容。因此,反射性显示器335依赖于环境光。在暗处不再能看出。可透过可见光的发光器件被施加到反射性显示器335的发射辐射的正面335a上,例如参照图5A描述的那样。该发光器件在此被构造为,使得大部分光线朝着反射元件的方向发射。为了更好的显色,可以将发光器件100轻微着色,例如着色成浅洋红色。为此,例如将封装部6或衬底1或者两者着色成希望的颜色。发光器件优选与折射率匹配材料一同安装在反射性显示器正面335a上,以避免反射。如果发光器件可以改变颜色,例如改变为使得遮盖住色彩空间(Farbraum)RGB,并且还可以足够快地接通反射性显示器335,即RGB中的时间顺序的工作也是可能的。在时间顺序工作的情况下,显示器优选以至少70Hz,特别优选至少100Hz的频率工作。FIG. 14 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a reflective display 335 . The reflective display 335 comprises on its backside a reflective element 337 on which pixels 338 are arranged. The reflective display 335 does not require a backlight, but instead reflects ambient light due to the reflective element 337 so that the display can be shown. Thus, reflective display 335 is dependent on ambient light. Can no longer be seen in the dark. A light-emitting device transparent to visible light is applied to the radiation-emitting front side 335a of the reflective display 335, for example as described with reference to FIG. 5A. The luminous means is designed in such a way that most of the light is emitted in the direction of the reflective element. For better color rendering, the light emitting device 100 can be slightly colored, for example, light magenta. For this purpose, for example, the encapsulation 6 or the substrate 1 or both are colored in a desired color. The light emitting devices are preferably mounted on the reflective display front 335a with an index matching material to avoid reflections. Time-sequential operation in RGB is also possible if the luminous means can change color, for example so that the color space (Farbraum) RGB is covered, and the reflective display 335 can also be switched on sufficiently quickly. In the case of time-sequential operation, the display is preferably operated at a frequency of at least 70 Hz, particularly preferably at least 100 Hz.

图15示出根据一个实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。电极2、3,衬底1,封装部6和有机层堆叠4被构造成可透过可见光,特别是可透过由有机层堆叠4产生的光。在例如可以由玻璃板形成的衬底1的外侧上是反射元件337,该反射元件在此是反射的层序列。反射的层序列包括铜层337b、银层337a和保护漆层337c,其中银层337a被施加到衬底1上,铜层337b被施加到银层337a的背离衬底的侧上,以及保护漆层被施加到铜层337b上。由于反射的层序列沿着发光器件100的下侧100b构造,因此发光器件100不再可以从该下侧发射光,而是只从其上侧100a发射光。反射元件还反射光,使得光穿过第一电极2和衬底1朝着发光器件100的上侧100a的方向射出。FIG. 15 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 according to an embodiment. The electrodes 2 , 3 , the substrate 1 , the encapsulation 6 and the organic layer stack 4 are designed to be transparent to visible light, in particular to the light generated by the organic layer stack 4 . On the outer side of the substrate 1 , which may be formed, for example, from a glass plate, is a reflective element 337 , which here is a reflective layer sequence. The reflective layer sequence comprises a copper layer 337b, a silver layer 337a and a protective lacquer layer 337c, wherein the silver layer 337a is applied to the substrate 1, the copper layer 337b is applied to the side of the silver layer 337a facing away from the substrate, and the protective lacquer layer is applied to the copper layer 337b. Since the reflective layer sequence is formed along the lower side 100 b of the luminous means 100 , the luminous means 100 can no longer emit light from this lower side, but only from its upper side 100 a. The reflective element also reflects light so that the light exits through the first electrode 2 and the substrate 1 in the direction of the upper side 100 a of the luminous means 100 .

作为对上述具有银层、铜层和保护漆层的层序列的可替选方案,例如也可以使用介电反射镜作为反射元件337,该介电反射镜如上面的层序列那样也被施加到衬底的外侧上。As an alternative to the layer sequence described above with a silver layer, a copper layer and a protective varnish layer, it is also possible, for example, to use as reflective element 337 a dielectric mirror which, like the layer sequence above, is also applied to the on the outside of the substrate.

反射元件337如反射的层序列或介电反射镜例如还可以施加在封装部6的外侧上,或者安装在衬底1和第一电极2之间以及封装部6和第二电极3之间。如果反射元件设置在封装部6的外侧上或者设置在封装部6和第二电极3之间,则发光器件100从其下侧100b发射光。A reflective element 337 , such as a reflective layer sequence or a dielectric mirror, for example, can also be applied on the outside of the encapsulation 6 or mounted between the substrate 1 and the first electrode 2 and between the encapsulation 6 and the second electrode 3 . If the reflective element is arranged on the outside of the encapsulation 6 or between the encapsulation 6 and the second electrode 3, the light emitting device 100 emits light from its underside 100b.

当发光器件被去活时和在发光器件100工作时用作照明源时,则如图15所示的发光器件100尤其允许其用作反射镜。在这种发光器件100的情况下,整个发光的正面100a可以用作照明装置,或者用作反射镜。另外也可能的是,整个发光的正面100a用作照明装置和用作反射镜。另外,也可以将发光的正面100a划分成区域,使得发光的正面100a的一部分用作反射镜而另一部分用作照明源。The light emitting device 100 as shown in FIG. 15 in particular allows it to be used as a reflector when the light emitting device is deactivated and is used as an illumination source when the light emitting device 100 is in operation. In the case of such a luminous means 100 , the entire luminous front side 100 a can be used as a lighting device or as a reflector. It is also possible to use the entire illuminated front side 100 a as a lighting device and as a reflector. In addition, it is also possible to divide the light-emitting front face 100a into regions such that a part of the light-emitting front face 100a serves as a reflector and another part serves as an illumination source.

然而,例如发光器件也可以构造为,使得其既从其正面100a也从其背面100b射出光。例如在使用所谓的空腔效应的情况下可能的是,从发光器件不同的侧出射具有不同光特性的光。这种发光器件例如在德国专利申请102006046196.7中予以描述,其公开内容通过引用而明确地结合于此。However, for example, the luminous means can also be designed in such a way that it emits light both from its front side 100 a and from its rear side 100 b. For example, when using the so-called cavity effect, it is possible to emit light with different optical properties from different sides of the luminous means. Such a luminous means is described, for example, in German patent application 102006046196.7, the disclosure content of which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference.

图16示出根据另一实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。发光器件100的以下元件被构造成可透过可见光:封装部6、衬底1、第一电极2和有机层堆叠4。例如可以使用玻璃板或塑料膜作为衬底1,将其构造成可透过可见光。FIG. 16 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 according to another embodiment. The following elements of the luminous means 100 are configured to be transparent to visible light: the encapsulation 6 , the substrate 1 , the first electrode 2 and the organic layer stack 4 . For example, a glass plate or a plastic film can be used as substrate 1 , which is designed to be transparent to visible light.

第一电极2例如可以由TCO形成。The first electrode 2 can be formed, for example, from TCO.

有机层堆叠4可以是例如参照图1已经描述过的层堆叠。The organic layer stack 4 can be, for example, the layer stack already described with reference to FIG. 1 .

封装部6例如可以是玻璃帽、玻璃板、塑料帽或塑料板。The encapsulation 6 can be, for example, a glass cap, a glass plate, a plastic cap or a plastic plate.

此外,可以在帽状物或板状物的朝向有机层堆叠4的内侧上施加同样构造成可透过可见光的吸气材料。此外,封装部6可以是具有至少一个阻挡层的薄膜封装部。阻挡层例如可以由SiOx或SiNx形成或者含有这些材料。此外薄膜封装部6还可以具有第一和第二阻挡层601、602,它们在其材料组成方面是交替的。在交替的阻挡层之间例如可以设置聚合物中间层,对此例如还参见图3。Furthermore, a getter material which is likewise designed to be permeable to visible light can be applied to the inner side of the cap or plate facing the organic layer stack 4 . Furthermore, the encapsulation 6 can be a thin-film encapsulation with at least one barrier layer. The barrier layer can be formed of, for example, SiO x or SiN x or contain these materials. Furthermore, the thin-film encapsulation 6 can also have first and second barrier layers 601 , 602 which alternate with respect to their material composition. For example, polymer intermediate layers can be arranged between alternating barrier layers, see also FIG. 3 for this, for example.

图17A示出具有交替的阻挡层601、602的薄膜封装部6的截面示意图,其中分别在两个邻近的、不同材料组成的阻挡层之间安置聚合物中间层604。阻挡中间层例如可以是两个含有SiOx的阻挡层601和两个含有SiNx的阻挡层602,如结合图3已经描述的那样。如根据图3的实施例那样,在材料组成方面交替地设置阻挡层601、602,也就是说,第一阻挡层601与第二阻挡层602在薄膜封装部6内交替,其中第一和第二阻挡层601、602具有不同的材料组成。不过,与根据图3的薄膜封装部6不同,阻挡层601、602通过聚合物中间层604彼此分开。17A shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a thin-film encapsulation 6 with alternating barrier layers 601 , 602 , in which case a polymer intermediate layer 604 is arranged between two adjacent barrier layers of different material composition. The barrier interlayer can be, for example, two barrier layers 601 containing SiO x and two barrier layers 602 containing SiN x , as already described in connection with FIG. 3 . As in the exemplary embodiment according to FIG. 3 , the barrier layers 601 , 602 are alternately arranged in terms of material composition, that is to say first barrier layers 601 alternate with second barrier layers 602 in the thin-film encapsulation 6 , wherein the first and the second The two barrier layers 601, 602 have different material compositions. However, unlike the thin-film encapsulation 6 according to FIG. 3 , the barrier layers 601 , 602 are separated from one another by a polymer intermediate layer 604 .

作为对分离的反射元件337(例如上述反射的层序列或介电反射镜)的可替选方案,根据图16的发光器件的第二电极3被构造成反射可见光。为此,第二电极3例如含有铝或银或者由这些材料之一形成。这种发光器件同样适合用作反射镜和/或照明源,如根据图15的发光器件那样。As an alternative to a separate reflective element 337 , such as the aforementioned reflective layer sequence or a dielectric mirror, the second electrode 3 of the luminous means according to FIG. 16 is designed to reflect visible light. For this purpose, the second electrode 3 contains, for example, aluminum or silver or is formed from one of these materials. Such a luminous means is also suitable as a reflector and/or illumination source, like the luminous means according to FIG. 15 .

为了获得可用作反射镜和/或用作照明源并且没有额外的反射元件的发光器件,还可以构造可透过可见光的第二电极3,例如通过使用TCO作为电极材料,并且替代地反射性地构造封装部6、衬底1或第一电极2。In order to obtain a light-emitting device that can be used as a reflector and/or as an illumination source without additional reflective elements, it is also possible to construct a second electrode 3 that is transparent to visible light, for example by using TCO as electrode material, and instead reflective The encapsulation 6 , the substrate 1 or the first electrode 2 are structured accordingly.

反射的封装部6例如可以是抛光的金属帽。The reflective encapsulation 6 can be, for example, a polished metal cap.

图17B示出通过根据一个实施例的、反射的封装部6的截面示意图。在此,涉及已被构造成反射性的帽状物,例如通过由抛光金属形成的帽状物,或者涉及构造成非反射性的帽状物。反射元件337,例如反射层被施加到帽状物的朝向有机层堆叠4的内侧上。帽状物的内侧上的反射层例如可以是例如含有银或由银形成的金属层。此外,反射的层还可以含有多个层。另外,在反射层上还施加有由吸气材料制成的吸气层611,其构造成可透过可见光。FIG. 17B shows a schematic cross-section through a reflective encapsulation 6 according to one exemplary embodiment. This is a cap that is already reflective, for example by a cap formed of polished metal, or a cap that is non-reflective. A reflective element 337 , for example a reflective layer, is applied to the inner side of the cap facing the organic layer stack 4 . The reflective layer on the inner side of the cap can be, for example, a metallic layer containing or consisting of silver, for example. Furthermore, the reflective layer can also contain several layers. In addition, a getter layer 611 of a getter material, which is designed to be permeable to visible light, is applied on the reflective layer.

图17C示出通过根据另一实施例的薄膜封装部6的截面示意图。薄膜封装部6如根据图17A的薄膜封装部6那样具有交替的阻挡层601、602,它们通过聚合物中间层604彼此分开。与根据图17A的薄膜封装部6不同,根据图17C的薄膜封装部6具有反射元件337,例如反射的层序列,如参照图15已经描述的那样。反射的层序列包括施加到最外面的阻挡层602上的银层337a。铜层337b被施加到银层337a上,在该铜层上又设置有保护漆层337c。由于反射的层序列,薄膜封装部被构造成反射性的,可以用作反射的封装部。FIG. 17C shows a schematic cross-section through a thin-film encapsulation 6 according to another exemplary embodiment. The thin-film encapsulation 6 , like the thin-film encapsulation 6 according to FIG. 17A , has alternating barrier layers 601 , 602 which are separated from one another by a polymer intermediate layer 604 . In contrast to the thin-film encapsulation 6 according to FIG. 17A , the thin-film encapsulation 6 according to FIG. 17C has a reflective element 337 , for example a reflective layer sequence, as already described with reference to FIG. 15 . The reflective layer sequence includes a silver layer 337 a applied to the outermost barrier layer 602 . A copper layer 337b is applied to the silver layer 337a, on which in turn a protective lacquer layer 337c is arranged. Due to the reflective layer sequence, the thin-film encapsulation is embodied reflective and can be used as a reflective encapsulation.

构造可在反射镜功能和照明功能之间来回切换的发光器件100的另一可能性在于:衬底1被构造成反射性的,而发光器件的、使在有机层堆叠4中产生的光必须穿过朝着发光的正面100a的路径的其他元件,特别是第二电极3、有机层堆叠4和封装部6被构造成可透过可见光。反射性衬底1例如可以含有金属或由金属形成。例如,金属膜,如不锈钢膜可以用作反射的衬底1。尤其可以使用反射镜作为衬底。另外,由塑料膜制成的层压物被压合到金属膜(例如铝制的金属膜)上,适合作为反射的衬底。另外,该衬底可以是反射性涂敷的玻璃衬底。A further possibility of constructing a luminous means 100 that can be switched back and forth between a reflector function and an illumination function consists in that the substrate 1 is embodied reflective, while the light-emitting means, such that the light generated in the organic layer stack 4 has to be The other elements traversing the path towards the light-emitting front side 100 a , in particular the second electrode 3 , the organic layer stack 4 and the encapsulation 6 are designed to be transparent to visible light. The reflective substrate 1 can, for example, contain metal or be formed of metal. For example, a metal film such as a stainless steel film can be used as the reflective substrate 1 . In particular mirrors can be used as substrates. In addition, laminates made of plastic films laminated to metal films, for example of aluminum, are suitable as reflective substrates. Alternatively, the substrate may be a reflectively coated glass substrate.

对反射的衬底1可替选地或除了反射的衬底1外,还可以将第一电极2构造成反射性的。该第一电极例如可以含有以下材料之一或者由其形成:铝,银。Alternatively or in addition to the reflective substrate 1 , the first electrode 2 can also be embodied reflective. The first electrode can, for example, contain or be formed from one of the following materials: aluminum, silver.

另外也可能的是,薄膜封装部6本身形成介电的反射镜或布拉格反射镜。然后相应选择第一和第二阻挡层601、602的材料以及这些层的厚度。It is also possible for the thin-film encapsulation 6 itself to form a dielectric or Bragg mirror. The materials of the first and second barrier layers 601, 602 and the thicknesses of these layers are then selected accordingly.

图18A示出具有发光器件100的车辆镜315的透视示意图,其中可以在照明功能和反射镜功能之间切换,例如结合图15到17C描述过的那样。发光器件在此具有发光面,其根据字符串“信息1”构造。为此,电极2、3可以被结构化,如参照图5B描述的那样。然而,与图5B不同,根据图18A的发光器件100具有反射元件337,例如额外的反射的层序列。此外,还可以反射性构造发光器件100的元件之一,例如电极2、3之一,衬底1或封装部6,如以上所述。以此方式可以在镜面背景前随意发光地显示标志、符号或其他信息。在车辆镜315中,借助发光器件100例如可以插入警告,例如泊车时的间距报告。FIG. 18A shows a schematic perspective view of a vehicle mirror 315 with luminous means 100 , in which it is possible to switch between a lighting function and a reflector function, as described for example in connection with FIGS. 15 to 17C . The luminous means here have a luminous surface which is designed according to the character string "Information 1". For this purpose, the electrodes 2 , 3 can be structured as described with reference to FIG. 5B . In contrast to FIG. 5B , however, the luminous component 100 according to FIG. 18A has a reflective element 337 , for example an additional reflective layer sequence. Furthermore, one of the elements of the luminous means 100 , for example one of the electrodes 2 , 3 , the substrate 1 or the encapsulation 6 , can also be embodied reflectively, as described above. In this way, logos, symbols or other information can optionally be displayed illuminated against a mirror background. In vehicle mirror 315 , for example, a warning can be inserted by means of luminous means 100 , for example a distance indicator when parking.

图18B示出根据图18A的车辆镜315的透视示意图。在车辆镜的情况下,反射镜用作衬底1。衬底1与保持器连接。在有源区5内,在衬底上施加第一电极2。第一电极2构造成可透过可见光,例如其方式是该第一电极由TCO形成。此外,第一电极2根据字符串“信息1”进行结构化。可透过可见光的有机层堆叠4被施加到结构化的第一电极2上。此外,同样构造成可透过可见光的第二电极3施加到有机层堆叠4上。使用安置在第二电极上的玻璃板作为封装部6。有机层堆叠4和第二电极3全面施加在有源区5内。使第一电极2充分结构化,以便发光器件100具有根据字符串结构化的发光面。使用反射镜衬底1能够使发光器件以简单方式和方法集成到车辆镜315上。FIG. 18B shows a schematic perspective view of vehicle mirror 315 according to FIG. 18A . In the case of a vehicle mirror, a mirror is used as the substrate 1 . The substrate 1 is connected to the holder. In the active region 5 a first electrode 2 is applied on the substrate. The first electrode 2 is configured to be transparent to visible light, for example in that it is formed from TCO. Furthermore, the first electrode 2 is structured according to the character string "Information 1". A visible light-transmissive organic layer stack 4 is applied to the structured first electrode 2 . Furthermore, a second electrode 3 , which is likewise configured to be transparent to visible light, is applied to the organic layer stack 4 . A glass plate placed on the second electrode was used as the package 6 . The organic layer stack 4 and the second electrode 3 are applied over the entire area in the active region 5 . The first electrode 2 is sufficiently structured so that the luminous means 100 has a luminous area structured according to a string. The use of the mirror substrate 1 enables a simple integration of the luminous means onto the vehicle mirror 315 .

图19示出根据一个实施例的多部分的反射镜345的透视示意图。这种反射镜例如可以用作洗浴镜或更衣镜。反射镜345包括一个中间部分345a和两个设置在中间部分侧面的可旋转的侧翼345b(在图中通过箭头表明)。侧翼345b分别包括发光器件100,其中可以在反射功能和照明功能之间切换,并且其发光面几乎整面填充侧翼的面。在照亮条件良好的情况下,侧翼345b可以作为通常的反射镜使用。在差的照明条件的情况下,例如在黑暗中或在黄昏时,反射镜的两个侧翼之一或两个侧翼345b作为照明源被接通,以便为观看者照明。另外,照明的侧翼345b还可以用作装饰性照明元件。FIG. 19 shows a schematic perspective view of a multi-part mirror 345 according to one exemplary embodiment. Such a mirror can be used, for example, as a bath or dressing mirror. The reflector 345 comprises a central part 345a and two rotatable side wings 345b (indicated by arrows in the figure) arranged on the sides of the central part. The flanks 345b each contain a luminous means 100 , which can be switched between a reflective function and an illuminating function, and whose luminous surface almost completely fills the surface of the flank. Under good lighting conditions, the side wings 345b can be used as normal reflectors. In case of poor lighting conditions, such as in the dark or at dusk, one or both wings 345b of the mirror are switched on as an illumination source to illuminate the viewer. Additionally, the illuminated wings 345b may also serve as decorative lighting elements.

如图19,图20示出根据另一实施例的多部分的反射镜345的透视示意图。该反射镜同样是三部分的反射镜,该反射镜具有中间部分345a和两个设置在中间部分侧面的侧翼345b,发光器件100引入所述侧翼中,在所述侧翼的情况下可以在反射镜功能和照明功能之间来回接通。这种反射镜例如也可以用作洗浴镜或更衣镜。FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 show schematic perspective views of a multi-part mirror 345 according to another embodiment. The reflector is likewise a three-part reflector with a central part 345 a and two flanks 345 b arranged laterally on the central part, into which the luminous means 100 are introduced, in which case the reflector can be Switching back and forth between functions and lighting functions. Such a mirror can also be used, for example, as a bath or dressing mirror.

图21示出根据一个实施例的检查镜350的透视示意图。检查镜350包括反射镜元件351和将反射镜元件固定在其上的保持元件352。保持元件352在此设计成折弯的,以便通过反射镜元件351可以看到难以达到的位置。这种检查镜例如可以是牙医镜。FIG. 21 shows a schematic perspective view of an inspection mirror 350 according to one embodiment. The inspection mirror 350 comprises a mirror element 351 and a holding element 352 which fixes the mirror element thereon. The holding element 352 is designed in an angled manner, so that hard-to-reach places can be seen through the mirror element 351 . Such an inspection mirror can be, for example, a dental mirror.

检查镜350在其镜元件351上包括发光器件100,在该发光器件中可以在反射功能和照明功能之间来回接通。发光器件可以包含镜面的一部分或几乎整个镜面。因此,其提供了同时照明并看到难以到达的地方的可能性。这种反射镜也可以在家庭范围使用,例如用于搜索遗失在难挪动的家具后面/下面的物体。The inspection mirror 350 includes on its mirror element 351 a luminous means 100 in which switching between a reflective function and an illuminating function can be switched back and forth. The light emitting device may contain a part of the mirror or almost the entire mirror. Thus, it offers the possibility of simultaneously illuminating and seeing hard-to-reach places. Such mirrors can also be used around the home, for example to search for lost objects behind/under difficult-to-move furniture.

图22示出根据一个实施例的化妆镜的透视示意图。在此,化妆镜集成到化妆套件中,例如粉盒。化妆镜还包含发光器件,在该化妆镜的情况下可以在反射镜功能和照明功能之间来回接通。在差的观察条件的情况下,发光器件可以被激活。因此在低亮度的情况下,化妆镜355可同时用作化妆镜和用作面部照明。发光器件100可以包括镜面的一部分或几乎整个镜面。Fig. 22 shows a schematic perspective view of a vanity mirror according to one embodiment. Here, the vanity mirror is integrated into a cosmetic set, such as a compact. The vanity mirror also contains light means, in which case it is possible to switch back and forth between the mirror function and the lighting function. In case of poor viewing conditions, the light emitting device can be activated. Thus, in low light conditions, vanity mirror 355 can be used both as a vanity mirror and as a face light. The light emitting device 100 may include a part of the mirror or almost the entire mirror.

图23示出根据一个实施例的装饰元件360的俯视示意图。装饰元件360在此被构造成闪烁的圣诞星。该星状物的基本面被构造成反射性的,其中发光器件被引入星状物的部分区域中,在这些星状物的情况下可以在反射功能和照明功能之间来回接通。发光器件例如还可以构造成彩色的。在此情况下,尤其还可以是多色的发光器件100,如以下进一步描述的那样。FIG. 23 shows a schematic top view of a decorative element 360 according to one embodiment. Decorative element 360 is designed here as a twinkling Christmas star. The base area of the star is reflective, with the luminous means being introduced into subregions of the star, in which stars it is possible to switch back and forth between the reflective function and the illuminating function. The luminous means can also be embodied in color, for example. In this case, in particular also multicolored luminous means 100 are possible, as will be described further below.

图24示出根据另一实施例的反射镜365的透视示意图。镜365在此用于家庭的潮湿区域。该镜子在此具有设置有发光器件100的外部区,在该镜的情况下可以在照明功能和镜子功能之间来回接通。FIG. 24 shows a schematic perspective view of a mirror 365 according to another embodiment. Mirror 365 is used here for wet areas of the home. In this case, the mirror has an outer region provided with luminous means 100 , in which case it is possible to switch back and forth between the lighting function and the mirror function.

图25示出在此所描述的发光器件一个实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。FIG. 25 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a luminous means 100 of an embodiment of the luminous means described here.

图25所示的发光器件100是挠性的发光器件。构造成挠性的发光器件100的特征尤其在于,其可弯曲到一定程度,而不会由于弯曲受损。优选所述构造成挠性的发光器件可多次弯曲,而在此不会受损。于是,该发光器件也适合不受损地经受很多次弯曲循环。The light emitting device 100 shown in FIG. 25 is a flexible light emitting device. The flexible luminous means 100 are characterized in particular in that they can be bent to a certain extent without being damaged by the bending. Preferably, the flexible luminous means can be bent multiple times without being damaged. The luminous device is then also suitable to withstand a large number of bending cycles without damage.

图25的发光器件100包含衬底1。衬底1是挠性的金属衬底1。金属衬底1含有以下金属之一或由其形成:铝、不锈钢、金、银。优选的是,衬底1在此被设计成厚度至多1mm,特别优选至多0.5mm的金属膜。另外,也可能的是,挠性的金属衬底1设计成厚度至少3mm和至多4.75mm的薄板,或者设计成厚度至多3mm的薄板。The light emitting device 100 of FIG. 25 includes a substrate 1 . The substrate 1 is a flexible metal substrate 1 . The metal substrate 1 contains or is formed by one of the following metals: aluminum, stainless steel, gold, silver. Preferably, the substrate 1 is designed here as a metal film with a thickness of at most 1 mm, particularly preferably at most 0.5 mm. Furthermore, it is also possible to design the flexible metal substrate 1 as a thin plate with a thickness of at least 3 mm and at most 4.75 mm, or as a thin plate with a thickness of at most 3 mm.

第一电极2被直接施加到衬底1的第一主面101上。第一电极2例如是发光器件100的阴极。The first electrode 2 is applied directly to the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 . The first electrode 2 is, for example, the cathode of the light emitting device 100 .

该阴极适于将电子注入在阴极之后的有机层堆叠中。为此,该阴极具有对电子表现出低逸出功的材料。阴极在此优选含有碱金属或碱土金属或者由其形成。另外,阴极还可以包含一个或更多的层,所述层由银、铝和/或铂形成或者含有这些金属的至少一种。The cathode is suitable for injecting electrons into the organic layer stack following the cathode. To this end, the cathode has a material that exhibits a low work function for electrons. The cathode here preferably contains or is formed from an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal. In addition, the cathode may also comprise one or more layers formed from silver, aluminum and/or platinum or containing at least one of these metals.

优选的是,有机层堆叠4被直接施加到阴极上。有机层堆叠4包含至少一层401,其适于在发光器件100工作时产生光。Preferably, the organic layer stack 4 is applied directly to the cathode. The organic layer stack 4 comprises at least one layer 401 which is suitable for generating light when the light emitting device 100 is in operation.

有机层堆叠4可以包括其他有机层,例如空穴传导层409或电子传导层408。电子传导层优选紧邻阴极。空穴传导层设置在层堆叠4的产生光的层401的背离阴极的侧,并优选邻近发光器件100的阳极。The organic layer stack 4 may comprise further organic layers, for example a hole-conducting layer 409 or an electron-conducting layer 408 . The electron conducting layer is preferably immediately adjacent to the cathode. The hole-conducting layer is arranged on that side of the light-generating layer 401 of the layer stack 4 facing away from the cathode and preferably adjacent to the anode of the light-emitting component 100 .

优选的是,第二电极3被直接设置在有机层堆叠4上。第二电极3例如是发光器件100的阳极。Preferably, the second electrode 3 is arranged directly on the organic layer stack 4 . The second electrode 3 is, for example, the anode of the light emitting device 100 .

阳极被设置以将空穴注入有机层堆叠中。阳极含有对电子具有高逸出功的材料。例如氧化铟锡(ITO-Indium Tin Oxide)是适合形成阳极的材料。The anode is arranged to inject holes into the organic layer stack. The anode contains a material with a high work function for electrons. For example, indium tin oxide (ITO-Indium Tin Oxide) is a material suitable for forming the anode.

优选的是,平坦化层7被直接施加到第二电极3上。平坦化层7由有机材料形成或含有有机材料。Preferably, the planarization layer 7 is applied directly on the second electrode 3 . The planarization layer 7 is formed of or contains an organic material.

根据结合图25所描述的实施例,额外的散射中心701被引入平坦化层中。散射中心701例如可以是以下材料中的至少一种的颗粒:发光转换材料、滤色材料、漫射材料。例如一般描述部分已经提到的材料可以用作发光转换材料。According to the embodiment described in connection with FIG. 25 , additional scattering centers 701 are introduced into the planarization layer. The scattering centers 701 can be, for example, particles of at least one of the following materials: luminescence conversion materials, color filter materials, and diffusion materials. For example, the materials already mentioned in the general description can be used as luminescence conversion materials.

例如分散于基质材料中的彩色颜料适合作为滤色材料。基质材料例如是透明塑料,如丙烯酸酯、聚丙烯酸酯或聚酰亚胺。滤色材料只透过某种颜色的光,例如绿光、红光或蓝光。For example, color pigments dispersed in a matrix material are suitable as color filter materials. The matrix material is, for example, a transparent plastic such as acrylate, polyacrylate or polyimide. Color filters only transmit light of a certain color, such as green, red or blue.

漫射材料例如是散射光的颗粒,如氧化钛、氧化硅或上述发光转换材料的颗粒,它们可以嵌入基质中。Diffusing materials are, for example, light-scattering particles, such as titanium oxide, silicon oxide or particles of the aforementioned luminescence conversion materials, which can be embedded in the matrix.

优选的是,封装部6直接施加到平坦化层7上。封装部6由多个优选含有无机材料的阻挡层形成。阻挡层作为薄膜封装部的一部分形成发光器件的挠性封装部。例如,第一和第二阻挡层601、602交替地施加到平坦化层7上。在此情况下,第一阻挡层601由氧化硅形成,第二阻挡层602则由氮化硅形成,对此也参见图3,其中详细解释了这种薄膜封装部。Preferably, the encapsulation 6 is applied directly onto the planarization layer 7 . The encapsulation 6 is formed by a plurality of barrier layers, preferably containing inorganic materials. The barrier layer forms a flexible encapsulation of the light emitting device as part of the thin film encapsulation. For example, first and second barrier layers 601 , 602 are applied alternately to planarization layer 7 . In this case, the first barrier layer 601 is formed from silicon oxide and the second barrier layer 602 is formed from silicon nitride, see also FIG. 3 , in which this thin-film encapsulation is explained in detail.

总而言之,结合图25描述了具有金属衬底1的挠性的发光器件100。In summary, a flexible luminous means 100 with a metal substrate 1 is described in conjunction with FIG. 25 .

根据图25的发光器件设计为,使得光从其上侧100a发射。为此,有机层堆叠中产生的光必须在其朝着上侧100a的路径上所穿过的元件,特别是有机层堆叠4本身,第二电极3和封装部6被构造成可透过可见光。此外,平坦化层7同样构造成可透过可见光。The luminous means according to FIG. 25 is designed such that light is emitted from its upper side 100a. To this end, the light generated in the organic layer stack has to pass through components on its way towards the upper side 100a, in particular the organic layer stack 4 itself, the second electrode 3 and the encapsulation 6 are configured to be transparent to visible light . Furthermore, the planarization layer 7 is likewise designed to be transparent to visible light.

通过抛光主面101,可以将发光器件100的衬底1的第一主面101构造成可反射在有机层堆叠4中产生的光。结合图25所描述的发光器件是挠性的反射性发光器件。By polishing the main surface 101 , the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 can be configured to reflect light generated in the organic layer stack 4 . The light emitting device described in connection with Figure 25 is a flexible reflective light emitting device.

图26示出本文描述的发光器件的一个实施例的截面示意图。Figure 26 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a light emitting device described herein.

结合图26所描述的发光器件100是挠性的发光器件。优选的是,挠性的发光器件100在此挠性地构造为,使得(在不会损害的情况下)缠到卷筒上,并且可从卷筒上展开。The luminous means 100 described in conjunction with FIG. 26 is a flexible luminous means. Preferably, the flexible luminous means 100 is designed so flexibly that (without damage) it is wound onto a roll and can be unwound from the roll.

发光器件100包括衬底1。衬底1被构造成塑料膜。也就是说,衬底1的厚度至多为1mm,优选至多0.5mm,特别优选介于至少50μm到至多500μm之间,例如250μm,并且含有塑料或由其形成。尤其是PE、聚酰亚胺等塑料适合作为塑料。The light emitting device 100 includes a substrate 1 . The substrate 1 is designed as a plastic film. This means that the substrate 1 has a thickness of at most 1 mm, preferably at most 0.5 mm, particularly preferably between at least 50 μm and at most 500 μm, for example 250 μm, and contains or is formed of plastic. In particular, plastics such as PE and polyimide are suitable as plastics.

优选的是,优选可透过可见光的第一电极2被直接施加到衬底1的第一主面101上。也就是说,第一电极2如以上详述的那样被构造成至少部分可透过由发光器件在工作时产生的光。为此,第一电极2可以由透光材料形成和/或构造成格栅状。Preferably, the first electrode 2 , which is preferably transparent to visible light, is applied directly to the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 . That is to say, the first electrode 2 is configured, as detailed above, to be at least partially permeable to the light generated by the luminous means during operation. For this purpose, the first electrode 2 can be formed from a light-transmitting material and/or be configured in the form of a grid.

优选的是,有机层堆叠4被直接施加到第一电极2上。有机层堆叠4包括至少一个产生光的有机层401。有机层堆叠4还包括最外面的有机层402,其例如紧邻第二电极3。最外面的有机层掺杂有掺杂剂410。优选的是,掺杂层的掺杂剂410(如以上详细述及的那样)是尽可能大的原子或分子,其适合释放电子(n-掺杂剂)或空穴(p-掺杂剂)。此外,掺杂剂在有机层堆叠4内具有小的扩散常数。为此,掺杂剂由尽可能大的原子或分子形成。例如,铯在此被证实是合适的掺杂剂。Preferably, the organic layer stack 4 is applied directly onto the first electrode 2 . The organic layer stack 4 comprises at least one light-generating organic layer 401 . The organic layer stack 4 also includes an outermost organic layer 402 , which is for example directly adjacent to the second electrode 3 . The outermost organic layer is doped with a dopant 410 . Preferably, the dopant 410 of the doped layer (as described in detail above) is an atom or molecule as large as possible, which is suitable for releasing electrons (n-dopants) or holes (p-dopants ). Furthermore, the dopant has a low diffusion constant within the organic layer stack 4 . For this purpose, dopants are formed from atoms or molecules that are as large as possible. For example, cesium has proven to be a suitable dopant here.

优选的是,第二电极3被直接施加到有机层堆叠4上。第二电极3(如以上详述的那样)被构造成可透光的。也就是说,第二电极3由透光材料形成和/或构造成格栅状。Preferably, the second electrode 3 is applied directly onto the organic layer stack 4 . The second electrode 3 (as detailed above) is designed to be light-transmissive. That is to say, the second electrode 3 is formed of a light-transmitting material and/or configured in a grid shape.

优选的是,透光的封装部6被直接施加到第二电极3上。封装部6优选由透光塑料膜形成。在所述情况下,透光的封装部6可以由与衬底1相同的材料形成。然而,也可能的是,该封装部由一个或多个阻挡层形成,例如结合图3所述那样。封装部6在所述情况下被设计成挠性的薄膜封装部。Preferably, the light-transmissive encapsulation 6 is applied directly to the second electrode 3 . The packaging part 6 is preferably formed of a light-transmitting plastic film. In this case, the light-transmissive encapsulation 6 can be formed from the same material as the substrate 1 . However, it is also possible that the encapsulation is formed by one or more barrier layers, for example as described in connection with FIG. 3 . The encapsulation 6 is in this case designed as a flexible thin-film encapsulation.

总而言之,结合图26描述了一种透光的、挠性的发光器件100。特别是由于被构造成塑料膜的、特别是挠性的衬底1和被构造成塑料膜或薄膜封装部的、特别是挠性的封装部6,所以发光器件100是挠性的,从而在不会造成损害的情况下缠到卷筒上,并且可从卷筒上展开。In summary, a light-transmissive, flexible lighting device 100 is described in conjunction with FIG. 26 . In particular due to the in particular flexible substrate 1 configured as a plastic film and the in particular flexible encapsulation 6 configured as a plastic film or thin-film encapsulation, the light emitting device 100 is flexible so that Wraps onto the roll without causing damage and unwinds from the roll.

图27示出本文描述的发光器件100的一个实施例的截面示意图。FIG. 27 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a light emitting device 100 described herein.

借助图27阐释的发光器件100是挠性的发光器件。图27的挠性发光器件100的特征尤其在于,其可弯曲到一定程度,但不因弯曲而受损。优选的是,构造成挠性的发光器件可多次弯曲,但不因此而受损。于是,该发光器件适合不受损地经受很多次弯曲循环。发光器件100在此可以构造成挠性的,使得该发光器件可缠到卷筒上,并可从卷筒上展开,而不会由此带来负面影响。The luminous means 100 explained with reference to FIG. 27 is a flexible luminous means. The flexible light emitting device 100 of FIG. 27 is particularly characterized in that it can be bent to a certain extent without being damaged by bending. Preferably, the flexible luminous means can be bent several times without being damaged as a result. The light emitting device is then suitable to withstand a large number of bending cycles without damage. In this case, the luminous means 100 can be designed to be flexible, so that it can be wound onto a roll and unrolled from the roll without this having negative effects.

发光器件100包括衬底1。衬底1是挠性的层压物衬底。也就是说,发光器件100的衬底1被设计成层压物。The light emitting device 100 includes a substrate 1 . Substrate 1 is a flexible laminate substrate. That is to say, the substrate 1 of the light emitting device 100 is designed as a laminate.

该层压物包括由塑料形成的第一层104。层压物还包括由玻璃形成的第二层103。层压物还包括又由塑料形成的第三层104。例如,层压物的各层彼此粘合。然而,层压物的由玻璃形成的第二层103也可以涂敷以塑料。结合图27所描述的发光器件100的衬底1被构造成挠性的,并且还可以是透光的。相对于简单的塑料膜而言,层压物例如特别好地适于使湿气远离电极和有机层堆叠4。The laminate includes a first layer 104 formed of plastic. The laminate also includes a second layer 103 formed of glass. The laminate also includes a third layer 104, again formed of plastic. For example, the layers of the laminate are bonded to each other. However, the second layer 103 of glass of the laminate can also be coated with plastic. The substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 described in conjunction with FIG. 27 is designed to be flexible and can also be light-transmissive. Compared to simple plastic films, for example, laminates are particularly well suited for keeping moisture away from electrodes and organic layer stack 4 .

优选的是,第一电极2被直接施加到衬底1的第一主面101上。第一电极2之后是有机层堆叠4,其包括至少一层产生光的有机层4。Preferably, the first electrode 2 is applied directly to the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 . The first electrode 2 is followed by an organic layer stack 4 comprising at least one light-generating organic layer 4 .

第二电极3被直接施加到有机层堆叠上。The second electrode 3 is applied directly onto the organic layer stack.

第二电极3之后是发光器件100的封装部6。该封装部可以是薄膜封装部,其(如以上详述的那样)包含一个或更多的阻挡层。该封装部还可以是膜,例如塑料膜或金属膜。该封装部还可以如发光器件100的衬底1那样被设计成层压物。The second electrode 3 is followed by the encapsulation 6 of the light emitting device 100 . The encapsulation may be a thin film encapsulation which (as detailed above) contains one or more barrier layers. The encapsulation may also be a film, for example a plastic film or a metal film. The encapsulation can also be designed as a laminate, like the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 .

图28A示出根据一个实施例的被百叶窗22遮盖的窗20的俯视示意图。FIG. 28A shows a schematic top view of a window 20 covered by a louver 22 according to one embodiment.

图28B示出如图28A所示的百叶窗22的叶片21的截面示意图。百叶窗22的叶片21被构造成挠性的发光器件100,类似于例如结合图25所描述的那样。FIG. 28B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the vane 21 of the louver 22 shown in FIG. 28A . The blades 21 of the louver 22 are designed as flexible luminous means 100 , similar to those described for example in connection with FIG. 25 .

优选的是,发光器件100包含被构造成不透光的衬底1。衬底1例如可以是金属衬底1或塑料衬底。在此情况下,特别是传统的百叶窗的叶片可以用作衬底1。Preferably, the luminous means 100 comprises a substrate 1 which is configured to be opaque to light. The substrate 1 can be, for example, a metal substrate 1 or a plastic substrate. In this case, in particular the vanes of conventional shutters can be used as substrate 1 .

于是,层序列被施加到作为发光器件100的衬底1的叶片上,该层序列至少包括第一电极、有机层堆叠4、第二电极3和封装部6。该封装部优选被构造成透光的。A layer sequence comprising at least the first electrode, the organic layer stack 4 , the second electrode 3 and the encapsulation 6 is then applied to the blade as the substrate 1 of the light-emitting component 100 . The encapsulation is preferably light-transmissive.

在百叶窗22关闭时,百叶窗22的叶片21相对于窗20优选被定向为,使得不透光的衬底1朝外,而透光的封装部朝内(也就是说,朝向房间内)。以此方式可以将这样构造的百叶窗用作房间照明装置。When the shutter 22 is closed, the blades 21 of the shutter 22 are preferably oriented relative to the window 20 so that the light-tight substrate 1 faces outwards and the light-transmissive encapsulation faces inwards (ie, into the room). In this way, a blind constructed in this way can be used as room lighting.

对此,有机层堆叠4优选适于产生类似日光的白光。有机层堆叠4例如可以如结合图1所阐释的那样进行构建。有利的是,以此方式实现在辐射方向、辐射特性和光感觉(Lichteindruck)上都类似日光的照明。以此方式使得被百叶窗22弄暗的房间可用看起来特别自然的光照亮。借助这种百叶窗例如还可以保护房间免受外界好奇的注视,并且同时可以照明。此外,有机层堆叠4还可以适于产生彩色的光。这种百叶窗例如除了变暗功能外还可以具有装饰性功能。For this purpose, the organic layer stack 4 is preferably suitable for generating sunlight-like white light. The organic layer stack 4 can be constructed, for example, as explained in conjunction with FIG. 1 . Advantageously, a daylight-like illumination is achieved in this way in terms of radiation direction, radiation behavior and light perception. In this way, a room darkened by the shutter 22 can be illuminated with a particularly natural-looking light. With the aid of such a blind, for example, the room can also be protected from curious eyes and at the same time illuminated. Furthermore, the organic layer stack 4 can also be suitable for generating colored light. Such blinds can, for example, also have a decorative function in addition to a darkening function.

图29A示出根据一个实施例被帘23遮盖的窗20的俯视示意图。Figure 29A shows a schematic top view of a window 20 covered by a curtain 23 according to one embodiment.

图29B示出帘23的截面示意图。FIG. 29B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the curtain 23 .

帘例如被构造成挠性的发光器件100,如结合图26或27所描述的那样。也就是说,帘23包括通过塑料膜或层压物形成的挠性的衬底1。衬底1优选被构造成不透光的。The curtain is designed, for example, as a flexible luminous means 100 , as described in conjunction with FIG. 26 or 27 . That is, the curtain 23 comprises a flexible substrate 1 formed by a plastic film or laminate. The substrate 1 is preferably designed to be light-tight.

发光器件100的封装部被构造成透光的膜、透光的层压物或透光的薄膜封装部。不透光的衬底朝向窗。透光的封装部6背离窗20,朝向房间内。The encapsulation of the luminous means 100 is in the form of a light-transmissive film, a light-transmissive laminate or a light-transmissive thin-film encapsulation. The opaque substrate faces the window. The light-transmitting encapsulation 6 faces away from the window 20 into the room.

帘23例如可以通过杆24或线缆与供电装置10连接,并由其供电。这样形成的帘23能够用在辐射方向、辐射特性和颜色方面都非常类似日光的光照亮房间。The curtain 23 can be connected to the power supply device 10 via a rod 24 or a cable, for example, and can be powered by it. The curtain 23 thus formed is capable of illuminating a room with light very similar to daylight in terms of radiation direction, radiation characteristic and color.

结合图29C描述另一实施例的帘23的截面示意图。在此实施例中,发光器件100被施加到织物支承体上,例如施加到传统的织物帘25上。在所述情况下,发光器件100优选被构造成挠性的并且必要时透光的发光器件100,如结合图26或27所描述的那样。帘25的织物材料在此面向窗20,发光器件100背离窗20。A schematic cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the curtain 23 is described in conjunction with FIG. 29C . In this exemplary embodiment, the luminous means 100 are applied to a textile support, for example to a conventional textile curtain 25 . In this case, the luminous means 100 are preferably designed as flexible and optionally light-transmissive luminous means 100 , as described in conjunction with FIG. 26 or 27 . The fabric material of the curtain 25 here faces the window 20 , the luminous means 100 facing away from the window 20 .

优选地,通过勾连连接将发光器件100固定在帘25上。为此,在发光器件100的衬底1的第二主面102上例如粘合有勾连连接(与此相比,还结合图49所述的本文描述的发光器件100的实施例)。以此方式可以使发光器件100与织物帘25良好松开,以便例如可以洗涤织物帘或者特别简单地更换故障发光器件100。对于发光器件构造成透光的情形而言,有利地得到,通过发光器件可看到帘。Preferably, the light emitting device 100 is fixed on the curtain 25 through a hook connection. For this purpose, hook connections are glued, for example, on the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 (compared to this also with the embodiment of the luminous means 100 described here described in conjunction with FIG. 49 ). In this way, the luminous means 100 can be detached from the fabric curtain 25 well, so that, for example, the fabric curtain can be washed or a faulty luminous means 100 can be replaced particularly easily. In the case of a light-transmissive design of the luminous means, it is advantageously obtained that the curtain is visible through the luminous means.

图30示出被织物帘25遮盖的窗20的俯视示意图。FIG. 30 shows a schematic top view of a window 20 covered by a fabric curtain 25 .

与图29C的实施例不同,该实施例中的发光器件100没有完全遮盖住织物材料,而是以个别、较少的应用方式施加到帘上。以此方式例如可以将预先给定的尺寸和形状的发光器件100施加到织物帘25上。发光器件在此例如可以形成风格化的星星、月亮、心或者字符串。这样形成的帘25特别好地适合作为婴儿房间的夜间照明、圣诞照明或陈列橱窗的广告目的。发光器件100优选是构造成反射和/或多色的挠性的发光器件。Unlike the embodiment of Figure 29C, the light emitting devices 100 in this embodiment do not completely cover the fabric material, but are applied to the shade in individual, lesser applications. In this way, for example, luminous means 100 of a predetermined size and shape can be applied to the textile curtain 25 . In this case, the luminous means can form, for example, stylized stars, moons, hearts or strings. The curtain 25 thus formed is particularly well suited as night lighting for a baby's room, Christmas lighting or display window advertising purposes. The luminous means 100 is preferably a reflective and/or polychromatic flexible luminous means.

可以通过导体带26实现各个发光器件100的接触。为此,将导体带26固定在织物帘25上或者织入帘25。又可以通过与供电装置10连接的线缆或杆24给发光器件100供电。此外,发光器件100也可以分别具有独立供电装置,例如电池。The individual luminous means 100 can be contacted via conductor tracks 26 . For this purpose, the conductor strip 26 is fastened to the fabric curtain 25 or woven into the fabric curtain 25 . In turn, the light emitting device 100 can be powered via a cable or rod 24 connected to the power supply device 10 . In addition, the light emitting devices 100 can also have independent power supply devices, such as batteries, respectively.

图31示出本文描述的发光器件的一个实施例的截面示意图。发光器件100例如是挠性的发光器件100,如结合图25、26和27详细描述的那样。Figure 31 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a light emitting device described herein. The luminous means 100 is, for example, a flexible luminous means 100 , as described in detail in conjunction with FIGS. 25 , 26 and 27 .

粘合层30被施加到衬底1的与衬底1的第一主面101背离的第二主面102上。该粘合层被保护薄膜31所遮盖。该保护薄膜可从粘合层30拆卸,因此可以通过拆卸保护薄膜31而使粘合层30暴露。发光器件100通过如下方式来实现:在简单拆卸保护薄膜31后以揭贴画形式通过粘合固定在预先给定的地方。The adhesive layer 30 is applied to the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 facing away from the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 . The adhesive layer is covered by a protective film 31 . The protective film is detachable from the adhesive layer 30, so the adhesive layer 30 can be exposed by detaching the protective film 31. The light-emitting device 100 is realized in that it is fixed at a predetermined place by gluing in the form of a decal after a simple removal of the protective film 31 .

图32示出家具构件33的透视示意图,例如桌子、台架或一般的储物家具,它们与根据图31的自粘合的发光器件100粘合。FIG. 32 shows a schematic perspective view of a furniture component 33 , such as a table, a shelf or storage furniture in general, which is bonded to a self-adhesive luminous means 100 according to FIG. 31 .

由于发光器件100的挠性,发光器件100也可以粘在家具构件33的棱、倒圆或边缘处。通过家具构件33与挠性的、自粘合的发光器件100,实现了起照明装置1000作用的家具构件。Due to the flexibility of the luminous means 100 , the luminous means 100 can also be glued to edges, roundings or edges of the furniture component 33 . With the furniture component 33 and the flexible, self-adhesive luminous means 100 , a furniture component that functions as a lighting device 1000 is realized.

图33的透视示意图示出处于卷曲状态的挠性的发光器件,例如图31所示。也就是说,发光器件100挠性地构造,使得其可以被缠成卷筒并沿着箭头32方向从卷筒32展开。这除了特别节省空间地存放发光器件100外还能够将发光器件100特别简便地例如用于粘接家具构件、楼梯平台、壁、瓷砖、墙瓷砖(Fliese)或卫生设施。FIG. 33 is a schematic perspective view showing a flexible light emitting device, such as that shown in FIG. 31 , in a curled state. That is to say, the luminous means 100 is configured so flexibly that it can be wound into a roll and unwound from the roll 32 in the direction of the arrow 32 . In addition to a particularly space-saving storage of the luminous means 100 , this also makes it possible to use the luminous means 100 particularly easily, for example, for bonding furniture components, landings, walls, tiles, wall tiles or sanitary installations.

图34A示出本文描述的照明装置1000的一个实施例的俯视示意图。FIG. 34A shows a schematic top view of one embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described herein.

图34B示出照明装置1000沿着切线AA′的截面示意图。FIG. 34B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the lighting device 1000 along the tangent line AA'.

根据图34A和34B的照明装置1000是挠性的照明装置。照明装置1000的挠性是由于以下原因达到的,即将刚性发光器件100,也就是说本身没有挠性的发光器件100由于其例如含有刚性衬底1和/或刚性封装部6而被嵌入于挠性的基质40中。The lighting device 1000 according to FIGS. 34A and 34B is a flexible lighting device. The flexibility of the lighting device 1000 is achieved due to the fact that a rigid light-emitting device 100, that is to say a light-emitting device 100 which is not flexible per se, is embedded in a flexible light-emitting device 100 because it contains, for example, a rigid substrate 1 and/or a rigid encapsulation 6. Sexual matrix 40.

照明装置1000包含两个挠性的支承体42、43,在它们之间设置刚性发光器件100和基质40的材料。至少支承体43是透光的,发光器件100在工作时产生的光通过所述支承体发射。另一支承体42可以由不透光的,例如构造成反射的材料,例如金属薄膜形成。The lighting device 1000 comprises two flexible supports 42 , 43 , between which the rigid luminous means 100 and the material of the matrix 40 are arranged. At least the carrier 43 is light-transmissive, through which the light generated by the luminous means 100 is emitted during operation. The further carrier 42 can be formed from a light-tight, for example reflective material, for example a metal film.

在两个支承体42、43之间的空间填塞刚性发光器件100和挠性的基质材料40。透光的基质材料可以含有以下材料的至少一种的颗粒:发光转换材料、滤色材料、漫射材料。The space between the two carriers 42 , 43 is filled with the rigid luminous means 100 and the flexible matrix material 40 . The light-transmitting matrix material can contain particles of at least one of the following materials: luminescence conversion material, color filter material, diffusing material.

例如zeonex、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯或者优选可以通过注塑进行加工的其他塑料适合作为基质材料。Suitable matrix materials are eg zeonex, polystyrene, polycarbonate or other plastics which can preferably be processed by injection moulding.

挠性的支承体42、43例如是有机玻璃板、塑料膜或塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物。The flexible supports 42 , 43 are, for example, organic glass panels, plastic films or plastic-glass-plastic laminates.

刚性发光器件100在此可以彼此紧密地设置,使得(必要时通过在基质材料中含有的漫射板颗粒)照明装置1000产生均匀的光感觉。这意味着观看者不再可觉察到单个发光器件100,而是照明装置1000具有唯一、均匀的发光面。Rigid luminous means 100 can be arranged so close to each other that (possibly via diffuser particles contained in the matrix material) lighting device 1000 produces a homogeneous light perception. This means that the viewer no longer perceives individual luminous means 100 , but that the lighting device 1000 has a single, homogeneous luminous surface.

可替选地,可能的是,发光器件100被设置为彼此间隔远到使得可觉察到发光器件之间的隔桥(Stege)。在此,可以在各个发光器件之间的空间填塞含有吸收光的颗粒的基质材料。吸收光的颗粒例如可以是炭黑或染料的颗粒。Alternatively, it is possible to arrange the luminous means 100 so far apart from one another that bridges between the luminous means are perceivable. In this case, the spaces between the individual luminous means can be filled with a matrix material containing light-absorbing particles. The light-absorbing particles can be, for example, particles of carbon black or dyes.

使照明装置1000的各个发光器件100相互连接的导体带41被设置于基质材料中。这保证了照明装置的柔韧性。导体带41由细金属丝或敷设成曲折形的细线形成。The conductor strips 41 interconnecting the individual luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 are arranged in the matrix material. This ensures flexibility of the lighting device. The conductor strip 41 is formed of a thin metal wire or a thin wire laid in a zigzag shape.

照明装置1000的支承体42,43可以选择为能承载的,使得照明装置1000无损害地经受达到几百千克的重量带来的负荷。以此方式可以将照明装置1000用作底部涂层。The supports 42 , 43 of the lighting device 1000 can be selected so as to be load-bearing, so that the lighting device 1000 withstands loads of up to several hundred kilograms without damage. In this way, the lighting device 1000 can be used as a bottom coating.

在照明装置1000的另一实施例中,如结合图34A和34B所描述的那样,照明装置1000的两个支承体中至少一个被设计成刚性的。刚性支承体例如可以含有可预先给定的曲率,从而得到三维成型的照明装置1000,其形状是不可变的,亦即刚性的。In another embodiment of the lighting device 1000 , as described in connection with FIGS. 34A and 34B , at least one of the two supports of the lighting device 1000 is designed to be rigid. The rigid carrier can, for example, have a predeterminable curvature, so that a three-dimensionally formed lighting device 1000 is obtained, the shape of which is invariable, ie rigid.

对于如结合图34A和34B所描述的照明装置1000的发光器件100而言,可以使用本文描述的所有发光器件100。以此方式可特别简便且成本低廉地制造彩色、透光、反射性的或者多色、挠性的照明装置。For the light emitting device 100 of the lighting device 1000 as described in connection with FIGS. 34A and 34B , all light emitting devices 100 described herein can be used. Colored, translucent, reflective or polychromatic, flexible lighting devices can be produced particularly easily and cost-effectively in this way.

图35A示出根据一个实施例在此描述的发光器件100的发光器件100的俯视示意图。FIG. 35A shows a schematic top view of a luminous means 100 of the luminous means 100 described here according to one embodiment.

图35B示出图35A的发光器件100沿着切线AA′的截面示意图。FIG. 35B shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the light emitting device 100 in FIG. 35A along the line AA'.

结合图35A和35B所描述的发光器件是多色发光器件。The light emitting device described in conjunction with FIGS. 35A and 35B is a multicolor light emitting device.

如图35A的俯视图示意性地示出的那样,发光器件包括横向并排设置的第一和第二颜色分区。第一颜色分区50和第二颜色分区51适于发射颜色不同的光。第一颜色分区50适合发出于第一颜色的光。第二颜色分区51适于发出第二颜色的光。第一颜色不同于第二颜色。As schematically shown in the top view of FIG. 35A , the light emitting device comprises first and second color subregions arranged laterally side by side. The first color subregion 50 and the second color subregion 51 are adapted to emit light of different colors. The first color subregion 50 is suitable for emitting light of a first color. The second color subregion 51 is suitable for emitting light of a second color. The first color is different from the second color.

在结合图35A所描述的发光器件的实施例中,第一和第二颜色分区50、51以棋盘状图案相互设置。也就是说,第一和第二颜色分区50、51设置在正方形格栅的格栅点处,使得没有设置在发光器件100边缘的每个第一颜色分区50有四个第二颜色分区51作为最近的相邻物,它们横向邻近第一颜色分区50。相应地适于第二颜色分区51。In the embodiment of the light emitting device described in connection with Fig. 35A, the first and second color subregions 50, 51 are arranged relative to each other in a checkerboard pattern. That is to say, the first and second color subregions 50, 51 are arranged at the grid points of the square grid, so that each first color subregion 50 not arranged at the edge of the light emitting device 100 has four second color subregions 51 as The nearest neighbours, which are laterally adjacent to the first color subregion 50 . The same applies to the second color subregion 51 .

颜色分区50、51在此根据显示器的像素方式而形成。每个颜色分区的尺寸优选至少为1mm2The color subregions 50 , 51 are here formed according to the pixel pattern of the display. The size of each color subregion is preferably at least 1 mm 2 .

如图35B的截面示意图所示,第一和第二颜色分区50、51可以含有不同的发光转换材料或不同的滤色材料,它们与第一和第二颜色分区不同的色觉有关。因此,第一颜色分区50例如含有第一发光转换材料和/或第一滤色材料52。第二颜色分区51则含有第二发光转换材料和/或第二滤色材料53。As shown in the schematic cross-section of FIG. 35B, the first and second color subregions 50, 51 may contain different luminescence conversion materials or different color filter materials, which are related to the different color vision of the first and second color subregions. Thus, the first color subregion 50 contains, for example, a first luminescence conversion material and/or a first color filter material 52 . The second color subregion 51 then contains a second luminescence conversion material and/or a second color filter material 53 .

发光转换材料或者滤色材料在此可以设置于发光器件的一层中,所述层平行于发光器件100的衬底1的第一主面101,并且设置为,使得在有机层堆叠4工作时产生的电磁辐射的至少大部分通过所述层射出。The luminescence conversion material or the color filter material can be arranged in a layer of the luminous component parallel to the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 of the luminous component 100 and arranged such that when the organic layer stack 4 is in operation At least the majority of the electromagnetic radiation generated is emitted through the layer.

在结合图35B所描述的实施例中,发光器件100包含衬底1,其上施加第一电极。在第一电极2的背离衬底的侧上施加有机层堆叠4,其包含至少一个设计用于产生光的有机层。In the exemplary embodiment described in connection with FIG. 35B , the luminous means 100 comprises a substrate 1 on which the first electrode is applied. An organic layer stack 4 is applied to the side of the first electrode 2 facing away from the substrate, which contains at least one organic layer designed to generate light.

有机层堆叠4之后在其背离第一电极2的侧上是第二电极4。The organic layer stack 4 is followed by a second electrode 4 on its side facing away from the first electrode 2 .

在第二电极3的背离有机层堆叠4的侧上设置包含第一发光转换材料52和第二发光转换材料53和/或第一和第二滤色材料的层。发光器件100通过封装部6气密地与周围分隔开。A layer comprising a first luminescence conversion material 52 and a second luminescence conversion material 53 and/or a first and a second color filter material is arranged on the side of the second electrode 3 facing away from the organic layer stack 4 . The light emitting device 100 is hermetically separated from the surroundings by the encapsulation 6 .

通过对第一电极2和/或第二电极3进行适当结构化,可以彼此独立地控制颜色分区。By suitable structuring of the first electrode 2 and/or the second electrode 3 , the color divisions can be controlled independently of each other.

发光器件100的建造尤其可以如所描述的其余实施例那样来进行。由此可实现具有至少两个颜色分区的特别易于弯曲的、透光的和/或反射的发光器件。In particular, the production of the luminous means 100 can take place as in the remaining exemplary embodiments described. A particularly flexible, light-transmissive and/or reflective luminous means with at least two color subregions can thus be realized.

例如以上详细描述的材料适合作为第一和/或第二发光转换材料。For example, the materials described in detail above are suitable as the first and/or second luminescence conversion material.

例如以上详细描述的材料适合作为第一和第二滤色材料。Materials such as those described in detail above are suitable as first and second color filter materials.

出于绘图简便的原因,结合图35A和35B所描述的实施例只绘出两个不同颜色分区。不过,发光器件100可以含有大量不同颜色分区,它们适合成对地产生不同颜色的光。For reasons of drawing simplicity, the embodiment described in connection with Figures 35A and 35B only draws two different color regions. However, the luminous means 100 can contain a large number of different color subregions, which are suitable for generating light of different colors in pairs.

极端情况下,每个颜色分区的光颜色不同于所述发光器件的其他颜色分区的光颜色。这在图35C中示意性地示出,该图通过俯视示意图阐述本文描述的、多色发光器件100的另一实施例。在此实施例中,发光器件具有五个不同颜色分区50a到50e,它们各自成对地产生不同颜色的光。In an extreme case, the light color of each color subregion is different from the light color of other color subregions of the light emitting device. This is shown schematically in FIG. 35C , which illustrates a further exemplary embodiment of a multicolor luminous means 100 described here by way of a schematic plan view. In this exemplary embodiment, the luminous means has five different color subregions 50a to 50e, which each generate light of a different color in pairs.

图36示出根据如例如图35A俯视示意图所示的发光器件100的另一实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。FIG. 36 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 according to another embodiment of the light emitting device 100 as shown, for example, in the schematic top view of FIG. 35A .

结合图36所描述的发光器件是多色发光器件。The light emitting device described in connection with Fig. 36 is a multicolor light emitting device.

在图36的发光器件100的实施例中,材料(也就是第一发光转换材料和第二发光转换材料53和/或第一和第二滤色材料)被设置于发光器件100的封装部6中。例如发光器件100的封装部6可以通过其中嵌入有所述材料的板状物或挠性的膜形成。In the embodiment of the light emitting device 100 of FIG. middle. For example, the encapsulation part 6 of the light emitting device 100 may be formed by a plate or a flexible film in which the material is embedded.

这能够得到这样的发光器件100,通过选择封装部6可以调节发光器件100的希望的色觉。发光器件100的构造可以关于所述发光器件的其余元件方面如以上或以下详细讨论的实施例那样进行。由此可实现具有至少两个颜色分区的特别易于弯曲、透光和/或反射的发光器件。发光器件的功能性部件,例如第一电极2和第二电极3以及有机层堆叠4,可以不依赖于封装部6地制成。This makes it possible to obtain a luminous means 100 whose desired color vision can be adjusted by selecting the encapsulation 6 . The construction of the light emitting device 100 may proceed as in the embodiments discussed in detail above or below with respect to the remaining elements of the light emitting device. A particularly bendable, light-transmissive and/or reflective luminous means with at least two color subregions can thus be achieved. The functional components of the luminous means, such as the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3 and the organic layer stack 4 , can be produced independently of the encapsulation 6 .

图37示出本文描述的多色发光器件100的另一实施例的截面示意图。衬底的有源区包含在此分别相应于颜色分区的分区。在此实施例中,发光器件100的不同的颜色分区50、51通过有机层堆叠中的不同的发光体材料来实现。也就是说,有机层堆叠在横向方向上结构化。第一和第二颜色分区的区别至少在于设计用于产生光的有机层。第一颜色分区50例如含有第一发光体材料,第二颜色分区51则含有不同于第一发光体材料的第二发光体材料。于是,发光器件100的构建可以在关于所述发光器件的其余元件的方面如其他实施例之一中那样进行。由此,可实现具有至少两个颜色分区的特别易于弯曲、透光和/或反射的发光器件。FIG. 37 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the multicolor light emitting device 100 described herein. The active region of the substrate contains subregions which in each case correspond to color subregions. In this exemplary embodiment, the different color subregions 50 , 51 of the luminous means 100 are achieved by different emitter materials in the organic layer stack. That is to say, the organic layer stack is structured in a lateral direction. The first and second color subregions differ at least in the organic layers designed to generate light. The first color subregion 50 contains, for example, a first illuminant material, and the second color subregion 51 contains a second illuminant material different from the first illuminant material. The construction of the luminous means 100 can then proceed as in one of the other exemplary embodiments with respect to the remaining elements of the luminous means. As a result, a particularly bendable, light-transmissive and/or reflective luminous means with at least two color subregions can be realized.

图38示出多色发光器件100的另一实施例的第一和第二电极2、3的俯视示意图。如从图38可看到的那样,第一和第二电极2、3分别构造成带状。以此方式可以彼此独立地控制各个颜色分区50、51。发光器件100在所述情况下按照无源基质-显示装置方式建造。各个颜色分区50、51的控制通过可设置在发光器件100外部或者集成到发光器件100中的控制装置11来实现。发光器件100通过控制装置11由供电装置10供电。FIG. 38 shows a schematic top view of the first and second electrodes 2 , 3 of another embodiment of a multicolor light emitting device 100 . As can be seen from FIG. 38 , the first and second electrodes 2 , 3 are in each strip-shaped configuration. In this way the individual color subregions 50 , 51 can be controlled independently of one another. In this case, the luminous means 100 are constructed in the manner of a passive matrix display device. The control of the individual color subregions 50 , 51 takes place via a control device 11 which can be arranged outside the luminous means 100 or integrated into the luminous means 100 . The luminous means 100 are powered by the power supply device 10 via the control device 11 .

图39示出本文描述的多色发光器件100的另一实施例的俯视示意图。在此实施例中,所有第一颜色分区50和所有第二颜色分区51分别通过电连接54或者55而相互连接。也就是说,例如所有第一颜色分区50可以以此方式共同和同时控制。所有第二颜色分区51同样可以共同和同时控制。反之,第一和第二颜色分区50、51可彼此分开地进行控制。这样构造的发光器件100也具有四个工作状态:FIG. 39 shows a schematic top view of another embodiment of the multicolor light emitting device 100 described herein. In this embodiment, all first color subregions 50 and all second color subregions 51 are interconnected by electrical connections 54 or 55, respectively. That is to say, for example, all first color subregions 50 can be controlled jointly and simultaneously in this way. All second color subregions 51 can likewise be controlled jointly and simultaneously. Conversely, the first and second color subregions 50, 51 can be controlled separately from each other. The light emitting device 100 constructed in this way also has four working states:

·发光器件可以关断,使得没有颜色分区产生光,亦即颜色分区不发光;The light-emitting device can be turned off, so that no color partition generates light, that is, the color partition does not emit light;

·发光器件100的所有第一颜色分区50发光,第二颜色分区51不发光,all the first color subregions 50 of the light emitting device 100 emit light, and the second color subregions 51 do not emit light,

·发光器件100的所有第二颜色分区51发光,第一颜色分区50不发光,和all second color subregions 51 of the light emitting device 100 emit light, the first color subregions 50 do not emit light, and

·第一和第二颜色分区50、51发光,因此发光器件100发出第一和第二颜色的光。• The first and second color subregions 50, 51 emit light, whereby the light emitting device 100 emits light of the first and second color.

图40A示出本文描述的照明装置1000的一个实施例的俯视示意图。照明装置1000包含多个多色发光器件100,例如结合图35A、35B、35C、36、37或39所描述的那样。FIG. 40A shows a schematic top view of one embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described herein. The lighting device 1000 includes a plurality of multicolor light emitting devices 100 , such as described in connection with FIGS. 35A , 35B, 35C, 36 , 37 or 39 .

如图40B的放大部分图所示,照明装置1000的每个发光器件包含四个颜色分区50a、50b、50c和50d:As shown in the enlarged part of FIG. 40B , each light emitting device of the lighting device 1000 includes four color zones 50a, 50b, 50c and 50d:

·第一颜色分区50a例如适于在照明装置1000工作时发出绿颜色光。• The first color subregion 50a is suitable for emitting green light when the lighting device 1000 is in operation, for example.

·第二颜色分区50b适于在照明装置1000工作时发出红颜色光。• The second color subregion 50b is suitable for emitting red color light when the lighting device 1000 is working.

·第三颜色分区50c适于在照明装置1000工作时发出蓝颜色光。• The third color subregion 50c is suitable for emitting blue color light when the lighting device 1000 is in operation.

·第四颜色分区50d适于在照明装置1000工作时发出白光。• The fourth color subregion 50d is suitable for emitting white light when the lighting device 1000 is in operation.

照明装置1000的每个发光器件100的颜色分区此时被分开,并可彼此独立地控制。为此,照明装置1000包含控制装置11,其例如可以含有微控制器。控制装置11通过供电装置10供电。The color subregions of each luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 are now separated and can be controlled independently of each other. To this end, the lighting device 1000 comprises a control device 11 which may contain, for example, a microcontroller. The control device 11 is powered by the power supply device 10 .

任选地,在照明装置1000的发光器件100之后在其发射光的正面100a上设置有光学元件60。光学元件60优选是漫射板。也就是说,照射光学元件60的光被光学元件60所散射。以此方式,各个颜色分区在照明装置1000工作时不再被观看者觉察为独立的元件,而是照明装置1000看起来仿佛其具有唯一、均匀的发光面。照明装置1000的发光面由照明装置的发光器件发射光的正面组成。Optionally, an optical element 60 is arranged behind the luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 on its light-emitting front side 100a. Optical element 60 is preferably a diffuser plate. That is, the light irradiating the optical element 60 is scattered by the optical element 60 . In this way, the individual color subregions are no longer perceived by the viewer as separate elements when the lighting device 1000 is in operation, but the lighting device 1000 appears as if it has a single, uniform luminous surface. The light-emitting surface of the lighting device 1000 consists of the front side where the light-emitting devices of the lighting device emit light.

光学元件60还优选适于混合由单个发光器件100的颜色分区50a、50b、50c、50d产生的光。以此方式,照明装置1000适于除了产生各个分区的颜色的光外还产生这些颜色中两种或更多种的混合光。总体而言,以此方式实现了一种可特别挠性使用的照明装置,其适于以简单方式产生大量不同颜色的光。The optical element 60 is also preferably suitable for mixing the light generated by the color subregions 50 a , 50 b , 50 c , 50 d of the individual luminous means 100 . In this way, the lighting device 1000 is adapted to generate mixed light of two or more of these colors in addition to the light of the colors of the respective subregions. Overall, a particularly flexibly usable lighting device is achieved in this way, which is suitable for generating light of a large number of different colors in a simple manner.

如果照明装置1000的发光器件100附加地具有至少一个适合产生白光的颜色分区50d,则通过为所述颜色分区供电还可以特别简单地调节由照明装置1000辐射光的亮度。If the luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 additionally have at least one color subregion 50d suitable for generating white light, the brightness of the light radiated by the lighting device 1000 can also be adjusted particularly simply by supplying said color subregion.

图41示出本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例的俯视示意图。发光器件100具有至少两个颜色分区51和50。颜色分区例如可以相应地结合图35A、35B、35C、36、37、38、39、40A、40B所描述的多色发光器件的颜色分区而设置。FIG. 41 shows a schematic top view of a further exemplary embodiment of a luminous means 100 described here. The luminous means 100 has at least two color subregions 51 and 50 . For example, the color divisions can be set correspondingly in conjunction with the color divisions of the multicolor light emitting devices described in FIGS. 35A , 35B, 35C, 36 , 37 , 38 , 39 , 40A, 40B.

在结合图41所描述的发光器件100中,第一和第二颜色分区50、51相互反并联地连接。也即是说,当在第一方向上为发光器件100供电时,例如在正向方向上接通第一颜色分区50时,则其产生第一颜色光。而在截止方向上接通第二颜色分区51时,则在第二颜色分区中不产生光。In the luminous means 100 described in conjunction with FIG. 41 , the first and second color subregions 50 , 51 are connected antiparallel to one another. That is to say, when the light-emitting device 100 is supplied with power in the first direction, for example, the first color subregion 50 is switched on in the forward direction, it generates light of the first color. On the other hand, when the second color subregion 51 is switched on in the cut-off direction, no light is generated in the second color subregion.

通过简单地反转电流方向,可以在下一个的时间间距中在正向方向上为第二颜色分区51供电,从而产生第二颜色光。然后在截止方向上接通第一颜色分区50,则在第一颜色分区50不产生光。By simply reversing the direction of the current flow, the second color subregion 51 can be powered in the forward direction in the next time interval, so that light of the second color is produced. The first color subregion 50 is then switched on in the cut-off direction, so that no light is generated in the first color subregion 50 .

颜色分区50可以集成到共同的衬底上。此外,颜色分区还可以是相互反并联地连接的单个小发光器件。The color subregions 50 can be integrated on a common substrate. Furthermore, the color subregions can also be individual small light emitting devices connected in antiparallel to each other.

这种发光器件100的控制优选通过集成有脉宽调制电路12的控制装置11来实现。脉宽调制电路12适于在第一时段产生电流,其具有第一电流方向。在第二时段,脉宽调制电路12适于产生具有与第一电流方向相反的第二电流方向的电流。The control of such a luminous means 100 preferably takes place via a control device 11 in which a pulse width modulation circuit 12 is integrated. The pulse width modulation circuit 12 is adapted to generate a current having a first current direction for a first period of time. During the second period, the pulse width modulation circuit 12 is adapted to generate a current having a second current direction opposite to the first current direction.

发光器件100的控制装置11可以集成到发光器件100中,或者将其设置在发光器件外部。发光器件100通过控制装置11由供电装置10供电。The control device 11 of the luminous means 100 can be integrated into the luminous means 100 or it can be arranged outside the luminous means. The luminous means 100 are powered by the power supply device 10 via the control device 11 .

图42示出本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例的发光器件100的截面示意图。FIG. 42 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 100 of another embodiment of the light emitting device 100 described herein.

发光器件100的衬底包含有源区5。有源区至少包含第一电极2、有机层堆叠4和第二电极3。The substrate of the light emitting device 100 contains an active region 5 . The active area contains at least the first electrode 2 , the organic layer stack 4 and the second electrode 3 .

在衬底上,与有机层堆叠间隔地设置有光电检测器65。On the substrate, a photodetector 65 is arranged at a distance from the organic layer stack.

光电检测器65例如可以与在有源区5上的电极和有机层堆叠一同制成。光电检测器65至少包含第一电极2、第二电极3和设置在两个电极之间的光电检测的层序列66。光电检测的层序列66含有有机材料。光电检测的层序列66还包含至少一层含有有机材料的层。The photodetector 65 can, for example, be produced together with the electrodes and the organic layer stack on the active region 5 . The photodetector 65 comprises at least a first electrode 2 , a second electrode 3 and a photodetective layer sequence 66 arranged between the two electrodes. The photodetective layer sequence 66 contains organic materials. The photodetective layer sequence 66 also includes at least one layer containing an organic material.

在此情况下尤其可以将光电检测器65构造得与发光器件100的两个电极之间的有机层堆叠完全一样。In this case, in particular, the photodetector 65 can be designed exactly like the organic layer stack between the two electrodes of the luminous means 100 .

光电检测器65被设计为,使得可检测由有源区5产生的光的亮度和/或色度坐标。为此,光电检测器65可以与具有合适的分析电路(Auswerteschaltung)的控制装置11连接。控制装置11优选同样设置在发光器件100的衬底1的第一主面101上。可替选地,可以将控制装置11设置在发光器件100的外部。The photodetector 65 is designed such that the brightness and/or chromaticity coordinates of the light generated by the active region 5 can be detected. For this purpose, the photodetector 65 can be connected to the control device 11 with a suitable evaluation circuit. The control device 11 is preferably also arranged on the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . Alternatively, the control device 11 can be arranged outside the luminous means 100 .

如图42的截面示意图所示,光电检测器65和有机层堆叠可以被共同的封装部6所封装。该封装部是在以上详细描述的发光器件100的相关内容中提及的封装部。也就是说,封装部6例如通过玻璃、塑料膜、塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物、金属膜、金属片、帽状物或薄膜封装所形成。发光器件100的封装部6和/或衬底1被设计成可透光的。As shown in the cross-sectional schematic diagram of FIG. 42 , the photodetector 65 and the organic layer stack can be encapsulated by a common encapsulation part 6 . The encapsulation part is the encapsulation part mentioned in the relevant content of the light emitting device 100 described in detail above. That is, the encapsulation 6 is formed, for example, by glass, plastic film, plastic-glass-plastic laminate, metal film, metal sheet, cap or thin-film encapsulation. The encapsulation part 6 and/or the substrate 1 of the light emitting device 100 are designed to be light-transmissive.

结合图43借助截面示意图来解释本文描述的发光器件的另一实施例。A further exemplary embodiment of the luminous means described here is explained in conjunction with FIG. 43 with the aid of a schematic cross-sectional view.

在此实施例中,控制装置11与发光器件100的有机层堆叠共同设置在衬底1的第一主面101上。控制装置11在此例如可以含有有机材料。有利的是,控制装置于是可以用与有源区5相同的制造方法制成。这能够成本特别低廉地制造发光器件100。控制装置11或者通过额外的电引线9,例如接合线(Bonddraehten)902,或者通过第一和第二电极2、3而与发光器件100的有机层堆叠导电连接。控制装置11适于以预先给定的方式为发光器件100的有源区5供电。In this exemplary embodiment, the control device 11 is arranged together with the organic layer stack of the luminous means 100 on the first main surface 101 of the substrate 1 . The control device 11 can contain organic material, for example. Advantageously, the control means can then be produced with the same manufacturing method as the active region 5 . This enables particularly cost-effective production of the luminous means 100 . The control device 11 is electrically conductively connected to the organic layer stack of the luminous means 100 either via additional electrical leads 9 , for example bonding wires 902 , or via the first and second electrodes 2 , 3 . The control device 11 is suitable for supplying the active region 5 of the luminous means 100 with power in a predetermined manner.

尤其是可以从外面(例如由发光器件100的使用者调节)调节控制装置11。也就是说,使用者可以通过控制装置11调节发光器件100的某种工作状态。如图43进一步示出的那样,控制装置11和发光器件100的有机层堆叠被共同的封装部6所封装。封装部6是在以上详细描述的发光器件100的相关内容中提及的封装部6。也就是说,封装部6例如通过玻璃、塑料膜、塑料-玻璃-塑料层压物、金属膜、金属片、帽状物或薄膜封装所形成。发光器件100的封装部6和/或衬底1被设计成可透光的。In particular, the control device 11 can be adjusted from the outside, for example by a user of the luminous means 100 . That is to say, the user can adjust a certain working state of the light emitting device 100 through the control device 11 . As further shown in FIG. 43 , the control device 11 and the organic layer stack of the luminous means 100 are encapsulated by a common encapsulation 6 . The encapsulation part 6 is the encapsulation part 6 mentioned in the relevant content of the light emitting device 100 described in detail above. That is, the encapsulation 6 is formed, for example, by glass, plastic film, plastic-glass-plastic laminate, metal film, metal sheet, cap or thin-film encapsulation. The encapsulation part 6 and/or the substrate 1 of the light emitting device 100 are designed to be light-transmissive.

图44示出本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例的俯视示意图。在所述发光器件的实施例中,如结合图42阐述的光电检测器65,以及如结合图43更详细描述的控制装置11被共同地设置在发光器件100的衬底1的第一主面101上。这能够实现特别紧凑和独立的发光器件100。光电检测器优选与控制装置11连接,其适于根据由光电检测器65确定的测量值而为发光器件100的有机层堆叠供电。测量值例如可以是由发光器件100的有机层堆叠4产生光的亮度和/或色度坐标。此外,可能的是,额外或者可替选地设置光电检测器65,用于检测环境光。在所述情况下,有机层堆叠的供电还根据环境亮度来进行。FIG. 44 shows a schematic top view of a further exemplary embodiment of the luminous means 100 described here. In the embodiment of the light emitting device, the photodetector 65 as explained in connection with FIG. 42 and the control device 11 as described in more detail in connection with FIG. 43 are jointly arranged on the first main face of the substrate 1 of the light emitting device 100 101 on. This enables a particularly compact and self-contained light emitting device 100 . The photodetector is preferably connected to a control device 11 which is adapted to power the organic layer stack of the light emitting device 100 as a function of the measured values determined by the photodetector 65 . The measured values may, for example, be brightness and/or color coordinates of the light produced by the organic layer stack 4 of the luminous means 100 . Furthermore, it is possible to additionally or alternatively provide a photodetector 65 for detecting ambient light. In this case, the power supply of the organic layer stack also takes place as a function of the ambient brightness.

在结合图44所描述的发光器件100的实施例中,尤其可能的是,有机层堆叠、光电检测器65以及控制装置11分别含有至少一种有机材料。发光器件100的这些元件可以通过相同制造方法制成。这能够实现特别简单和成本低廉地生产发光器件100。In the exemplary embodiment of the luminous means 100 described in connection with FIG. 44 it is especially possible that the organic layer stack, the photodetector 65 and the control device 11 each contain at least one organic material. These elements of the light emitting device 100 can be made by the same manufacturing method. This enables a particularly simple and cost-effective production of the luminous means 100 .

结合图45的截面示意图,阐述了本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例。Another embodiment of the light-emitting device 100 described herein is explained with reference to the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 45 .

根据结合图45所描述的实施例,有机层堆叠4不同于以上详细描述的发光器件的一些实施例而包含多个设计用于产生光的层403、404、405。According to the embodiment described in conjunction with FIG. 45 , the organic layer stack 4 differs from some of the embodiments of the light-emitting device described in detail above by comprising a plurality of layers 403 , 404 , 405 designed to generate light.

这些设计用于产生光的层的每一个都形成发光器件100的颜色分区。也就是说,在此实施例中发光器件的颜色分区垂直相叠地设置。设计用于产生光的不同层优选在其发光体材料方面不同。因此,这些层适于在发光器件工作时产生颜色彼此不同的光。例如设计用于产生光的第一层403适于产生红光。第二层404则适于产生绿光。设计用于产生光的第四层405适于产生蓝光。Each of these layers designed to generate light forms a color subregion of the luminous means 100 . That is to say, in this exemplary embodiment the color subregions of the luminous means are arranged vertically one above the other. The different layers designed to generate light preferably differ in their emitter materials. These layers are therefore suitable for generating light of mutually different colors when the light emitting device is in operation. For example, the first layer 403 designed to generate light is suitable for generating red light. The second layer 404 is suitable for generating green light. The fourth layer 405, designed to generate light, is adapted to generate blue light.

以下发光体材料例如适于产生所说明的颜色的光:The following emitter materials are suitable, for example, for generating light of the indicated colors:

-蓝光:DPVBi=4,4′-双(2,2-二苯基-乙烯-1-基)-二苯基- Blue light: DPVBi = 4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenyl-vin-1-yl)-diphenyl

-蓝光:SEB-020- Blu-ray: SEB-020

-绿光:Irppy=fac-三(2-苯基-吡啶基)铱络合物- Green light: Irppy = fac-tris(2-phenyl-pyridyl) iridium complex

-红光:TER-012- Red light: TER-012

-红光:DCM2:4-(二氰基亚甲基)-2-甲基-6-(久洛尼定-4-基-乙烯基)-4H-吡喃- Red light: DCM2: 4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6-(julolidin-4-yl-vinyl)-4H-pyran

发光器件100的其余元件,例如衬底1、第一电极2、第二电极3和封装部6相应于发光器件100其他实施例而实施。The remaining elements of the light emitting device 100 , such as the substrate 1 , the first electrode 2 , the second electrode 3 and the encapsulation 6 are implemented corresponding to other exemplary embodiments of the light emitting device 100 .

图46示出结合图45所示的发光器件100的示意性透视草图。发光器件与控制装置11连接,其适于调节由发光器件100产生光的颜色。为此,控制装置100优选包含脉宽调制电路12。根据在为第一电极2和第二电极3之间的发光器件100供电时在层堆叠4中产生的电场强度,可以控制有机层堆叠4中载流子的复合,使得复合大部分在可预先给定的、设计用于产生光的某个层中进行。也就是说,以此方式例如可以调节,使得复合主要在设计用于产生光的层404中进行。以此方式由发光器件100主要产生绿光。FIG. 46 shows a schematic perspective sketch in combination with the luminous means 100 shown in FIG. 45 . The luminous means are connected to a control device 11 which is suitable for adjusting the color of the light produced by the luminous means 100 . For this purpose, the control device 100 preferably includes a pulse width modulation circuit 12 . Depending on the electric field strength generated in the layer stack 4 when powering the light-emitting device 100 between the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3, the recombination of charge carriers in the organic layer stack 4 can be controlled such that the recombination is mostly at a pre-determinable A given layer designed to generate light. That is to say, in this way, for example, it can be set that recombination takes place primarily in the layer 404 designed to generate light. In this way, mainly green light is generated by the luminous means 100 .

有机层堆叠4中的场强可通过控制装置11的脉宽调制电路12来调节。电场强度例如通过脉宽调制的信号的脉冲持续时间和脉冲高度来调整。The field strength in the organic layer stack 4 can be adjusted by means of a pulse width modulation circuit 12 of the control device 11 . The electric field strength is adjusted, for example, by the pulse duration and pulse height of the pulse-width-modulated signal.

如图47所示意性说明的,发光器件100产生光在CIE标准色表中的颜色取决于脉宽调制电路12是否产生具有短脉冲持续时间1220的脉宽调制的信号,或者发光器件100是否通过连续电流1210供电。As schematically illustrated in FIG. 47 , the color of the light produced by the light emitting device 100 in the CIE standard color table depends on whether the pulse width modulation circuit 12 generates a pulse width modulated signal with a short pulse duration 1220, or whether the light emitting device 100 passes through Continuous current 1210 power supply.

脉宽调制的信号的脉冲高度基本上确定了发光器件100产生光的亮度。概括而言,即发光器件100产生光的颜色和亮度可以通过调制电路12的脉冲宽度来调节。The pulse height of the pulse width modulated signal substantially determines the brightness of the light produced by the light emitting device 100 . In a nutshell, the color and brightness of the light generated by the light emitting device 100 can be adjusted through the pulse width of the modulation circuit 12 .

控制装置11还可以与光电检测器65连接。如结合图42和43所述的那样,光电检测器65例如适于检测发光器件100产生光的色度坐标和/或亮度。对发光器件100产生的光的一定色度坐标的调节可以通过根据由光电检测器65确定的值的调整来进行。也就是说,控制装置11包含调整开关回路,其可以调节发光器件100产生的光的一定色度坐标。希望的色度坐标在此优选可由使用者从发光器件外部预先给定。The control device 11 can also be connected to a photodetector 65 . As described in conjunction with FIGS. 42 and 43 , the photodetector 65 is suitable, for example, for detecting the chromaticity coordinate and/or the brightness of the light produced by the luminous means 100 . The adjustment of a certain chromaticity coordinate of the light generated by the light-emitting device 100 can be performed by an adjustment according to the value determined by the photodetector 65 . That is to say, the control device 11 contains a regulating switch circuit, which can regulate a certain color locus of the light generated by the luminous means 100 . The desired chromaticity coordinates are preferably predeterminable by the user from outside the luminous means.

结合图48A,借助俯视示意图解释如结合前述实施例之一所描述的多色发光器件100的应用可能性。The application possibilities of the multicolor luminous means 100 as described in connection with one of the preceding exemplary embodiments are explained with reference to FIG. 48A with the aid of a schematic plan view.

在此实施例中,发光器件100施加在织物服装件27上。发光器件100例如用勾连连接34而固定在服装件27上,该勾连连接设置在发光器件的衬底的第二主面102上,为此也参见图49。In this embodiment, the light emitting device 100 is applied to a piece of textile clothing 27 . The luminous means 100 are fastened to the clothing part 27 , for example by means of a hook connection 34 which is arranged on the second main surface 102 of the substrate of the luminous means, see also FIG. 49 for this.

如图48B的示意图所说明的那样,发光器件100与控制装置11连接,该控制装置例如可以具有脉宽调制电路。服装件27的穿着者可以通过控制装置11来调节发光器件100产生光的亮度和颜色。另外还可以设置控制装置11,从而根据由传感器67确定的测量值来调节发光器件100产生光的亮度和/或颜色。As the schematic illustration in FIG. 48B illustrates, the luminous means 100 are connected to a control device 11 which can have a pulse width modulation circuit, for example. The wearer of the clothing piece 27 can adjust the brightness and color of the light generated by the light emitting device 100 through the control device 11 . In addition, the control device 11 can be provided in order to adjust the brightness and/or the color of the light generated by the luminous means 100 as a function of the measured values determined by the sensor 67 .

传感器67例如可以是适于确定服装件27穿着者的体温、脉冲频率和/或皮肤电阻的传感器。The sensor 67 may, for example, be a sensor adapted to determine the body temperature, pulse frequency and/or skin resistance of the wearer of the piece of clothing 27 .

升高的体温例如可以通过发光器件100产生红光而发出信号。较低温度可以通过发光器件100产生蓝光而发出信号。An elevated body temperature can be signaled, for example, by the red light generated by the luminous means 100 . Lower temperatures can be signaled by the light emitting device 100 producing blue light.

总体而言,服装件27与发光器件100一起形成了照明装置,其中服装件27被设计为支承体。发光器件100的供电装置10例如可以通过集成到服装件27或发光器件100中的电池来实现。Overall, the clothing part 27 together with the luminous means 100 forms a lighting device, the clothing part 27 being designed as a carrier. The power supply device 10 of the luminous means 100 can be implemented, for example, by a battery integrated into the piece of clothing 27 or into the luminous means 100 .

发光器件100例如用作情绪指示器。具有发光器件100的服装件27的穿着者可以通过调节发光器件100产生光的颜色来对其情绪状态给出信号。The light emitting device 100 is used, for example, as a mood indicator. A wearer of a piece of clothing 27 having a light emitting device 100 can signal his emotional state by adjusting the color of light produced by the light emitting device 100 .

此外,可能的是,将这种具有发光器件100的服装件27用于医学或军事应用中。发光器件100能够实现简单监控服装件27的穿着者的某些身体功能,如体温、皮肤电阻和脉冲频率。Furthermore, it is possible to use such a piece of clothing 27 with luminous means 100 in medical or military applications. The light emitting device 100 enables simple monitoring of certain bodily functions of the wearer of the piece of clothing 27, such as body temperature, skin resistance and pulse frequency.

图49示出本文描述的发光器件的一个实施例的截面示意图。发光器件100例如是挠性的和/或多色的发光器件100,如结合以上详细解释的实施例所描述的那样。Figure 49 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a light emitting device described herein. The luminous means 100 is, for example, a flexible and/or multicolored luminous means 100 as described in connection with the embodiments explained in detail above.

在衬底1的与第一主面的衬底1背离的第二主面102上施加勾连连接34。勾连连接34例如粘合在衬底1的与第一主面背离的衬底1的第二主面102上。发光器件100与织物材料,例如服装件27或帘25通过勾连连接34以机械方式连接。Hook connection 34 is applied to second main surface 102 of substrate 1 facing away from substrate 1 of the first main surface. The hook connection 34 is glued, for example, on the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 facing away from the first main surface of the substrate 1 . The light emitting device 100 is mechanically connected to a textile material, such as a garment piece 27 or a curtain 25 by means of a hook connection 34 .

结合图50,借助示意性透视草图阐述了例如结合以上图之一所描述的多色发光器件的另一应用可能性。发光器件100在此固定在家具构件33上,例如在桌板上。发光器件100的固定例如可以如结合图32所阐述的那样用粘合层实现。根据使用者的希望,可以调节发光器件100发出光的颜色。这种家具构件33除了用于家庭外还可以用于产品陈列。A further application possibility of a multicolor luminous means such as that described in connection with one of the above figures is explained with the aid of a schematic perspective sketch in connection with FIG. 50 . The luminous means 100 are fastened here on a furniture component 33 , for example on a table top. The fastening of the luminous means 100 can take place, for example, with an adhesive layer as explained in conjunction with FIG. 32 . The color of the light emitted by the light emitting device 100 can be adjusted according to the desire of the user. Such furniture elements 33 can also be used for product display in addition to domestic use.

图51以示意性透视草图示出了多色发光器件100作为房间照明,例如作为天花板照明或墙壁照明的应用。FIG. 51 shows in a schematic perspective sketch the use of a multicolor luminous means 100 as room lighting, for example as ceiling lighting or wall lighting.

根据使用者的希望,以此方式可以用一定颜色和/或一定颜色温度的光来照亮房间。在此情况下,多色发光器件100尤其可以是挠性、透光和/或反射性的发光器件100。Depending on the wishes of the user, in this way a room can be illuminated with light of a certain color and/or a certain color temperature. In this case, the multicolor luminous means 100 can in particular be a flexible, light-transmissive and/or reflective luminous means 100 .

图52示出本文描述的发光器件100的一个实施例的透视示意图。FIG. 52 shows a schematic perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a luminous means 100 described here.

发光器件100的衬底1、电极2,3、有机层堆叠4和封装部6相应于本文描述的其他发光器件进行构造。The substrate 1 , the electrodes 2 , 3 , the organic layer stack 4 and the encapsulation 6 of the luminous means 100 are configured correspondingly to the further luminous means described here.

图52的实施例是在发光器件100的衬底1的第二主面102上构造电连接部位70。在结合图52所描述的实施例中,连接部位70被设计成从衬底突出的连接部位。连接部位70例如通过以上详细描述的电引线而与衬底的第一电极2以及第二电极3连接,并用作从发光器件100外部电接触发光器件100。In the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 52 , electrical connection locations 70 are formed on the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . In the exemplary embodiment described in conjunction with FIG. 52 , the connection point 70 is designed as a connection point protruding from the substrate. The connection location 70 is connected to the first electrode 2 and the second electrode 3 of the substrate, for example via the electrical leads described in detail above, and serves for electrical contacting of the luminous means 100 from outside the luminous means 100 .

此外,结合图52所描述的发光器件100的连接部位70用于将发光器件100以机械方式固定在另一发光器件100或支承体上。Furthermore, the connecting points 70 of the luminous means 100 described in connection with FIG. 52 serve for the mechanical fastening of the luminous means 100 to another luminous means 100 or to a carrier.

图53示出用于构造在结合图52所描述的发光器件100的实施例中的连接部位70的第一可能性。在此情况下,发光器件100的连接部位70被设计成连接插销71。该连接插销例如被构造成圆柱体状。为了接触并且固定发光器件100,这些连接插销被压入对应的连接孔中。优选除了电接触外,还存在通过压配合而进行发光器件100的机械固定。FIG. 53 shows a first possibility for forming the connection location 70 in the exemplary embodiment of the luminous means 100 described in connection with FIG. 52 . In this case, the connection points 70 of the luminous means 100 are designed as connection pins 71 . The connecting pin is, for example, cylindrically configured. In order to contact and fix the luminous means 100 , these connection pins are pressed into corresponding connection holes. Preferably, in addition to the electrical contacting, there is also a mechanical fastening of the luminous means 100 by means of a press fit.

结合图54,以示意性透视草图示出图52的发光器件100的连接部位70的另一构造可能性。在此情况下,连接部位70被设计成连接插头72。图54的连接插头设计成插塞方式。连接插头72具有第一导电区域76a,其例如与发光器件100的第一电极2导电连接。连接插头72还具有第二导电区域76b,其与发光器件100的第二电极3导电连接。电绝缘区域77将两个导电区域76a、76b彼此分开。In conjunction with FIG. 54 , a further configuration possibility of the connection point 70 of the luminous means 100 of FIG. 52 is shown in a schematic perspective sketch. In this case, the connection point 70 is designed as a connection plug 72 . The connecting plug of Fig. 54 is designed to plug mode. The connection plug 72 has a first electrically conductive region 76 a , which is electrically conductively connected, for example, to the first electrode 2 of the luminous means 100 . The connecting plug 72 also has a second electrically conductive region 76 b which is electrically conductively connected to the second electrode 3 of the luminous means 100 . An electrically insulating region 77 separates the two electrically conductive regions 76a, 76b from each other.

结合图55,以俯视示意图示出如图F52所示的发光器件100的连接部位70的另一种构造可能性。在所述情况下,连接部位70被构造成连接插头72,其中导电区域76a、76b的横向并排着设置。导电区域76a、76b在此被构造成圆柱体状。In conjunction with FIG. 55 , another configuration possibility of the connection point 70 of the luminous means 100 as shown in FIG. F52 is shown in a schematic plan view. In this case, the connection point 70 is designed as a connection plug 72 , wherein the conductive regions 76 a , 76 b are arranged laterally next to each other. The electrically conductive regions 76 a , 76 b are here cylindrically configured.

借助图56的示意性透视草图,更为详细地阐述本文描述的发光器件100的一个实施例。An exemplary embodiment of a luminous means 100 described here is explained in more detail with the aid of the schematic perspective sketch of FIG. 56 .

与图52的实施例不同,在此实施例中连接部位70被设置在发光器件100的衬底1的侧面105上。连接部位70在此可以如结合图53,54和55所阐述的那样来构造。也就是说,所述连接部位被设计成连接插销或连接插头。In contrast to the exemplary embodiment in FIG. 52 , in this exemplary embodiment the connection locations 70 are arranged on the side face 105 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . The connection point 70 can be designed as explained in conjunction with FIGS. 53 , 54 and 55 . That is to say, the connection point is designed as a connection pin or as a connection plug.

图56中所示的连接部位70在发光器件的侧面105上的设置能够以特别简单的方式实现将多个构造成同样形状的发光器件100与具有扩展发光面的照明装置的连接和电接触。在此情况下,照明装置的发光面由照明装置的发光器件发射光的正面组成。The arrangement of the connection points 70 shown in FIG. 56 on the side faces 105 of the luminous means enables particularly simple connection and electrical contacting of a plurality of luminous means 100 configured in the same shape to a lighting device with an extended luminous area. In this case, the luminous area of the lighting device consists of the front side where the light-emitting means of the lighting device emit light.

结合图57的示意性透视草图描述发光器件100的另一实施例。在此实施例中,连接部位70构造在发光器件100的衬底1的第二主面102上。在此情况下,连接部位70由衬底1中的凹座或穿孔形成。A further exemplary embodiment of a luminous means 100 is described with reference to the schematic perspective sketch of FIG. 57 . In this exemplary embodiment, the connection location 70 is formed on the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . In this case, the connection locations 70 are formed by recesses or perforations in the substrate 1 .

图58以俯视示意图示出用于构造图57的发光器件100的连接部位70的第一可能性。在所述情况下,连接部位70被设计成导电凹座73或者接触孔。通过压入例如图53中所示的连接插销,发光器件100经所述导电凹座而电接触并且以机械方式固定。FIG. 58 shows a schematic plan view of a first possibility for forming the connection location 70 of the luminous means 100 of FIG. 57 . In this case, the connection point 70 is designed as a conductive recess 73 or as a contact hole. By pressing in connection pins such as shown in FIG. 53 , the luminous means 100 are electrically contacted and mechanically fixed via the conductive recesses.

图59的俯视示意图示出结合图57所描述的发光器件100的连接部位70的另一实施例。在所述情况下,连接部位70被设计成连接插座74。每个连接插座74具有两个导电区域76a、76b,其分别与发光器件100的电极2,3连接。例如这种连接插座74可以通过如图54所示的连接插头72而电接触。FIG. 59 shows a schematic top view of a further exemplary embodiment of a connection point 70 of the luminous means 100 described in conjunction with FIG. 57 . In this case, the connection point 70 is designed as a connection socket 74 . Each connection socket 74 has two conductive regions 76a, 76b, which are respectively connected to the electrodes 2, 3 of the light emitting device 100. For example, such a connection socket 74 can be electrically contacted via a connection plug 72 as shown in FIG. 54 .

图60以俯视示意图示出图57的发光器件100的连接部位70的另一实施方式。在此情况下,导电区域76a、76b被设计成连接插座的导电涂层(例如金属层),其被设置于发光器件100的衬底1中。导电区域76a和76b在此情况下横向并排设置。例如这种连接插座74可以通过如图55所示的连接插头72而电接触。FIG. 60 shows a schematic plan view of another embodiment of the connection point 70 of the luminous means 100 of FIG. 57 . In this case, the conductive areas 76 a , 76 b are designed as conductive coatings (for example metal layers) of connection sockets, which are provided in the substrate 1 of the light emitting device 100 . Conductive regions 76a and 76b are in this case arranged laterally side by side. For example, such a connection socket 74 can be electrically contacted via a connection plug 72 as shown in FIG. 55 .

图61的示意性透视草图示出本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例。与结合图57所描述的发光器件不同,该连接部位被设计成发光器件100的衬底1的侧面105中的凹座。连接部位70的具体构造可以根据结合图58、59和60所描述的连接部位70实现。The schematic perspective sketch of FIG. 61 shows a further exemplary embodiment of the luminous means 100 described here. In contrast to the luminous means described in connection with FIG. 57 , the connection location is designed as a recess in the side surface 105 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . The specific configuration of the connection point 70 can be realized according to the connection point 70 described in conjunction with FIGS. 58 , 59 and 60 .

图62A以示意性透视草图示出本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例。在此实施例中,发光器件的电接触和机械固定通过相互分开的元件实现。发光器件的机械固定通过机械连接件78实现。在图62A的实施例中,机械连接件设置在发光器件100的衬底1的第二主面102上。机械连接件78被设计成夹子(Clipse),为了固定发光器件100而将其啮合于相应的凹座中。FIG. 62A shows a further exemplary embodiment of a luminous means 100 described here in a schematic perspective sketch. In this exemplary embodiment, the electrical contacting and the mechanical fixing of the luminous means are effected by mutually separate elements. The mechanical fastening of the luminous means takes place via the mechanical connection 78 . In the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 62A , the mechanical connection is arranged on the second main face 102 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . The mechanical connection 78 is designed as a clip, which engages in a corresponding recess for fastening the luminous means 100 .

图62B以透视示意图示出部分放大的管脚连接部75。FIG. 62B shows a partially enlarged schematic perspective view of the pin connection portion 75 .

为了电接触发光器件,发光器件100具有管脚连接部75,其同样设置在衬底1的第二主面102上。管脚连接部75包含多个管脚75a。至少一个管脚75a接触第一电极2,至少一个第二管脚75b接触第二电极3。例如可以设置其他管脚75c用于接触集成到发光器件100中的控制装置11。For electrical contacting of the luminous means, the luminous means 100 has a pin connection 75 which is likewise arranged on the second main surface 102 of the substrate 1 . The pin connection part 75 includes a plurality of pins 75a. At least one pin 75 a contacts the first electrode 2 , and at least one second pin 75 b contacts the second electrode 3 . For example, further pins 75 c can be provided for contacting the control device 11 integrated into the luminous means 100 .

结合图63A,以俯视示意图阐述了本文描述的发光器件100的另一实施例。在此实施例中,还单独设置有至连接发光器件100的电连接部位70的机械连接件78。机械连接件78以及电连接部位70都设置在发光器件100的衬底1的侧面105上。图63B的部分放大图示出连接部位70。该连接部位例如具有导电凹座73(例如接触孔),以及连接插销71,如结合图58或者53详细解释的那样。Another embodiment of the light-emitting device 100 described herein is illustrated in a schematic top view with reference to FIG. 63A . In this embodiment, a mechanical connection 78 to the electrical connection point 70 of the light emitting device 100 is also provided separately. Both the mechanical connection 78 and the electrical connection 70 are arranged on the side face 105 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 . The enlarged view of a portion of FIG. 63B shows the connection site 70 . The connection point has, for example, an electrically conductive recess 73 (for example a contact hole) and a connection pin 71 , as explained in detail in conjunction with FIG. 58 or 53 .

图64示出本文描述的照明装置1000的一个实施例的俯视示意图。照明装置1000包含至少两个发光器件100。发光器件100具有设置在衬底1的侧面105上的连接部位,其交替地构造成导电凹座73和接触插销71。第一发光器件的接触插销71插入第二发光器件的相应的导电凹座73中。通过接触插销71和导电凹座73连接,建立照明装置1000的发光器件100之间的电连接以及机械连接。FIG. 64 shows a schematic top view of one embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described herein. The lighting device 1000 includes at least two light emitting devices 100 . The luminous means 100 has connection locations arranged on a side face 105 of the substrate 1 , which are alternately formed as conductive recesses 73 and contact pins 71 . The contact pins 71 of the first luminous means are inserted into corresponding conductive recesses 73 of the second luminous means. The electrical and mechanical connections between the light emitting devices 100 of the lighting device 1000 are established through the connection between the contact pins 71 and the conductive recesses 73 .

每两个发光器件100之间的机械连接例如通过压配合而增强。为此选择每个接触插销71的直径等于或大于等于每个导电凹座73的直径。通过将接触插销71压入相应的导电凹座73中获得增强连接,只有通过施加更大机械力才能使其再松开。The mechanical connection between every two light emitting devices 100 is enhanced, for example, by press fit. For this purpose, the diameter of each contact pin 71 is selected to be equal to or greater than the diameter of each conductive recess 73 . A reinforced connection is obtained by pressing the contact pins 71 into corresponding conductive recesses 73, which can only be released again by applying greater mechanical force.

可替选地,连接部位可以被构造成接触插头(如结合图54和55所描述的那样),或者被构造成相应的连接插座(如结合图59和60所描述的那样)。这能够实现发光器件100的电连接和机械连接。在此情况下,发光器件100的机械连接可通过施加较小机械力而松开。这样允许特别简单地更换照明装置1000中有故障的发光器件100。Alternatively, the connection points can be designed as contact plugs (as described in connection with FIGS. 54 and 55 ) or as corresponding connection sockets (as described in connection with FIGS. 59 and 60 ). This enables electrical and mechanical connection of the light emitting device 100 . In this case, the mechanical connection of the light emitting device 100 can be loosened by applying a small mechanical force. This allows a particularly simple exchange of defective luminous means 100 in lighting device 1000 .

结合图66和65,借助示意性透视草图描述照明装置1000的另一实施例。在此实施例中,发光器件100被施加在构造成支承体格栅81的支承体上。支承体格栅81具有例如被构造成接触孔的连接部位82,如结合图58详细描述的那样。可替选地,接触部位82可以被设计成连接插座,如结合图59和60更为详细地解释的那样。A further exemplary embodiment of a lighting device 1000 is described with the aid of schematic perspective sketches in conjunction with FIGS. 66 and 65 . In this exemplary embodiment, the luminous means 100 are applied to a carrier formed as a carrier grid 81 . The carrier grid 81 has connection points 82 , which are formed, for example, as contact holes, as described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 58 . Alternatively, the contact points 82 can be designed as connection sockets, as explained in more detail in conjunction with FIGS. 59 and 60 .

如结合图53、54和55所描述的那样,接触插销71或者接触插头72形成发光器件100的连接部位70。连接部位70插入支承体格栅81相应连接部位82中。在支承体格栅81上优选电接触和机械固定多个发光器件100。照明装置1000通过供电装置10而供给发光器件100工作所需的工作电流。As described in conjunction with FIGS. 53 , 54 and 55 , the contact pins 71 or the contact plugs 72 form the connection points 70 of the luminous means 100 . The connection points 70 are inserted into corresponding connection points 82 of the carrier grid 81 . A plurality of luminous means 100 are preferably electrically contacted and mechanically fixed on the carrier grid 81 . The lighting device 1000 supplies the working current required for the light emitting device 100 to work through the power supply device 10 .

结合图69和65阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的另一实施例。在此实施例中,照明装置1000具有支撑板80,其具有多个连接部位82。发光器件100的相应的连接部位70被插入支撑板80的连接部位82中。对于发光器件的连接部位70被设计成连接插销71或连接插头72的情况,支撑板的连接部位82被设计成导电凹座73或连接插座74。对于发光器件100的连接部位70被设计成导电凹座73或连接插座74的情况,支撑板80的连接部位82被设计成连接插销71或者连接插头72。Another embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described herein is illustrated in conjunction with FIGS. 69 and 65 . In this exemplary embodiment, the lighting device 1000 has a support plate 80 with a plurality of connection points 82 . The corresponding connection points 70 of the luminous means 100 are inserted into the connection points 82 of the carrier plate 80 . In the case that the connection point 70 of the light emitting device is designed as a connection pin 71 or a connection plug 72 , the connection point 82 of the support plate is designed as a conductive recess 73 or a connection socket 74 . For the case where the connection location 70 of the light emitting device 100 is designed as a conductive recess 73 or a connection socket 74 , the connection location 82 of the support plate 80 is designed as a connection pin 71 or a connection plug 72 .

如结合图67和65所描述的照明装置1000由供电装置10供电。The lighting device 1000 as described in connection with FIGS. 67 and 65 is powered by the power supply device 10 .

结合图68以透视示意图阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的另一实施例。照明装置1000具有被构造成线缆系统或杆系统形式的支承体。线缆或杆系统包含至少两个基本上相互平行的、由导电材料制成的线缆或杆83。通过线缆或杆83为照明装置1000的发光器件100供电。Another exemplary embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described here is illustrated in a schematic perspective view with reference to FIG. 68 . The lighting device 1000 has a support body which is configured in the form of a cable system or rod system. The cable or rod system comprises at least two substantially parallel cables or rods 83 made of electrically conductive material. The light emitting device 100 of the lighting device 1000 is powered through the cable or rod 83 .

为了机械固定并电接触线缆或杆83,发光器件100具有两个被设计成连接轨84的连接部位,其被设置在发光器件100的衬底1的彼此对置的侧面105上。For mechanical fastening and electrical contacting of the cable or rod 83 , the luminous means 100 has two connection locations designed as connecting rails 84 , which are arranged on opposite sides 105 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 .

连接轨84按照切开的圆柱体方式设计。连接轨84在其固定在上侧的衬底1的侧面105的整个长度上延伸。The connecting rail 84 is designed in the manner of a cut cylinder. The connecting rail 84 extends over the entire length of its side 105 of the upper substrate 1 , which is fastened thereto.

连接轨84优选以松动的方式啮合到照明装置1000的支承体的线缆或杆83中,使得通过使用较小机械力就可使发光器件100的照明装置1000沿着线缆或杆83移动。以此方式可以特别简单地使发光器件100沿着线缆或杆83定位。发光器件100甚至在照明装置1000工作时也可以沿着线缆或杆83移动。总体而言,这允许特别灵活地使用照明装置1000。The connecting rail 84 preferably engages loosely into the cable or rod 83 of the carrier of the lighting device 1000 , so that the lighting device 1000 of the luminous means 100 can be moved along the cable or rod 83 using low mechanical forces. In this way, it is particularly easy to position the luminous means 100 along the cable or rod 83 . The light emitting device 100 can move along the cable or rod 83 even when the lighting device 1000 is in operation. Overall, this allows a particularly flexible use of the lighting device 1000 .

结合图69,借助示意性电路草图阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的发光器件100的连接的一个实施例。在此实施例中,发光器件100相互平行地连接。发光器件100例如由电压源10供给工作电压。在此情况下,发光器件100可以各自含有集成的控制装置11。An exemplary embodiment of the connection of the luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 described here is explained with the aid of a schematic circuit diagram in conjunction with FIG. 69 . In this embodiment, the light emitting devices 100 are connected parallel to each other. The luminous means 100 is supplied with an operating voltage, for example, by a voltage source 10 . In this case, the luminous means 100 can each contain an integrated control device 11 .

结合图70,借助示意性电路草图阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的另一实施例。在所述情况下,照明装置1000的发光器件100彼此串联连接。发光器件100在此情况下由电源10供给必需的工作电流。在此情况下,电源10适于自识别照明装置1000的发光器件100的数目。发光器件100还可以含有集成的控制装置11,如以上详细描述那样。A further embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described here is explained with the aid of a schematic circuit diagram in conjunction with FIG. 70 . In this case, the light emitting devices 100 of the lighting device 1000 are connected in series with each other. The luminous means 100 are supplied with the necessary operating current by the power source 10 in this case. In this case, the power supply 10 is adapted to self-identify the number of light emitting devices 100 of the lighting device 1000 . The luminous means 100 can also contain an integrated control device 11, as described in detail above.

发光器件100的识别例如可以通过测量电流强度或电压来实现。在此情况下,在工作时还可以检测一个或更多个发光器件100的可能的故障。Identification of the luminous means 100 can take place, for example, by measuring the current intensity or voltage. In this case, possible faults of one or more luminous means 100 can also be detected during operation.

结合图71阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的另一实施例。在此情况下,发光器件100配备有如以上详细描述的控制装置11。照明装置1000的另一控制装置11a向发光器件100供给必需的工作电流以及向发光器件100的控制装置11提供控制信号。Another embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described herein is explained with reference to FIG. 71 . In this case, the lighting device 100 is equipped with a control device 11 as described in detail above. A further control device 11 a of the lighting device 1000 supplies the luminous means 100 with the necessary operating current and supplies control signals to the control device 11 of the luminous means 100 .

结合图72,借助透视示意图阐述了本文描述的照明装置1000的另一实施例。照明装置1000具有多个发光器件100,它们通过上述接线技术和连接技术而直接相互连接,或者以上述方式将其施加在支承体上并与之电连接。Another exemplary embodiment of the lighting device 1000 described here is explained with the aid of a schematic perspective view in conjunction with FIG. 72 . The lighting device 1000 has a plurality of luminous means 100 which are directly connected to each other by means of the above-described wiring and connection technology, or which are applied to a carrier in the above-described manner and electrically connected thereto.

在发光器件100之后在其发射光的正面上设置有例如通过漫射板形成的光学元件60。该光学元件例如可以通过透光的板状物例如玻璃板形成,在该板状物中引入散射光的微粒。可替选地,可能的是,使透过辐射的板状物的表面粗糙化,使得由于光通过板状物时发生折射的原因,使透过的光发生漫射。发光器件100的光通过漫射板来散射,使得观看者不再能分开地觉察到单个发光器件。以此方式实现具有特别大而均匀发光面的大面积照明装置1000。在此情况下,照明装置的发射光的面由照明装置的发光器件的发射光的正面构成。An optical element 60 , formed for example by a diffuser plate, is arranged behind the luminous means 100 on its light-emitting front side. The optical element can be formed, for example, by a light-transmissive plate, for example a glass plate, into which light-scattering particles are introduced. Alternatively, it is possible to roughen the surface of the radiation-transmitting plate so that the transmitted light is diffused due to the refraction of the light as it passes through the plate. The light of the luminous means 100 is diffused by the diffuser plate so that the viewer can no longer perceive the individual luminous means separately. In this way, a large-area lighting device 1000 with a particularly large and uniform luminous area is achieved. In this case, the light-emitting surface of the lighting device is formed by the light-emitting front side of the luminous means of the lighting device.

结合图73,借助示意性透视草图说明照明装置1000的另一实施例。照明装置1000例如可以用作天花板照明。照明装置1000包含多个发光器件100,它们如上所述通过连接部位而与发光器件100的衬底1的侧面105相互电连接和机械连接,或者通过杆或线缆83而固定和电接触。A further exemplary embodiment of a lighting device 1000 is explained with the aid of a schematic perspective sketch in conjunction with FIG. 73 . The lighting device 1000 can be used, for example, as ceiling lighting. The lighting device 1000 comprises a plurality of luminous means 100 which, as described above, are electrically and mechanically connected to each other via connecting points to the side 105 of the substrate 1 of the luminous means 100 , or are fixed and electrically contacted via rods or cables 83 .

结合图74的透视示意图描述照明装置1000的另一实施例。照明装置1000包含基座,在基座中集成有供电装置10以及控制装置11。照明装置1000的发光器件100通过杆83而以机械方式固定和电接触。又可以使用结合以上实施例所描述的发光器件作为发光器件100。Another embodiment of the lighting device 1000 is described with reference to the schematic perspective view of FIG. 74 . The lighting device 1000 includes a base, and a power supply device 10 and a control device 11 are integrated in the base. The light emitting device 100 of the lighting device 1000 is mechanically fixed and electrically contacted by the rod 83 . Again, the light emitting device described in conjunction with the above embodiments may be used as the light emitting device 100 .

结合图74所描述的照明装置1000特别好地适合作为落地灯或台灯。The lighting device 1000 described in conjunction with FIG. 74 is particularly well suited as a floor or table lamp.

结合图75,借助透视示意图更为详细地阐述了显示装置1010。显示装置1010包含照明装置1000,作为显像元件90的背光。显像元件90例如是LCD面板。LCD面板由照明装置1000直接进行背光照明。也就是说,在显像元件90之后设置有照明装置1000,使得由照明装置1000工作时产生的大部分光射到显像元件90上并对其进行背光照明。In conjunction with FIG. 75 , the display device 1010 is explained in more detail with the aid of a schematic perspective view. The display device 1010 includes an illumination device 1000 as a backlight of the display device 90 . The display element 90 is, for example, an LCD panel. The LCD panel is directly backlit by the lighting device 1000 . That is to say, the illuminating device 1000 is arranged behind the displaying element 90 , so that most of the light generated by the illuminating device 1000 irradiates on the displaying element 90 and backlights it.

在此用作背光装置的照明装置1000例如根据本文描述的其他实施例之一进行设计。在此情况下,照明装置包含至少两个如本文描述的发光器件100。The lighting device 1000 used here as a backlight is designed, for example, according to one of the other embodiments described herein. In this case, the lighting device comprises at least two light emitting devices 100 as described herein.

为了使设计用于背光的光均匀化,进一步可能的是,在显像元件90和照明装置1000的发光器件100的发射光的正面之间设置光学元件60,优选将其构造成漫射板。该光学元件例如可以通过透光的板状物例如玻璃板形成,在该板状物中引入散射光的微粒。可替选地,还可以使透过辐射的板状物的表面粗糙化,使得由于光折射的原因当通过板状物时使通过的光发生漫射。照明装置的发光器件100的光通过漫射板散射,使得单个发光器件不再分开地显像到显像元件90上。以此方式实现具有特别大的均匀发光面的大面积照明装置1000,用以背光照明显像元件90。In order to homogenize the light provided for the backlight, it is further possible to arrange an optical element 60 , preferably configured as a diffuser plate, between the imaging element 90 and the light-emitting front side of the luminous means 100 of the lighting device 1000 . The optical element can be formed, for example, by a light-transmissive plate, for example a glass plate, into which light-scattering particles are introduced. Alternatively, it is also possible to roughen the surface of the radiation-transmissive plate, so that the passing light is diffused when passing through the plate due to light refraction. The light from the light-emitting devices 100 of the lighting device is diffused by the diffuser, so that the individual light-emitting devices are no longer separately imaged on the imaging element 90 . In this way, a large-area lighting device 1000 is realized with a particularly large uniform luminous area for backlighting the imaging element 90 .

结合图76,借助俯视示意图更为详细地阐述了粗粒显示器95的一个实施例。该粗粒显示器被设计成具有支撑板80的照明装置,在支撑板上施加有多个发光器件100。发光器件100例如按照七段显示的方式进行设置。通过为某些发光器件100供电,以此方式实现适合显示数字的粗粒显示器95。An exemplary embodiment of the coarse-grained display 95 is explained in more detail with reference to FIG. 76 by means of a schematic top view. The coarse-grained display is designed as a lighting device with a support plate 80 on which a plurality of luminous means 100 are applied. The light emitting device 100 is arranged, for example, in a seven-segment display manner. By powering certain light emitting devices 100, a coarse-grained display 95 suitable for displaying numbers is realized in this way.

图77示出具有发光器件100的浴室,该发光器件被构造成瓷砖。发光器件100例如根据以上详细描述的实施例之一进行设计。该发光器件用衬底1的第二主面102例如粘合到传统的卫生瓷砖上。该发光器件的供电例如可以通过感应来实现。在所述情况下可以省略用于连接发光器件100的电导体带。因此,该发光器件特别好地适合用于卫生领域,因为降低了由于湿气引起短路的危险。FIG. 77 shows a bathroom with a luminous means 100 which is designed as tiles. The luminous means 100 is designed, for example, according to one of the exemplary embodiments described in detail above. The second main face 102 of the luminous means substrate 1 is glued, for example, to a conventional sanitary tile. The power supply of the luminous means can take place, for example, by induction. In this case the electrical conductor strips for connecting the luminous means 100 can be omitted. The luminous means are therefore particularly well suited for use in the hygiene sector, since the risk of short circuits due to moisture is reduced.

通过感应供电的发光器件例如在出版物DE 102006025115中公开,其有关这种发光器件的构造方面的公开内容通过引用结合于此。A luminous means powered by induction is disclosed, for example, in the publication DE 10 2006 025 115, the disclosure content of which with regard to the construction of such a luminous means is hereby incorporated by reference.

图78示出根据一个实施例的具有发光器件100和第二光源370的照明装置1000的透视示意图。在此使用白炽灯作为第二光源370,其被引入支承体371的保持装置中。代替白炽灯,还可以使用例如卤素灯作为第二光源370。白炽灯被构造为,使得其在工作时发射色度坐标在CIE标准色表暖白色区域的白光。而发光器件被构造为,使得其在工作时发射在CIE标准色表的冷白色区域的光。发光器件100在此构造成挠性的以及可透过可见光。发光器件100作为圆柱体状的灯罩围绕白炽灯设置,使得从第二光源发射的光的大部分通过发光器件射出。以此方式和方法在照明装置工作时发射混色光,该混色光包括发光器件100的光和第二光源370的光。FIG. 78 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device 1000 having a light emitting device 100 and a second light source 370 according to an exemplary embodiment. An incandescent lamp is used here as the second light source 370 , which is inserted into the holder of the carrier 371 . Instead of an incandescent lamp, it is also possible to use, for example, a halogen lamp as the second light source 370 . Incandescent lamps are designed such that during operation they emit white light with a chromaticity coordinate in the warm white region of the CIE standard color scale. Instead, the luminous means are designed in such a way that they emit light in the cool white region of the CIE standard color table during operation. The luminous means 100 is here designed to be flexible and permeable to visible light. The light emitting device 100 is arranged as a cylindrical lampshade around the incandescent lamp, so that most of the light emitted from the second light source exits through the light emitting device. In this way, when the lighting device is in operation, mixed-color light is emitted, which comprises the light of the luminous means 100 and the light of the second light source 370 .

此外,发光器件100和第二光源370被设计成可调光的,使得白炽灯的光和发光器件100的光占混色光的份额可以改变。根据白炽灯光和发光器件光的份额,通过照明装置的保持装置中的调节器372可以从冷白色到暖白色地调节色度坐标。因此,根据图78的照明装置是颜色可变的照明装置。In addition, the light emitting device 100 and the second light source 370 are designed to be dimmable, so that the proportion of the light from the incandescent lamp and the light from the light emitting device 100 to the mixed color light can be changed. Depending on the proportion of incandescent light and luminous means light, the chromaticity locus can be adjusted from cool white to warm white by means of a controller 372 in the holding device of the lighting device. Thus, the lighting device according to Fig. 78 is a color changeable lighting device.

图79示出具有发光器件100和第二光源370的照明装置1000的另一实施例的透视示意图。该照明装置被设计为固定在壁上。第二光源370是拉瓦尔灯。拉瓦尔灯包含引入运运载液体体中的蜡。在拉瓦尔灯工作时,蜡和运载液体从一侧,通常从下面被加热,使得运载液体由于对流而在灯中循环。此外,蜡由于加热而在运载液体内形成装饰性形状。运载液体通常具有不同于蜡的颜色,使得拉瓦尔灯发出混色光,该混色光包括蜡颜色的份额和运载液体颜色的份额。FIG. 79 shows a schematic perspective view of another exemplary embodiment of a lighting device 1000 with a luminous means 100 and a second light source 370 . The lighting device is designed to be fixed on the wall. The second light source 370 is a Laval lamp. Laval lamps contain wax introduced into the carrier liquid. In operation of a Laval lamp, the wax and the carrier liquid are heated from one side, usually from below, so that the carrier liquid circulates in the lamp by convection. In addition, the wax forms decorative shapes within the carrier liquid due to heating. The carrier liquid usually has a different color than the wax, so that the Laval lamp emits a mixed-color light comprising a portion of the wax color and a portion of the color of the carrier liquid.

拉瓦尔灯在此基本上构造成圆柱体状,并且固定在壁上。发光器件100被构造成挠性的,并作为半圆柱体罩围绕拉瓦尔灯设置,使得由拉瓦尔灯发射的光不向壁照射,而基本上通过发光器件射出。发光器件100优选还发射不被拉瓦尔灯的光所包括的颜色的光。该发光器件例如还可以被设计成可调光的,使得从照明装置发射的光的色调通过对发光器件调光而可以改变颜色。以此方式和方法获得颜色可变的照明装置,这可以带来特别印象深刻的颜色效果。此外还可以使拉瓦尔灯成为可调光的。The Laval lamp is here substantially cylindrical and fastened to the wall. The luminous means 100 are designed to be flexible and are arranged as a semi-cylindrical envelope around the Laval lamp, so that the light emitted by the Laval lamp does not impinge on the wall, but essentially exits through the luminous means. The light emitting device 100 preferably also emits light of colors not included in the light of the Laval lamp. The luminous means can, for example, also be designed to be dimmable, so that the color tone of the light emitted from the lighting device can be changed in color by dimming the luminous means. In this way, a color-variable lighting device is obtained, which can bring about particularly impressive color effects. It is also possible to make the Laval lamp dimmable.

图80A示出根据另一实施例的照明装置的透视示意图。图80B示出图80A的照明装置的截面图。Fig. 80A shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device according to another embodiment. Fig. 80B shows a cross-sectional view of the lighting device of Fig. 80A.

根据图80A和80B的照明装置同样是颜色可变的照明装置1000。该照明装置包含多个安装在支承体381上的LED 380,作为另外的第二光源370。LED 380发射第一颜色的光。在LED上设置乳白色玻璃板作为光学元件60,在照明装置工作时LED的光通过该玻璃板射出,使得乳白色玻璃板从其正面发射第一颜色的彩色散射光。优选的是,乳白色玻璃板散射LED的光,使得定位在玻璃板之前的观察者觉察到真正的发光面。The lighting device according to FIGS. 80A and 80B is likewise a color-variable lighting device 1000 . The lighting device comprises a plurality of LEDs 380 mounted on a support 381 as additional second light sources 370. LED 380 emits light of a first color. A milky white glass plate is arranged on the LED as an optical element 60 , through which the light of the LED is emitted when the lighting device is in operation, so that the milky white glass plate emits colored scattered light of the first color from its front side. Preferably, the opalescent glass pane scatters the light of the LEDs so that an observer positioned in front of the glass pane perceives the actual luminous surface.

乳白色玻璃板还用作发光器件100的衬底1,该发光器件发射另一不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光,并且构造成可透过可见光。乳白色玻璃板具有有源区,在该有源区上施加可透过可见光的第一电极。The opalescent glass pane also serves as substrate 1 for a luminous means 100 which emits light of a second color different from the first color and is designed to be transparent to visible light. The opalescent glass pane has an active region on which a first electrode transparent to visible light is applied.

在第一电极2上施加有机层堆叠4,其同样构造成可透过可见光。有机层堆叠4发射不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光。在有机层堆叠4上施加同样可透过可见光的第二电极3。可透过可见光的第一和第二电极2,3例如借助图2A描述。在第二电极3上施加玻璃板作为封装部6,例如通过粘合来施加。与用作衬底1的玻璃板不同,用作封装部6的玻璃板被构造成清澈的。An organic layer stack 4 is applied to the first electrode 2 , which is likewise designed to be permeable to visible light. The organic layer stack 4 emits light of a second color different from the first color. A second electrode 3 which is likewise transparent to visible light is applied on the organic layer stack 4 . The visible light-transmissive first and second electrodes 2 , 3 are described, for example, with reference to FIG. 2A . A glass plate is applied as encapsulation 6 on the second electrode 3 , for example by gluing. Unlike the glass pane used as substrate 1 , the glass pane used as encapsulation 6 is designed to be clear.

根据图80A和80B的照明装置例如可以作为地面照明用于酒吧或舞池。此外,这种构造成颜色可变的光瓷砖(Lichtkacheln)的、颜色可变的照明装置也可以出于医学目的而用于光疗法中。The lighting arrangement according to FIGS. 80A and 80B can be used, for example, as floor lighting for bars or dance floors. Furthermore, such a color-variable lighting device designed as a color-variable light tile can also be used for medical purposes in light therapy.

图81示出照明装置1000的另一实施例,其中除了发光器件100外还使用至少一个其他光源。在此,发光器件100被构造成刚性和平面的。在发光器件的正面内居中地设置两个冷阴极灯作为第二光源370。这种元件例如可以用作天花板元件。FIG. 81 shows a further exemplary embodiment of a lighting device 1000 in which at least one further light source is used in addition to the luminous means 100 . In this case, the luminous means 100 is of rigid and planar design. As second light sources 370 , two cold-cathode lamps are arranged centrally in the front side of the luminous means. Such elements can be used, for example, as ceiling elements.

图82示出具有发光器件和第二光源的照明装置1000的另一实施例。发光器件100在此如根据图81的发光器件那样被构造成刚性的。在发光器件的正面中居中地设置LED模块390,该LED模块包括支承体元件,在支承体元件上设置四个发光二极管380。在照明装置1000的情况下有利的是,点光源(即LED模块390的LED)与面光源(即发光器件100)组合。照明装置1000的使用者以此方式可以在不同工作状态之间选择,并且使其相互组合。FIG. 82 shows another embodiment of a lighting device 1000 with a light emitting device and a second light source. The luminous means 100 is designed rigid here like the luminous means according to FIG. 81 . Arranged centrally in the front side of the luminous means is an LED module 390 which comprises a carrier element on which four light-emitting diodes 380 are arranged. In the case of the lighting device 1000 it is advantageous if a point light source, ie the LEDs of the LED module 390 , is combined with a surface light source, ie the luminous means 100 . In this way, the user of the lighting device 1000 can select between different operating states and combine them with one another.

图83示出具有发光器件100和第二发光源的照明装置1000的透视示意图。发光器件100在此构造成可透过可见光,并发射第一颜色的光。使用发射第二颜色的光的有机发光二极管作为第二光源370。有机发光二极管具有发射辐射的正面,在其上设置发光器件。在照明装置工作时,有机发光二极管的光穿过发光器件100,使得照明装置1000发射混色光,该混色光包括发光器件的光和第二光源的光。发光器件100以及有机发光二极管在此由共同控制装置11控制。FIG. 83 shows a schematic perspective view of a lighting device 1000 with a luminous means 100 and a second luminous source. The luminous means 100 is designed here to be transparent to visible light and to emit light of a first color. An organic light emitting diode emitting light of a second color is used as the second light source 370 . Organic light-emitting diodes have a radiation-emitting front side, on which the light-emitting means are arranged. When the lighting device is working, the light of the organic light emitting diode passes through the light emitting device 100, so that the lighting device 1000 emits mixed color light, and the mixed color light includes the light of the light emitting device and the light of the second light source. The luminous means 100 and the organic light-emitting diodes are controlled here by a common control device 11 .

图84A和84B示出储物元件AM100的实施例,图84C示出具有储物元件AM100的储物家具AM1000的实施例。图84A和84B在此示出储物元件AM100的两个截面示意图。图84A的图示在此是,从具有层AM5的那侧看的、储物元件AM100沿着图84B中剖面A2的截面图,而图84B的图示是储物元件AM100沿着图84A的剖面A1的截面图。图84C示出储物家具AM1000的截面示意图,在图中示出的剖面相应于图84B的那个剖面。为了更好的理解,储物元件AM100在储物家具AM1000中的布置由图84C中的虚线区域示出。以下描述同样涉及到所有的图84A到84C。84A and 84B show an embodiment of a storage element AM100 , and FIG. 84C shows an embodiment of a storage furniture AM1000 with a storage element AM100 . 84A and 84B show here two schematic cross-sectional views of the storage element AM100. The representation of FIG. 84A is here a sectional view of the storage element AM100 along the section A2 in FIG. 84B, seen from the side with the layer AM5, while the representation of FIG. Sectional view of section A1. FIG. 84C shows a schematic sectional view of storage furniture AM1000 , the section shown in the figure corresponding to that of FIG. 84B . For a better understanding, the arrangement of the storage element AM100 in the storage furniture AM1000 is shown by the dashed area in FIG. 84C . The following description also refers to all of Figures 84A to 84C.

根据所示的实施例,储物家具AM1000的储物元件AM100可以含有衬底AM1,在该衬底上施加有构造成有机发光二极管(OLED)AM11的发射辐射的器件。发射辐射的器件尤其也可以是至少一个根据本文描述的实施例的发光器件。According to the exemplary embodiment shown, the storage element AM100 of the storage furniture AM1000 can contain a substrate AM1 on which a radiation-emitting component in the form of an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) AM11 is applied. In particular, the radiation-emitting component can also be at least one luminous component according to the exemplary embodiments described here.

在与OLED AM11对置的侧上,衬底具有存放面AM10。为此特别有利的是衬底AM1具有足够的厚度和强度,使得当在存放面AM10上放置物体时储物元件AM100具有足够的稳定性和强度。为此还有利的是,衬底AM1还可以包含支承结构,通过该支承结构可以提高稳定性和强度。On the side opposite the OLED AM11, the substrate has a storage area AM10. For this purpose it is particularly advantageous if the substrate AM1 has sufficient thickness and strength so that the storage element AM100 has sufficient stability and strength when an object is placed on the storage surface AM10 . It is also advantageous for this purpose that the substrate AM1 can also contain support structures, by means of which the stability and strength can be increased.

OLED AM11具有在衬底AM1上的第一电极AM3。在第一电极AM3上可以构造含有至少一个有机层的层序列AM2,其中层序列AM2具有有源区,该有源区适于在工作时通过电致发光而发射电磁辐射。在层序列AM2上施加第二电极AM4。在此例如第一电极AM3可以被构造成阳极,第二电极AM4构造成阴极。在第二电极上可以施加另一层AM5,其例如可以用作OLED AM11的封装部。衬底AM1和层AM5尤其可以保证对OLED AM11进行保护而免受外界有害的影响,如湿气或氧气或机械的损害。可替选地,在此情况下以及在以下实施例中,发射辐射的器件可以被构造成无机电致发光膜。OLED AM11 has a first electrode AM3 on a substrate AM1. A layer sequence AM2 comprising at least one organic layer can be formed on the first electrode AM3, wherein the layer sequence AM2 has an active region which is suitable for emitting electromagnetic radiation during operation by electroluminescence. A second electrode AM4 is applied on the layer sequence AM2. In this case, for example, the first electrode AM3 may be designed as an anode and the second electrode AM4 as a cathode. A further layer AM5 can be applied on the second electrode, which can be used, for example, as an encapsulation for the OLED AM11. In particular, the substrate AM1 and the layer AM5 ensure protection of the OLED AM11 from harmful external influences such as moisture or oxygen or mechanical damage. Alternatively, in this case and in the examples below, the radiation-emitting component can be embodied as an inorganic electroluminescent film.

衬底AM1和第一电极AM3优选可以构造成透明的,使得由层序列AM2的有源区产生的电磁辐射可以通过存放面AM10射出。为此,衬底AM1优选可以含有玻璃或由玻璃制成。可替选地或额外地,衬底AM10可以含有透明塑料或由透明塑料制成,或者含有或是由玻璃层和/或透明塑料层形成的层序列或层压物。由于衬底AM1和第一电极AM3的透明性,可以从下面,这意味着从存放面AM10照明置于存放面AM10上的物体。The substrate AM1 and the first electrode AM3 can preferably be designed to be transparent, so that electromagnetic radiation generated by the active region of the layer sequence AM2 can escape through the deposit surface AM10 . For this purpose, the substrate AM1 can preferably contain glass or consist of glass. Alternatively or additionally, the substrate AM10 may contain or be made of transparent plastic, or contain or be formed of a layer sequence or laminate of glass layers and/or transparent plastic layers. Due to the transparency of the substrate AM1 and the first electrode AM3, objects placed on the storage surface AM10 can be illuminated from below, which means from the storage surface AM10.

可替选地或额外地,第二电极AM4和层AM5还可以设计成透明的,使得层AM5的背离OLED AM11的侧可以被构造成电磁辐射的出射面。由此,例如可以从上侧照明设置在储物元件AM100下面的物体,例如位于设置在该储物元件AM100下面的其他储物元件上的物体。第一电极AM3和第二电极AM4在此情况下可以如实施例中所示的那样构造成平面的,使得能够实现电磁辐射的大面积的射出。为此,层AM5优选可以含有玻璃和/或透明塑料或者由玻璃或透明塑料制成,另外还可以被构造成含有玻璃层和/或透明塑料层的层压物或层序列。Alternatively or additionally, the second electrode AM4 and the layer AM5 can also be designed to be transparent, so that the side of the layer AM5 facing away from the OLED AM11 can be configured as an exit surface for electromagnetic radiation. Objects arranged below the storage element AM100 , for example objects located on other storage elements arranged below the storage element AM100 , can thus be illuminated from above, for example. In this case, the first electrode AM3 and the second electrode AM4 can be designed planar, as shown in the exemplary embodiment, so that a large-area emission of electromagnetic radiation is possible. For this purpose, the layer AM5 can preferably contain glass and/or transparent plastic or consist of glass or transparent plastic, and can also be configured as a laminate or layer sequence containing glass layers and/or transparent plastic layers.

此外,储物元件AM100含有电接触AM31、AM41,它们分别通过电线路AM32、AM42分别与第一和第二电极AM3、AM4导电连接。此外,区域AM9还可以被构造成支承面形式的保持元件,如这里所示,它们包括电接触AM31、AM41。Furthermore, the storage element AM100 has electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 , which are electrically conductively connected to the first and second electrodes AM3 , AM4 respectively via electrical lines AM32 , AM42 . Furthermore, the region AM9 can also be configured as a holding element in the form of a bearing surface, which, as shown here, includes electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 .

储物家具AM1000还具有保持装置AM7,其可以具有被构造成垫面(Unterlegflaechen)的保持件AM6。保持件AM6可以与储物元件AM100的例如被构造成支承面的保持元件AM9一起实现将储物元件AM100安装在保持装置AM7上。保持装置AM7在此例如可以被构造成具有合适保持件AM6的柜壁或台架壁、支撑柱或梁或者其部件。尤其是,保持件AM6可以包括电引线接触AM8,其与储物元件AM100的电接触AM31、AM41导电连接。电接触AM31、AM41和电引线接触AM8之间的导电连接例如可以通过分别被构造成平面的电接触AM31、AM41的机械接触和电引线接触AM8来实现。可替选地或额外地,电接触AM31、AM41和/或电引线接触AM8例如可以被构造成弹性元件或插塞连接,以便能够实现改善的导电连接。储物元件AM100和保持装置AM7还可以额外具有其他保持元件或者保持件,如螺栓连接或夹持(未画出),以便保证提高的储物家具AM1000的稳定性。The storage furniture AM1000 also has a holder AM7 , which can have a holder AM6 configured as an upholstery. The holder AM6 together with the holder element AM9 of the storage element AM100 , which is configured, for example, as a support surface, can enable the mounting of the storage element AM100 on the holder AM7 . The holding device AM7 can be configured here, for example, as a cabinet wall or shelf wall, a support column or beam or parts thereof with suitable holders AM6. In particular, the holder AM6 can comprise electrical feedthrough contacts AM8 , which are electrically conductively connected to the electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 of the storage element AM100 . The electrically conductive connection between the electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 and the electrical lead contact AM8 can be realized, for example, by mechanical contacting of the electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 and the electrical lead contact AM8 , respectively, which are designed as planar. Alternatively or additionally, the electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 and/or the electrical lead contacts AM8 can be designed, for example, as spring elements or plug connections in order to enable an improved electrically conductive connection. The storage element AM100 and the holding device AM7 can also additionally have other holding elements or holding means, such as screw connections or clips (not shown), in order to ensure increased stability of the storage furniture AM1000.

通过集成到保持件AM6中的电引线接触AM8,可以使第一电接触AM31、AM41连接在电流供给装置和/或电压供给装置上。用来投入运行和控制OLED AM11的其他电子或电气元件例如可以集成到保持装置7中。The first electrical contacts AM31 , AM41 can be connected to a current supply and/or a voltage supply via an electrical lead contact AM8 integrated into the holder AM6 . Further electronic or electrical components for commissioning and controlling the OLED AM 11 can be integrated, for example, into the holding device 7 .

通过在同时具有存放面AM10的衬底AM11和层AM5之间设置OLED AM11而将OLED AM11集成到储物元件AM100中,从而可以实现具有储物元件AM100的储物家具AM1000,使得在紧凑结构的情况下能够在存放面AM10上和/或在层AM5的与OLED对置的侧上实现大面积辐射面。The OLED AM11 is integrated into the storage element AM100 by arranging the OLED AM11 between the substrate AM11 and the layer AM5 which also has a storage surface AM10, so that a storage furniture AM1000 with a storage element AM100 can be realized, so that in a compact structure In this case, a large-area radiation area can be realized on the storage area AM10 and/or on the side of the layer AM5 opposite the OLED.

可替选地或额外地,OLED AM11可以包含其他层,如合适的支承体衬底。由此例如可以将具有第一和第二电极AM3、AM4和层序列AM2的OLED AM11施加在支承体衬底上,并且可以与该支承体衬底一起设置在衬底AM1上。Alternatively or additionally, the OLED AM11 may comprise further layers, such as a suitable carrier substrate. Thus, for example, the OLED AM11 with the first and second electrodes AM3, AM4 and the layer sequence AM2 can be applied on a carrier substrate and can be arranged together with the carrier substrate on the substrate AM1.

可替选地,层AM5还可以包括支承体衬底,其上施加有OLED。Alternatively, layer AM5 can also comprise a carrier substrate, on which the OLED is applied.

图85所示的储物元件AM 200的实施例示出根据上述图的实施例的修改方案,并且示出在储物元件AM200中的发射光的有机器件,该器件包括平面构造的第一电极AM3,该第一电极具有两个电接触AM311、AM312,它们通过电线路AM321、AM322与第一电极AM3导电连接。此外,第二电极被结构化成平行的带AM401、AM402,它们交替地设置在有源层序列AM2上,其中平行的带AM401经电线路AM421与电接触AM411导电连接,平行的带AM402经电线路AM422与电接触AM412连接。由此,第二电极可以具有可彼此独立地接触的分区AM401和AM402。由此尤其可以实现,OLED AM11的层序列AM2的有源区的如下区域可以彼此独立地发射电磁辐射,其中该区域分别设置在第二电极的部分区域AM401、AM402和第一电极AM3之间。在此,例如也可以使OLED AM11的有源区结构化,使得设置在第二电极的部分区域AM401和第一电极AM3之间的OLED AM11的部分区域可以发射具有第一光谱的电磁辐射,并且设置在第二电极AM4的部分区域AM402和第一电极AM3之间的OLED的部分区域可以发射具有第二光谱的电磁辐射,其中第一和第二光谱可以不同。通过在电接触AM311、AM312中至少一个和电接触AM411和AM412中任一个或两个之间施加电流和/或电压,可以实现三种不同工作状态,给观看者带来不同发光感觉。例如第一光谱在蓝光谱区可以具有一个或更多个波长,第二光谱在黄光谱区或橙光谱区可以具有一个或更多个波长,使得对观看者而言通过这三种工作状态实现例如蓝色、黄色或橙色的发光感觉和在蓝色与黄色或橙色的发光感觉叠加情况下还可以实现白色的发光感觉。The embodiment of the storage element AM 200 shown in FIG. 85 shows a modification according to the embodiment of the above-mentioned figures and shows a light-emitting organic device in the storage element AM200 comprising a first electrode AM3 of planar configuration , the first electrode has two electrical contacts AM311, AM312, which are electrically conductively connected to the first electrode AM3 via electrical lines AM321, AM322. Furthermore, the second electrode is structured into parallel strips AM401, AM402, which are arranged alternately on the active layer sequence AM2, wherein parallel strips AM401 are electrically conductively connected to electrical contacts AM411 via electrical lines AM421, parallel strips AM402 are via electrical lines AM422 is connected with electrical contact AM412. Thus, the second electrode may have subregions AM401 and AM402 that can be contacted independently of each other. This makes it possible in particular for regions of the active region of the layer sequence AM2 of the OLED AM11 to emit electromagnetic radiation independently of one another, wherein the regions are respectively arranged between the subregions AM401, AM402 of the second electrode and the first electrode AM3. In this case, for example, the active region of the OLED AM11 can also be structured such that the subregion of the OLED AM11 arranged between the subregion AM401 of the second electrode and the first electrode AM3 can emit electromagnetic radiation having a first spectrum, and The partial area of the OLED arranged between the partial area AM402 of the second electrode AM4 and the first electrode AM3 may emit electromagnetic radiation having a second spectrum, wherein the first and second spectrum may be different. By applying current and/or voltage between at least one of the electrical contacts AM311 and AM312 and any one or both of the electrical contacts AM411 and AM412, three different working states can be realized, bringing different luminous sensations to the viewer. For example, the first spectrum can have one or more wavelengths in the blue spectral region, and the second spectrum can have one or more wavelengths in the yellow spectral region or orange spectral region, so that for the viewer, it can be achieved through these three working states. For example, a blue, yellow or orange luminous sensation and a white luminous sensation can also be achieved by superimposing the blue and yellow or orange luminous sensations.

可替选地,还可以使第一电极结构化,而第二电极可以构造成平面的,或者两个电极被成型为大面积的电极面。尤其可以使电极具有任何所希望的且合适的结构化部,例如还可以是象形文字的形式,以便除了发光感觉外还使观看者产生象形文字的感觉。Alternatively, it is also possible for the first electrode to be structured, while the second electrode can be designed to be planar, or both electrodes can be formed as large-area electrode surfaces. In particular, the electrodes can have any desired and suitable structuring, for example also in the form of hieroglyphs, in order to give the viewer the impression of hieroglyphs in addition to the luminous perception.

特别优选的是,储物元件AM200具有保持元件(未画出),其包含电接触AM311、AM312、AM411、AM412。这种保持元件例如可以是支承面、开口、孔以及螺栓连接、插塞连接或夹紧连接的部件。合适的保持装置可以具有相应的保持件,尤其有利地其还可以具有电引线接触。Particularly preferably, the storage element AM200 has a holding element (not shown) which contains electrical contacts AM311 , AM312 , AM411 , AM412 . Such holding elements can be, for example, contact surfaces, openings, bores and parts of screwed, plugged or clamped connections. A suitable holding device can have a corresponding holding part, which can also have electrical lead contacts, particularly advantageously.

图86中所示的储物元件AM300的实施例示出对上述储物元件的实施例的另一种修改方案,除了在部分区域AM401、AM402以平行的带结构化的第二电极之外,还具有第一电极,其在部分区域AM301、AM302以平行的带结构化。部分区域AM301、AM302可以经电线路AM321、AM322分别与电接触AM311、AM312导电连接。第一电极在此可以具有平行的带AM301、AM302,它们例如垂直于第二电极的平行的带AM401、AM402。由此,OLED例如可以具有像点状的部分区域,它们通过电极部分区域AM301、AM302和AM401、AM402的并联连接的交叉点而产生。尤其是在此实施例中,OLED的层序列AM2或者至少层序列AM2的有源区可以被结构化为,使得通过在第一电极的一个或两个部分区域AM301、AM302和第二电极的一个或两个部分区域AM401、AM402之间施加电流和/或电压由于不同的反射光谱和其混合光谱,对观看者而言可以实现具有不同发光感觉的不同工作状态。例如,通过分别在电接触AM311和AM411、AM312和AM411、AM311和AM412以及AM312和AM412之间施加电压和/或电流,对观看者而言可以实现棋盘状的发光感觉,反之分别在电接触AM311和AM312和电接触AM411和AM412之间以及在电接触AM311或AM312和电接触AM411和AM412之间施加电压和/或电流,对观看者而言可以引起行状设置的像点状部分区域的发光感觉。通过在第一和第二电极的所有接触之间施加电压和/或电流,对观看者而言可以实现平面的发光感觉。The embodiment of the storage element AM300 shown in FIG. 86 shows another modification of the above-described embodiment of the storage element, in addition to the second electrodes structured in parallel strips in the partial regions AM401, AM402, There is a first electrode which is structured in parallel strips in the partial regions AM301 , AM302 . The partial areas AM301 , AM302 can be electrically conductively connected to electrical contacts AM311 , AM312 via electrical lines AM321 , AM322 , respectively. The first electrode can here have parallel strips AM301 , AM302 which are, for example, perpendicular to the parallel strips AM401 , AM402 of the second electrode. The OLED can thus have, for example, point-like subregions which are produced by the parallel-connected intersections of the electrode subregions AM301 , AM302 and AM401 , AM402 . In particular in this exemplary embodiment, the layer sequence AM2 of the OLED or at least the active region of the layer sequence AM2 can be structured in such a way that via one or both partial regions AM301, AM302 of the first electrode and one of the second electrodes Or applying current and/or voltage between the two partial areas AM401, AM402 Due to different reflection spectra and their mixed spectra, different working states with different luminous sensations can be realized for the viewer. For example, by applying a voltage and/or current between electrical contacts AM311 and AM411, AM312 and AM411, AM311 and AM412, and AM312 and AM412, respectively, a checkerboard-like glowing sensation can be achieved for the viewer, and vice versa between electrical contacts AM311, respectively. Applying a voltage and/or current between AM312 and electrical contacts AM411 and AM412 and between electrical contacts AM311 or AM312 and electrical contacts AM411 and AM412 can cause a luminous sensation of row-like arrangement of like point-like partial areas for the viewer . By applying a voltage and/or current between all contacts of the first and second electrodes, a flat light perception can be achieved for the viewer.

此外,还可以在发射电磁辐射的光路上在发射辐射的有机器件之后例如也设置有漫射板,使得对观看者而言可以实现对上述不同的工作状态均匀且平面的发光感觉。Furthermore, for example, a diffuser plate can also be arranged downstream of the radiation-emitting organic component on the electromagnetic radiation-emitting beam path, so that a homogeneous and planar light perception for the above-mentioned different operating states can be achieved for the viewer.

尤其是可以相应于所希望的发光感觉来分别选择第一和第二电极结构化部分区域的形状、尺寸和之间的间隔,在上述实施例中纯粹示例性地示出。In particular, the shape, size and spacing between the first and second electrode structured subregions, which are shown purely by way of example in the above-described exemplary embodiments, can each be selected in accordance with the desired luminescence sensation.

根据图87的储物元件AM400的实施例例如示出具有发射辐射的有机器件的储物元件的俯视图,该器件具有第一电极AM301、AM302和第二电极AM401、AM402并且带有仅设置在衬底AM1的边缘区域的有源区的层序列AM2。由此,例如可以从侧面照明设置在存放面AM10上和/或储物元件AM400下的物体。尤其是,辐射面对此还可以具有光学结构,通过该光学结构,电磁辐射优选可以在第一和第二电极的部分区域AM301、AM401和AM302、AM402之间的空间区域中射出。The exemplary embodiment of a storage element AM400 according to FIG. 87 shows, for example, a plan view of a storage element with a radiation-emitting organic component with first electrodes AM301, AM302 and second electrodes AM401, AM402 and with Layer sequence AM2 of the active region of the edge region of the bottom AM1. Objects arranged on the storage surface AM10 and/or below the storage element AM400 can thus be illuminated from the side, for example. In particular, the radiation face can also have an optical structure by means of which electromagnetic radiation can exit preferably in the spatial regions between the subregions AM301 , AM401 and AM302 , AM402 of the first and second electrodes.

在上述图(尤其是在图85到87中)中所示的第一和/或第二电极的结构化的实施例是纯粹示例性的,并不意图限制。尤其是第一和/或第二电极可以具有两个以上的部分区域AM301、AM302或者AM401、AM402,也相应具有两个以上的电接触AM311、AM312或者AM411、AM412。尤其是,电接触和/或保持元件的形状和布置还可以不同于所示的形状和布置。The structured embodiments of the first and/or second electrodes shown in the above figures (especially in FIGS. 85 to 87 ) are purely exemplary and not intended to be limiting. In particular, the first and/or the second electrode can have more than two partial regions AM301 , AM302 or AM401 , AM402 and correspondingly more than two electrical contacts AM311 , AM312 or AM411 , AM412 . In particular, the shape and arrangement of the electrical contacting and/or holding elements can also differ from what is shown.

图88示出具有储物元件AM101、AM102的储物家具AM2000的一个实施例。由于所概括的原因,储物元件AM101、AM102在此仅由虚线区域表示,并且例如可以根据上述实施例之一来构造。FIG. 88 shows an exemplary embodiment of a storage furniture AM2000 with storage elements AM101 , AM102 . For reasons of overview, the storage elements AM101 , AM102 are here only indicated by dotted areas and can be designed, for example, according to one of the above-described exemplary embodiments.

储物家具AM2000具有四个构造成垂直柱或梁的保持装置AM7。此外,在本发明的其他实施例中,保持装置AM7还可以是家具壁的一部分。保持装置AM7可以具有保持件AM6,其适于将储物元件AM101、AM102安装在保持装置AM7上。对此,储物元件AM101、AM102可以具有适于此的保持元件(在图88中未示出)。此外,有利的是,保持件AM6包括电引线接触(在图88中未示出),其能够实现储物元件AM101、AM102上网发射辐射的有机器件经其电接触AM311、AM312、AM411、AM412的电接触(在图88中未示出)。The storage furniture AM2000 has four holding devices AM7 configured as vertical columns or beams. Furthermore, in other embodiments of the invention, the holding device AM7 can also be a part of the furniture wall. The holder AM7 can have a holder AM6 which is suitable for mounting the storage elements AM101 , AM102 on the holder AM7 . For this purpose, the storage elements AM101 , AM102 can have suitable holding elements (not shown in FIG. 88 ) for this purpose. Furthermore, it is advantageous if the holder AM6 comprises electrical lead contacts (not shown in FIG. 88 ), which enable the electrical contacting of the storage elements AM101, AM102 to the radiation-emitting organic components AM311, AM312, AM411, AM412 via them. Electrical contacts (not shown in Figure 88).

在图89A到89E所示的实施例示出储物元件AM101上的电接触和/或保持元件的数目和布置以及储物家具的保持装置AM7中的电引线接触和/或保持件的数目和布置的俯视图实例。箭头在此示出储物元件AM101在保持装置AM7中的布置的方式,出于所概括的原因,它们在空间上彼此分开地示出。例如箭头可以示出,储物元件移入相关的保持装置中,其中必要时还可以实现固定的安装。参考标记AM51到AM55在此既可以表示电接触、保持元件,也可以表示包括电接触的保持元件。同样,参考标记AM711到AM715既可以表示电引线、保持件,也可以表示包括电引线的保持件。此外,电接触或者保持元件AM51到AM55以及电引线接触或者保持件AM711到AM715的尺寸、距离、位置和数目都是纯粹示例性地示出。The embodiment shown in FIGS. 89A to 89E shows the number and arrangement of electrical contacts and/or holding elements on the storage element AM101 and the number and arrangement of electrical lead contacts and/or holding elements in the holding device AM7 of the storage furniture An example of a top view. The arrows here show the manner in which the storage elements AM101 are arranged in the holding device AM7 , which are shown spatially separated from one another for reasons of overview. Arrows can indicate, for example, that the storage element is moved into the associated holding device, wherein a fixed installation can also be achieved if necessary. The reference signs AM51 to AM55 here can denote both electrical contacts, holding elements and also holding elements comprising electrical contacts. Likewise, reference numerals AM711 to AM715 may denote both electric leads, holders, and holders including electric leads. Furthermore, the dimensions, distances, positions and numbers of the electrical contact or holding elements AM51 to AM55 and the electrical lead contacts or holding pieces AM711 to AM715 are shown purely by way of example.

保持装置AM7例如可以是一个或更多个家具壁、框、垂直或水平的梁、可壁安装的梁、可壁安装的保持框或它们的部件,它们可以适于保持储物元件AM101,使得储物元件AM101的存放面基本上平行于其上放置有保持装置AM7的底部,或者基本上垂直于其上安装或装配有保持装置的壁。The holding device AM7 can be, for example, one or more furniture walls, frames, vertical or horizontal beams, wall-mountable beams, wall-mountable holding frames or parts thereof, which can be adapted to hold the storage element AM101 such that The storage surface of the storage element AM101 is substantially parallel to the bottom on which the holding device AM7 is placed, or substantially perpendicular to the wall on which the holding device is mounted or fitted.

例如保持元件AM51、AM52或者保持件AM711、AM712如图89A所示可以被构造成轨或轨系统的一部分。此外,例如可以如图89B所示,另一保持元件AM53被构造成支承面而另一保持件AM713被构造成垫面。如果保持元件AM51、AM52、AM53包括电接触并且保持件AM711、AM712、AM713包括电引线接触,则所示实施例例如可以适于根据图87的储物元件AM400。根据图89C到89E的其他实施例示出具有至少四个保持元件/电接触或者至少四个保持件/电引线接触的其他可能性。For example holding elements AM51 , AM52 or holding pieces AM711 , AM712 as shown in FIG. 89A can be configured as a rail or part of a rail system. Furthermore, it is possible, for example, as shown in FIG. 89B , to form a further holding element AM53 as a bearing surface and a further holding element AM713 as a supporting surface. If the holding elements AM51 , AM52 , AM53 comprise electrical contacts and the holders AM711 , AM712 , AM713 comprise electrical lead contacts, the illustrated embodiment can be adapted for example to the storage element AM400 according to FIG. 87 . Other embodiments according to FIGS. 89C to 89E show other possibilities of having at least four holder elements/electrical contacts or at least four holder/electrical lead contacts.

尤其是,几个保持件或者保持元件可以包括电接触或者电引线接触,而其他的不包括。In particular, several holders or holding elements may comprise electrical contacts or electrical lead contacts, while others do not.

本发明并不限于借助实施例的描述。更确切地说,本发明包含任何新特征以及特征的任意组合,这尤其是专利权利要求中所包含的特征的任意组合,即使所述特征或所述组合自身在专利权利要求或实施例中没有明确提到。The invention is not restricted to the description with the aid of the exemplary embodiments. Rather, the invention encompasses any novel feature and any combination of features, in particular any combination of features contained in the patent claims, even if said feature or said combination itself is not included in the patent claims or in the examples. explicitly mentioned.

本专利申请要求以下德国专利申请的优先权:DE102006046293.9、DE102006060781.3、DE102006046198.3和DE102006054584.2。这些在先申请的公开内容通过引用结合于此。This patent application claims priority from the following German patent applications: DE102006046293.9, DE102006060781.3, DE102006046198.3 and DE102006054584.2. The disclosures of these prior applications are hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims (195)

1.一种发光器件(100),其包含:CLAIMS 1. A light emitting device (100), comprising: -具有第一主面(101)的衬底(1),在所述第一主面上施加第一电极(2),- a substrate (1) having a first main face (101), on which a first electrode (2) is applied, -第二电极(3),和- the second electrode (3), and -第一电极和第二电极(3)之间的、衬底(1)的有源区(5)内的有机层堆叠(4),其中所述有机层堆叠(4)包含适于产生光的至少一层有机层(401)。- an organic layer stack (4) in the active region (5) of the substrate (1) between the first electrode and the second electrode (3), wherein the organic layer stack (4) comprises at least one organic layer (401). 2.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述第一电极(2)能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)在工作时发出的光。2. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said first electrode (2) is transmissive to light emitted by the organic layer stack (4) in operation. 3.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第二电极(3)能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)在工作中发出的光。3. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the second electrode (3) is transparent to light emitted by the organic layer stack (4) in operation. 4.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一电极和第二电极(3)中的至少一个含有透明导电氧化物、能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)发出的光的金属或导电的有机材料。4. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode (3) comprises a transparent conducting oxide capable of permeating the organic layer stack (4) Metals or conductive organic materials that emit light. 5.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述电极(2,3)中的至少一个具有导电轨(2011,2012,2013)。5. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one of the electrodes (2, 3) has a conductive track (2011, 2012, 2013). 6.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述导电轨(2011,2012,2013)含有金属。6. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said conductive track (2011, 2012, 2013) contains metal. 7.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述导电轨(2011,2012,2013)具有多层结构。7. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the conductive track (2011, 2012, 2013) has a multilayer structure. 8.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述金属轨(2011,2012,2013)构造成能够透过由所述层堆叠产生的光的格栅。8. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the metal tracks (2011, 2012, 2013) are configured as a grid that is permeable to light generated by the layer stack. 9.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述金属轨(2011,2012,2013)的厚度至多为1.5μm。9. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the metal track (2011, 2012, 2013) has a thickness of at most 1.5 μm. 10.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述有机层堆叠(4)包括含有掺杂材料(410)的掺杂型有机层(402),所述有机层设置于所述至少一层有机层和电极之一之间。10. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the organic layer stack (4) comprises a doped organic layer (402) comprising a dopant material (410), the organic layer being arranged on Between the at least one organic layer and one of the electrodes. 11.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述掺杂型有机层构成有机层堆叠(4)的最外层。11. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said doped organic layer constitutes the outermost layer of the organic layer stack (4). 12.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述有源区(5)设置在封装部(6)中。12. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the active region (5) is arranged in the encapsulation (6). 13.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)在工作时产生的光。13. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said encapsulation (6) is transparent to light generated by the organic layer stack (4) in operation. 14.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)含有玻璃。14. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the encapsulation (6) contains glass. 15.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)由具有至少一层阻挡层(601,602)的薄膜封装部(6)构成。15. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the encapsulation (6) consists of a thin-film encapsulation (6) with at least one barrier layer (601, 602). 16.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述阻挡层(601,602)含有以下材料之一:氧化硅、氮化硅。16. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said barrier layer (601, 602) contains one of the following materials: silicon oxide, silicon nitride. 17.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述薄膜封装部(6)包含多个交替的阻挡层(601,602),其中至少两层在其材料组成方面不同的阻挡层以有规律的次序设置。17. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the thin-film encapsulation (6) comprises a plurality of alternating barrier layers (601, 602), wherein at least two layers differ in their material composition The barrier layers are set in a regular order. 18.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中一个交替的阻挡层(601)含有氧化硅,另一个交替的阻挡层(602)含有氮化硅。18. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein one alternating barrier layer (601) contains silicon oxide and the other alternate barrier layer (602) contains silicon nitride. 19.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述薄膜封装部(6)包含至少一层设置在两个阻挡层(601,602)之间的聚合物中间层(604)。19. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the thin-film encapsulation (6) comprises at least one polymer intermediate layer (604) arranged between two barrier layers (601, 602) ). 20.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述薄膜封装部(6)包含保护漆层(603)作为最外层。20. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the thin-film encapsulation (6) comprises a protective lacquer layer (603) as an outermost layer. 21.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中在所述第二电极(3)和薄膜封装部(6)之间设置有机平坦化层(7)。21. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein an organic planarization layer (7) is arranged between the second electrode (3) and the thin film encapsulation (6). 22.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述有机平坦化层(7)具有散射中心(701)。22. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said organic planarization layer (7) has scattering centers (701). 23.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述有机平坦化层(7)含有发光转换材料。23. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said organic planarization layer (7) contains a luminescence conversion material. 24.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述发光器件(100)不含任何吸气材料。24. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the light emitting device (100) does not contain any getter material. 25.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),所述发光器件含有吸气材料(611)。25. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a getter material (611). 26.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述吸气材料(611)设置在有源区(5)中。26. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said getter material (611) is arranged in the active region (5). 27.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述吸气材料(611)设置在有源区(5)外部。27. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the getter material (611) is arranged outside the active region (5). 28.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述吸气材料(611)能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)产生的光。28. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the getter material (611) is transparent to light generated by the organic layer stack (4). 29.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中窗(20)的装配玻璃用作衬底(1)。29. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the glazing of the window (20) is used as substrate (1). 30.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中窗(20)的装配玻璃用作封装部(6)。30. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the glazing of the window (20) is used as encapsulation (6). 31.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述衬底(1)设计成乳白色。31. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the substrate (1) is designed opalescent. 32.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)设计成乳白色。32. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the encapsulation (6) is designed to be milky white. 33.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),所述发光器件在衬底(1)上具有电引线(9),所述电引线使电极和连接部位(70)导电连接。33. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, which has electrical leads (9) on the substrate (1) which electrically connect the electrodes to the connection locations (70). 34.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述电引线(9)设置在有源区(5)外部。34. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said electrical leads (9) are arranged outside the active region (5). 35.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述电引线(9)被构造成能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)产生的光。35. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the electrical lead (9) is configured to be transparent to light generated by the organic layer stack (4). 36.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述电引线(9)含有金属。36. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the electrical lead (9) contains metal. 37.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述电引线(9)含有透明导电氧化物。37. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the electrical lead (9) comprises a transparent conductive oxide. 38.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),所述发光器件包含反射的层序列。38. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a reflective layer sequence. 39.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述反射的层序列包含介电的反射镜。39. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said reflective layer sequence comprises a dielectric mirror. 40.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),所述发光器件包含消除反射的层序列。40. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a reflection-eliminating layer sequence. 41.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述消除反射的层序列含有介电材料。41. The light-emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein the antireflection layer sequence contains a dielectric material. 42.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一电极(2)或第二电极(3)构造成反射的。42. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first electrode (2) or the second electrode (3) is embodied reflectively. 43.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中反射的电极含有银或金。43. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein the reflective electrode contains silver or gold. 44.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)构造成反射的。44. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the encapsulation (6) is embodied reflectively. 45.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中反射的封装部(6)包含金属帽。45. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein the reflective encapsulation (6) comprises a metal cap. 46.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中反射的封装部(6)包含能够透过由有机层堆叠(4)产生的光的吸气材料(611)。46. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the reflective encapsulation (6) comprises a getter material (611) which is transmissive to light generated by the organic layer stack (4). 47.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中反射的封装部(6)由含有至少一层阻挡层(601,602)的反射的薄膜封装部(6)构成。47. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the reflective encapsulation (6) is formed by a reflective thin-film encapsulation (6) comprising at least one barrier layer (601, 602). 48.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述反射的薄膜封装部(6)包含以下层中的至少一种层:银层(337a)、铜层(337b)。48. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the reflective thin-film encapsulation (6) comprises at least one of the following layers: a silver layer (337a), a copper layer (337b). 49.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述衬底(1)构造成反射的。49. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the substrate (1) is embodied reflectively. 50.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述封装部(6)是挠性的。50. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the encapsulation (6) is flexible. 51.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述衬底(1)是挠性的。51. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the substrate (1) is flexible. 52.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中挠性的衬底(1)由金属构成。52. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the flexible substrate (1) consists of metal. 53.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中挠性的衬底(1)含有以下材料中的至少一种:铝、不锈钢、塑料。53. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the flexible substrate (1) contains at least one of the following materials: aluminum, stainless steel, plastic. 54.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中挠性的衬底(1)构造成膜。54. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the flexible substrate (1) is formed as a film. 55.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中挠性的衬底(1)构造成包含第一层(103)和第二层(104)中至少一层的层压物。55. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the flexible substrate (1) is configured as a laminate comprising at least one of the first layer (103) and the second layer (104) . 56.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中形成第一层(103)的材料不同于形成第二层(104)的材料。56. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein the material forming the first layer (103) is different from the material forming the second layer (104). 57.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述衬底(1)包含至少一层由塑料形成的第一层和至少一层由玻璃形成的第二层。57. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the substrate (1) comprises at least one first layer formed of plastic and at least one second layer formed of glass. 58.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中百叶窗(22)的叶片(21)用作衬底(1)。58. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the blades (21) of the louver (22) are used as substrate (1). 59.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中在衬底(1)的背离第一主面(101)的第二主面(102)上施加粘合层(30)。59. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein an adhesive layer (30) is applied to a second main surface (102) of the substrate (1) facing away from the first main surface (101). 60.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中在粘合层(30)上施加能够拆卸的保护膜(31)。60. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein a detachable protective film (31) is applied on the adhesive layer (30). 61.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),所述发光器件包含至少一个适于发射第一颜色的光的第一颜色分区(50),以及包含至少一个适于发射第二颜色的光的第二颜色分区(51),其中第一颜色不同于第二颜色。61. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising at least one first color subregion (50) adapted to emit light of a first color, and comprising at least one subregion (50) adapted to emit light of a second color. A second color partition (51) of light of a color, wherein the first color is different from the second color. 62.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区(50,51)设置在共同的平面上。62. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first and second color subregions (50, 51 ) are arranged on a common plane. 63.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区(50,51)垂直相叠地设置。63. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first and second color subregions (50, 51) are arranged vertically one above the other. 64.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区(50)含有第一有机发光体材料,所述第二颜色分区(51)含有第二有机发光体材料,其中第一发光体材料不同于第二发光体材料。64. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first color subregion (50) contains a first organic emitter material and the second color subregion (51) contains a second organic emitter material materials, wherein the first emitter material is different from the second emitter material. 65.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个包含滤色器的颜色分区(50,51)。65. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one color subregion (50, 51) comprising a color filter. 66.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区(50)包含第一滤色装置,所述第二颜色分区(51)包含第二滤色装置,其中第一滤色装置不同于第二滤色装置。66. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color subregion (50) comprises first color filter means, said second color subregion (51 ) comprises second color filter means, Wherein the first color filter device is different from the second color filter device. 67.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个包含发光转换材料(52,53)的颜色分区(50,51)。67. The luminous means (100) as claimed in at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one color subregion (50, 51) comprising a luminescence conversion material (52, 53). 68.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区(50)包含第一发光转换材料(52),所述第二颜色分区(51)包含第二发光转换材料(53),其中第一发光转换材料(52)不同于第二发光转换材料。68. The light-emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first color subregion (50) comprises a first luminescence conversion material (52), and the second color subregion (51) comprises a second luminescence A conversion material (53), wherein the first luminescence conversion material (52) is different from the second luminescence conversion material. 69.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个适于发射第三颜色的光的第三颜色分区,其中第三颜色不同于第一和第二颜色。69. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one third color subregion suitable for emitting light of a third color, wherein the third color is different from the first and second colors. 70.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个适于发射第四颜色的光的第四颜色分区,其中第四颜色不同于第一、第二和第三颜色。70. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one fourth color subregion suitable for emitting light of a fourth color, wherein the fourth color is different from the first, second and third colors . 71.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个适于发射白光的颜色分区。71. The luminous device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one color subregion suitable for emitting white light. 72.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区(51)能够彼此独立地控制。72. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least the first color subregion and the second color subregion (51 ) are controllable independently of each other. 73.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中能够共同控制同类型构造的颜色分区。73. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein color subdivisions of a homogenous configuration can be controlled jointly. 74.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有控制装置(11),所述控制装置被设计来调节发光器件(100)的工作状态。74. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having a control device (11), which is designed to regulate the operating state of the luminous means (100). 75.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述控制装置(11)设置在衬底(1)的第一主面(101)上。75. The light emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said control means (11) is arranged on the first main face (101) of the substrate (1). 76.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述控制装置(11)与有机层堆叠(4)被封装在共同的封装部(6)中。76. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the control device (11) and the organic layer stack (4) are encapsulated in a common encapsulation (6). 77.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述控制装置(11)被设计来彼此独立地控制至少两个颜色分区。77. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the control device (11) is designed to control at least two color subregions independently of each other. 78.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述控制装置(11)包含脉宽调制电路(12)。78. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the control device (11) comprises a pulse width modulation circuit (12). 79.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述控制装置(11)能够由使用者调整。79. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the control device (11) is adjustable by a user. 80.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所发射的光的颜色能够通过控制装置(11)来调节。80. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the color of the emitted light can be adjusted by means of the control device (11). 81.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述第一颜色分区和第二颜色分区(51)反并联地相互连接。81. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the first color subregion and the second color subregion (51 ) are connected to each other in antiparallel. 82.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中由发光器件(100)所发射的光的颜色取决于给发光器件(100)供电的电流的电流密度。82. The light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the color of the light emitted by the light emitting device (100) depends on the current density of the current supplying the light emitting device (100). 83.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其具有控制装置(11),所述控制装置被设计来调节给发光器件(100)供电的电流的电流密度。83. The lighting device (100) according to the preceding claim, having a control device (11) designed to regulate the current density of the current supplying the lighting device (100). 84.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中由发光器件(100)所发射的光的颜色取决于给发光器件(100)供电的电流的强度。84. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the color of the light emitted by the lighting device (100) depends on the intensity of the current supplying the lighting device (100). 85.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其具有控制装置(11),所述控制装置被设计来调节给发光器件(100)供电的电流的强度。85. The lighting device (100) according to the preceding claim, having a control device (11) designed to regulate the intensity of the current supplying the lighting device (100). 86.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中由发光器件(100)所发射的光的颜色取决于发光器件(100)供电的持续时间。86. The lighting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the color of the light emitted by the lighting device (100) depends on the duration for which the lighting device (100) is powered. 87.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其具有控制装置(11),所述控制装置被设计来调节发光器件(100)供电的持续时间。87. The lighting device (100) according to the preceding claim, having a control device (11) designed to regulate the duration of the power supply of the lighting device (100). 88.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有传感器(65),所述传感器适于确定发光器件(100)工作时辐射的光的色度坐标和/或亮度。88. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having a sensor (65) suitable for determining the chromaticity coordinates and/or the brightness of the light radiated by the luminous means (100) during operation. 89.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其具有控制装置(11),所述控制装置被设计来根据由传感器(65)确定的测量值为发光器件(100)供电。89. The lighting device (100) according to the preceding claim, having a control device (11) designed to power the lighting device (100) depending on the measured value determined by the sensor (65). 90.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其具有至少一个连接部位(70),所述连接部位被设计用于电接触发光器件(100)。90. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having at least one connection location (70), which is designed for electrical contacting of the luminous means (100). 91.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述连接部位(70)设置在衬底(1)的背离第一主面(101)的第二主面(102)上。91. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the connection location (70) is arranged on a second main surface (102) of the substrate (1) facing away from the first main surface (101) . 92.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述连接部位(70)设置在衬底(1)的侧面上。92. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the connection location (70) is arranged on a side surface of the substrate (1). 93.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少一个连接部位(70)被设计成连接插销(71)。93. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one connection location (70) is designed as a connection pin (71). 94.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少一个连接部位(70)被设计成凹座(73)。94. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one connection location (70) is designed as a recess (73). 95.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少一个连接部位(70)被设计成连接插座(74)。95. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one connection point (70) is designed as a connection socket (74). 96.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少一个连接部位(70)包含多个连接管脚(75a,75b,75c)。96. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one connection location (70) comprises a plurality of connection pins (75a, 75b, 75c). 97.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中至少一个连接部位(70)被设计成沿着衬底(1)的侧面延伸的连接轨(84)。97. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one connection location (70) is designed as a connection track (84) extending along a side of the substrate (1). 98.根据上一权利要求的发光器件(100),其中所述连接轨(84)在侧面长度的至少80%上延伸。98. The light-emitting device (100) according to the preceding claim, wherein said connection track (84) extends over at least 80% of the length of the sides. 99.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述至少一个连接部位(70)被设计用于机械固定发光器件(100)。99. The luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the at least one connecting location (70) is designed for mechanically fixing the luminous means (100). 100.一种照明装置(1000),其具有至少一个根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)。100. A lighting device (1000) having at least one luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 101.根据上一权利要求的照明装置(1000),其具有至少两个相互电连接和机械连接的发光器件(100)。101. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, having at least two light emitting devices (100) electrically and mechanically connected to each other. 102.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有第一发光器件(100)和第二发光器件(100),其中第一发光器件(100)具有至少一个被设计成连接插销(71)的连接部位(70),该连接插销设置在第一发光器件(100)的衬底(1)的侧面上,其中连接插销(71)配合到第二发光器件(100)的连接部位(70)中,该连接部位被构造成第二发光器件(100)的侧面中的凹座(73)。102. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having a first light emitting device (100) and a second light emitting device (100), wherein the first light emitting device (100) has at least one light emitting device designed to be connected Connection site (70) of a plug (71) arranged on the side of the substrate (1) of the first light-emitting device (100), wherein the connection plug (71) fits into the connection of the second light-emitting device (100) In the region ( 70 ), the connection location is configured as a recess ( 73 ) in the side of the second luminous means ( 100 ). 103.根据上一权利要求的照明装置(1000),其中所述第一和第二发光器件(100)借助于连接部位(70)通过压配合而相互机械连接。103. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein said first and second light emitting device (100) are mechanically connected to each other by means of a connection location (70) by press fit. 104.根据上一权利要求的照明装置(1000),其中所述第一和第二发光器件(100)借助于连接部位(70)通过压合座而相互机械连接。104. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein said first and second light emitting device (100) are mechanically connected to each other by means of a connection location (70) through a press-fit seat. 105.根据前一权利要求的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一和第二发光器件(100)借助于连接部位(70)通过插塞连接以机械方式相互连接。105. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein said first and second light emitting means (100) are mechanically connected to each other by means of a connection site (70) by a plug connection. 106.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使照明装置(1000)的发光器件(100)以机械方式相互连接。106. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the lighting device (1000) are mechanically connected to each other. 107.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使照明装置(1000)的发光器件(100)电连接。107. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the lighting device (1000) are electrically connected. 108.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使照明装置(1000)的发光器件(100)以机械方式连接和电连接。108. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the lighting device (1000) are mechanically and electrically connected. 109.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成支撑板(80)。109. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the support body is designed as a support plate (80). 110.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成支承体格栅(81)。110. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the carrier is designed as a carrier grid (81). 111.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成线缆系统(83)。111. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the carrier is designed as a cable system (83). 112.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成杆系统(83)。112. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the support body is designed as a rod system (83). 113.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,至少一个发光器件(100)借助于被设计成连接插销(71)的连接部位(70)而与所述支承体以机械方式连接和电连接。113. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one luminous means (100) is mechanically connected to the carrier by means of a connection point (70) designed as a connection pin (71) connection and electrical connection. 114.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,至少一个发光器件(100)借助于被设计成连接轨(84)的连接部位(70)而与所述支承体以机械方式连接和电连接。114. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one luminous means (100) is mechanically connected to the support body by means of a connecting point (70) designed as a connecting rail (84). connection and electrical connection. 115.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有第一发光器件(100)和第二发光器件(100),其中第一和第二发光器件(100)在工作时发射不同颜色的光。115. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, having a first light emitting device (100) and a second light emitting device (100), wherein the first and the second light emitting device (100) emit in operation Light of different colors. 116.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,在所述发光器件(100)后在辐射方向上设置含有漫射材料的光学元件(60)。116. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein an optical element (60) comprising a diffusing material is arranged behind the luminous means (100) in the radiation direction. 117.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其包含:117. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising: -多个发光器件(100),其中所述发光器件(100)阵列状地布置,和- a plurality of light emitting devices (100), wherein said light emitting devices (100) are arranged in an array, and -控制装置(11),其适于不依赖于其余发光器件(100)而控制每个发光器件(100)。- Control means (11) adapted to control each light emitting device (100) independently of the remaining light emitting devices (100). 118.根据前一权利要求的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)中的至少一个适于在第一时段内发射第一颜色的光和在第二时段内发射第二颜色的光,其中第一颜色不同于第二颜色。118. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein at least one of said light emitting devices (100) is adapted to emit light of a first color during a first period of time and emit light of a second color during a second period of time of light in which the first color is different from the second color. 119.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体含有织物材料(25,27)。119. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the carrier contains a textile material (25, 27). 120.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成帘(25)。120. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the support body is designed as a curtain (25). 121.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述支承体被设计成服装件(27)。121. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the carrier is designed as a clothing piece (27). 122.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其具有发光器件(100)作为第一光源和第二光源。122. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a light emitting device (100) as a first light source and as a second light source. 123.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)发出第一颜色的光,而第二光源(370)发出不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光。123. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the light emitting device (100) emits light of a first color, and the second light source (370) emits a second color different from the first color of light. 124.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在蓝光谱区,而所述第二颜色在黄光谱区。124. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the blue spectral region and said second color is in the yellow spectral region. 125.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在黄光谱区,而所述第二颜色在蓝光谱区。125. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the yellow spectral region and said second color is in the blue spectral region. 126.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)是可调光的。126. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said light emitting device (100) is dimmable. 127.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第二光源(370)是可调光的。127. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said second light source (370) is dimmable. 128.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第二光源(370)至少由以下元件之一构成:白炽灯、至少一个单个发光二极管、发光二极管-模块、冷阴极灯、荧光灯、拉瓦尔灯、有机发光二极管。128. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the second light source (370) consists of at least one of the following elements: an incandescent lamp, at least one single light-emitting diode, a light-emitting diode-module, a cold Cathode lamps, fluorescent lamps, Laval lamps, organic light-emitting diodes. 129.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)和第二光源相互设置为,使得第二光源(370)的光穿过发光器件(100)射出。129. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the light emitting device (100) and the second light source are mutually arranged such that the light of the second light source (370) passes through the light emitting device (100) shoot out. 130.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)被构造成灯罩。130. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the luminous means (100) is configured as a lampshade. 131.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中:131. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein: -所述发光器件(100)发出第一颜色的光,而第二光源(370)发出不同于第一颜色的第二颜色的光,- said light emitting device (100) emits light of a first color and the second light source (370) emits light of a second color different from the first color, -两个光源中的至少一个是可调光的,和- at least one of the two light sources is dimmable, and -所述发光器件(100)和第二光源相互设置为,使得第二光源的光穿过发光器件(100)射出。- The luminous means (100) and the second light source are arranged relative to each other such that light from the second light source emerges through the luminous means (100). 132.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在蓝光谱区,而所述第二颜色在黄光谱区。132. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the blue spectral region and said second color is in the yellow spectral region. 133.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在黄光谱区,而所述第二颜色在蓝光谱区。133. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the yellow spectral region and said second color is in the blue spectral region. 134.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在CIE标准色表的暖白色区域,而所述第二颜色在CIE标准色表的冷白色区域。134. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the warm white region of the CIE standard color table and said second color is in the cool white region of the CIE standard color table. 135.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述第一颜色在CIE标准色表的冷白色区域,而所述第二颜色在CIE标准色表的暖白色区域。135. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said first color is in the cool white region of the CIE standard color table and said second color is in the warm white region of the CIE standard color table. 136.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)和第二光源被设计成可调光的。136. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the light emitting means (100) and the second light source are designed to be dimmable. 137.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)被构造成灯罩。137. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the luminous means (100) is configured as a lampshade. 138.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,所述发光器件(100)的发射辐射的正面和第二光源的发射辐射的正面设置在共同平面中。138. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the radiation-emitting front side of the luminous means (100) and the radiation-emitting front side of the second light source are arranged in a common plane. 139.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,设置在发光器件(100)的发射辐射的正面内的LED模块(390)被用作第二光源(370)。139. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein an LED module (390) arranged in the radiation-emitting front side of the luminous means (100) is used as the second light source (370). 140.根据前一权利要求的照明装置(1000),在所述发光器件的发射辐射的正面内居中地设置有所述LED模块(390)。140. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein said LED module (390) is arranged centrally within a radiation-emitting front face of said luminous means. 141.一种光学显示装置,其包含:141. An optical display device comprising: -显像元件,和- a display element, and -至少两个根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),其中所述发光器件(100)构成所述显像元件(90)的背光装置。- At least two light emitting devices (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein said light emitting devices (100) constitute a backlight for said display element (90). 142.根据前一权利要求的光学显示装置,其中,所述发光器件(100)相互电连接和以机械方式连接。142. Optical display device according to the preceding claim, wherein said light emitting devices (100) are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. 143.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中至少一个发光器件(100)适于发射白光。143. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one light emitting device (100) is adapted to emit white light. 144.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其具有第一发光器件(100)和第二发光器件(100),其中所述第一发光器件(100)具有至少一个被设计成连接插销(71)的连接部位(70),所述连接部位设置在第一发光器件(100)的衬底(1)的侧面上,其中所述连接插销(71)插入所述第二发光器件(100)的连接部位(70)中,所述连接部位被构造成第二发光器件(100)侧面中的凹座(73)。144. The optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, having a first light emitting device (100) and a second light emitting device (100), wherein the first light emitting device (100) has at least one light emitting device designed to be connected The connection part (70) of the pin (71), the connection part is arranged on the side of the substrate (1) of the first light-emitting device (100), wherein the connection pin (71) is inserted into the second light-emitting device ( 100) in the connection location (70), which is designed as a recess (73) in the side of the second luminous means (100). 145.根据前一权利要求的光学显示装置,其中,所述第一和第二发光器件(100)借助于连接部位(70)通过压配合而以机械方式相互连接。145. Optical display device according to the preceding claim, wherein said first and second light emitting means (100) are mechanically connected to each other by means of a connection site (70) by press fitting. 146.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使所述光学显示装置的发光器件(100)以机械方式连接。146. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the optical display device are mechanically connected. 147.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使所述光学显示装置的发光器件(100)电连接。147. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the optical display device are electrically connected. 148.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其具有支承体,通过所述支承体使所述光学显示装置的发光器件(100)以机械方式连接和电连接。148. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, comprising a carrier, via which the luminous means (100) of the optical display device are connected mechanically and electrically. 149.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中,所述支承体被设计成支撑板(80)。149. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the support body is designed as a support plate (80). 150.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中,所述支承体被设计成支承体格栅(81)。150. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the carrier is designed as a carrier grid (81). 151.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中,至少一个发光器件(100)借助于被设计成连接插销(71)的连接部位(70)而与所述支承体以机械方式连接和电连接。151. The optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one luminous means (100) is mechanically connected to the carrier by means of a connecting point (70) designed as a connecting pin (71) and electrical connection. 152.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中,在所述发光器件(100)之后在辐射方向上设置有含有漫射材料的光学元件(60)。152. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein an optical element (60) comprising a diffusing material is arranged downstream of the luminous means (100) in the radiation direction. 153.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的光学显示装置,其中,所述发光器件(100)阵列状地布置。153. Optical display device according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the luminous means (100) are arranged in a matrix. 154.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)的紧急照明装置(395)。154. An emergency lighting device (395) having a luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 155.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000)的紧急照明装置(395)。155. An emergency lighting device (395) having a lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 156.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)的车辆内部照明装置(396)。156. A vehicle interior lighting device (396) having a luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 157.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000)的车辆内部照明装置(396)。157. A vehicle interior lighting device (396) having a lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 158.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)的家具构件(33)。158. A furniture component (33) having a luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 159.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000)的家具构件(33)。159. A furniture element (33) having a lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 160.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)的建筑材料。160. A building material with a luminous means (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 161.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000)的建筑材料。161. A building material with a lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 162.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件的装配玻璃,其中,所述发光器件(100)设置在装配玻璃窗(20)的两个玻璃板之间。162. Glazing with a luminous means according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the luminous means (100) is arranged between two panes of the glazing (20). 163.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的装配玻璃,其具有主面,平行于所述主面设置百叶窗(22)。163. The glazing as claimed in at least one of the preceding claims, having a main face, parallel to which the shutters (22) are arranged. 164.根据上述权利要求中至少一项的装配玻璃,其中,所述百叶窗(22)被构造成反射的。164. The glazing as claimed in at least one of the preceding claims, wherein the louver (22) is embodied reflectively. 165.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100)的显示器。165. A display with a light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 166.一种具有根据上述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000)的显示器。166. A display with an illumination device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims. 167.一种储物家具,其包含167. A storage furniture comprising -平面造型的储物元件(AM100),其具有至少一个存放面(AM10)和至少一个辐射发射部件(AM11),所述器件尤其是根据上述权利要求中至少一项的发光器件(100),和- a planar storage element (AM100) having at least one storage surface (AM10) and at least one radiation-emitting part (AM11), said device, in particular a light emitting device (100) according to at least one of the preceding claims, and -至少一个用来保持储物元件(AM100)的保持装置(AM7)。- At least one holding device (AM7) for holding the storage element (AM100). 168.根据上述权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件(AM11)至少包含以下元件:168. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein said radiation emitting part (AM11) comprises at least the following elements: -第一和第二电极(AM3,AM4),- first and second electrodes (AM3, AM4), -和至少一个设置在第一和第二电极(AM3,AM4)之间的有源区。- and at least one active area arranged between the first and second electrodes (AM3, AM4). 169.根据前一权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件(AM11)的第一和/或第二电极(AM3,AM4)被结构化。169. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein the first and/or second electrodes (AM3, AM4) of the radiation emitting part (AM11) are structured. 170.根据权利要求168或169中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件(AM11)是具有至少一个有机层(AM2)的有机发光二极管。170. Storage furniture according to any one of claims 168 or 169, wherein said radiation emitting part (AM11) is an organic light emitting diode having at least one organic layer (AM2). 171.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)具有保持元件(AM9),借助于所述保持元件可将储物元件(AM100)装配在保持装置(AM7)上。171. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the storage element (AM100) has a holding element (AM9) by means of which the storage element (AM100) can be mounted on a holding device (AM7) on. 172.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)具有至少两个用于电接触辐射发射部件(AM11)的电接触(AM31,AM41)。172. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the storage element (AM100) has at least two electrical contacts (AM31 , AM41 ) for electrically contacting the radiation emitting part (AM11 ). 173.根据上述权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述第一和第二电极(AM3,AM4)通过不同的电接触(AM31,AM41)而接触。173. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein said first and second electrodes (AM3, AM4) are in contact by different electrical contacts (AM31, AM41). 174.根据权利要求171的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)具有至少两个用于电接触辐射发射部件(AM11)的电接触(AM31,AM41),并且所述保持元件(AM9)包含电接触(AM31,AM41)。174. Storage furniture according to claim 171, wherein said storage element (AM100) has at least two electrical contacts (AM31, AM41) for electrically contacting a radiation emitting part (AM11), and said holding element ( AM9) contains electrical contacts (AM31, AM41). 175.根据权利要求171的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)具有保持件(AM6),在该保持件上,所述储物元件(AM100)借助于保持元件(AM9)可安装在保持装置(AM7)上。175. Storage furniture according to claim 171, wherein the holding device (AM7) has a holder (AM6) on which the storage element (AM100) can be mounted by means of a holding element (AM9) on the holding device (AM7). 176.根据权利要求172或173的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)包含至少两个用于电接触辐射发射部件(AM11)的电引线接触(AM8),并且所述储物元件(AM100)的电接触(AM31,AM41)与所述电引线接触(AM8)导电连接。176. Storage furniture according to claim 172 or 173, wherein said holding means (AM7) comprises at least two electrical lead contacts (AM8) for electrically contacting a radiation emitting part (AM11 ), and said storage element The electrical contacts (AM31, AM41) of (AM100) are electrically conductively connected to said electrical lead contacts (AM8). 177.根据上一权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)具有保持件(AM6),在保持件上,所述储物元件(AM100)借助于其保持元件(AM9)能够安装在保持装置(AM7)上,并且所述保持件(AM6)包括电引线接触(AM8)。177. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein said holding device (AM7) has a holder (AM6) on which said storage element (AM100) can be Mounted on a holder (AM7) and said holder (AM6) includes electrical lead contacts (AM8). 178.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)包含至少一个选自以下的元件:轨、保持角、支承臂、梁、柱、家具壁。178. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said holding means (AM7) comprises at least one element selected from the group consisting of: rails, holding angles, supporting arms, beams, columns, furniture walls. 179.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)是n角形、圆形或椭圆形或它们的组合,其中n是大于或等于3的整数。179. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said storage element (AM100) is n-gonal, circular or elliptical or a combination thereof, where n is an integer greater than or equal to three. 180.根据上述权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)具有棱角的形状,并且在至少在所述保持装置(AM7)的一个角上设置储物元件(AM100)。180. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein the storage element (AM100) has an angular shape, and the storage element (AM100) is arranged at least on one corner of the holding device (AM7). 181.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件(AM11)具有至少一个电磁辐射的出射面,其中所述出射面至少是所述储物元件的外表面的一部分。181. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said radiation emitting part (AM11) has at least one exit surface for electromagnetic radiation, wherein said exit surface is at least one of the outer surfaces of said storage element part. 182.根据上述权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述外表面是存放面(AM10)。182. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein said outer surface is a storage surface (AM10). 183.根据权利要求180或181的储物家具,其中,所述外表面设置在储物元件的背离存放面(AM10)的侧上。183. Storage furniture according to claim 180 or 181, wherein the outer surface is arranged on the side of the storage element facing away from the storage surface (AM10). 184.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述储物元件(AM100)包含上侧、下侧和侧面,并且所述辐射发射部件安装在上侧、下侧和侧面之一上。184. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said storage element (AM100) comprises an upper side, a lower side and lateral sides, and said radiation emitting part is mounted between the upper side, lower side and lateral sides one up. 185.根据权利要求167至183中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件集成到所述平面造型的储物元件(AM100)中。185. Storage furniture according to any one of claims 167 to 183, wherein said radiation emitting part is integrated into said flat-shaped storage element (AM100). 186.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述辐射发射部件是平面造型的。186. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the radiation emitting part is planar. 187.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)适于保持所述储物元件(AM100),使得所述存放面(AM10)的至少部分区域基本上平行于其上能够设置有储物元件(AM100)的底部。187. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said holding means (AM7) is adapted to hold said storage element (AM100) such that at least a partial area of said storage surface (AM10) is substantially Parallel to the bottom on which the storage element (AM100) can be arranged. 188.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述保持装置(AM7)适于保持所述储物元件(AM100),使得所述存放面(AM10)的至少部分区域基本上垂直于其上能够安装或装配有储物家具的壁。188. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said holding means (AM7) is adapted to hold said storage element (AM100) such that at least a partial area of said storage surface (AM10) is substantially Perpendicular to the wall on which the storage furniture can be mounted or fitted. 189.根据上述权利要求中任一项的储物家具,其中,所述储物家具包含多个储物元件(AM101,AM102)。189. Storage furniture according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said storage furniture comprises a plurality of storage elements (AM101, AM102). 190.根据上一权利要求的储物家具,其中,所述多个储物元件(AM101,AM102)相互设置为,使得各个存放面相互平行。190. Storage furniture according to the preceding claim, wherein said plurality of storage elements (AM101, AM102) are mutually arranged such that the respective storage surfaces are parallel to each other. 191.根据前述权利要求中至少一项的照明装置(1000),其中,至少两个本身不具有挠性的刚性发光器件(100)被嵌入到挠性的基质(40)中。191. The lighting device (1000) according to at least one of the preceding claims, wherein at least two rigid light emitting devices (100) which are not inherently flexible are embedded in a flexible matrix (40). 192.根据前述权利要求的照明装置(1000),其包含两个挠性的支承体(42,43),在所述支承体之间设置有刚性发光器件(100)和挠性基质(40)的材料。192. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, comprising two flexible supports (42, 43) between which a rigid light emitting device (100) and a flexible matrix (40) are arranged s material. 193.根据前述权利要求的照明装置(1000),其中,一个支承体(43)是透光的,而另一支承体(42)由不透光材料,尤其是金属膜构成。193. The lighting device (1000) according to the preceding claim, wherein one support body (43) is light-transmissive and the other support body (42) consists of a light-impermeable material, in particular a metal film. 194.根据权利要求191的照明装置(1000),其中,所述挠性基质(40)的透光材料含有以下材料的至少一种的颗粒:发光转换材料、滤色材料、漫射材料。194. The lighting device (1000) according to claim 191, wherein the light-transmitting material of the flexible matrix (40) contains particles of at least one of the following materials: luminescence conversion material, color filter material, diffusion material. 195.根据权利要求191的照明装置(1000),其中,所述挠性基质(40)的材料含有以下材料的至少一种或由以下材料的至少一种形成:Zeonex、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯或优选可以通过注塑进行加工的其他塑料。195. The lighting device (1000) according to claim 191, wherein said flexible matrix (40) material comprises or is formed from at least one of the following materials: Zeonex, polystyrene, polycarbonate Esters or other plastics which can preferably be processed by injection moulding.
CNA2007800363357A 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Organic lighting device and lighting equipment Pending CN101523634A (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201510239567.9A CN105276537A (en) 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Organic luminous means and illumination device

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE102006046293.9 2006-09-29
DE102006046293 2006-09-29
DE102006046198.3 2006-09-29
DE102006054584.2 2006-11-20
DE102006060781.3 2006-12-21

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510239567.9A Division CN105276537A (en) 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Organic luminous means and illumination device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101523634A true CN101523634A (en) 2009-09-02

Family

ID=39154745

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNA2007800363357A Pending CN101523634A (en) 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Organic lighting device and lighting equipment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN101523634A (en)
DE (1) DE102006060781B4 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102261588A (en) * 2011-07-14 2011-11-30 南京第壹有机光电有限公司 Organic light emitting diode (OLED) and LED compound lamp
CN102345813A (en) * 2011-09-30 2012-02-08 南京第壹有机光电有限公司 Dynamic compound lighting lamp
CN102365864A (en) * 2009-03-27 2012-02-29 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 A device for placement in front of a display device
CN102651453A (en) * 2011-02-25 2012-08-29 苏州大学 Organic light-emitting diode sealed by thin film and manufacturing method thereof
CN103629613A (en) * 2012-08-21 2014-03-12 黑拉许克联合股份有限公司 Lighting unit for a motor vehicle
CN103733370A (en) * 2011-06-09 2014-04-16 株式会社Lg化学 Organic light-emitting element and light-emitting device including same
CN104037355A (en) * 2013-03-07 2014-09-10 海洋王照明科技股份有限公司 Organic light emission diode and preparation method thereof
CN104040749A (en) * 2012-01-10 2014-09-10 欧司朗光电半导体有限公司 Optoelectronic component, method for producing an optoelectronic component, device for separating a room, and piece of furniture
KR20150087187A (en) * 2012-11-20 2015-07-29 오스람 오엘이디 게엠베하 Optoelectronic component and method for producing an optoelectronic component
CN105957960A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-09-21 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Magnetosensitive device and preparation method thereof
CN106031907A (en) * 2015-03-12 2016-10-19 大东扬机械股份有限公司 A suction type spray device and a process of forming a coating film on a light-transmitting plate by using the device
WO2017187204A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2017-11-02 Design Led Products Limited Modular light panel
CN108258135A (en) * 2016-12-29 2018-07-06 乐金显示有限公司 Use the lighting apparatus and its manufacturing method of organic luminescent device
CN108472495A (en) * 2015-12-24 2018-08-31 夏普株式会社 Light irradiation device and photo-therapeutic instrument
CN109311222A (en) * 2016-01-22 2019-02-05 美国因迪森光学技术有限责任公司 The uniform optical element of homogeneity is produced by addition manufacture
TWI677089B (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-11-11 大陸商昆山國顯光電有限公司 Organic light-emitting display device, method of making the same, and mask for making support column
CN115885593A (en) * 2020-08-17 2023-03-31 汉莎技术股份公司 Escape route marking in a vehicle
EP4185156A4 (en) * 2020-07-22 2024-08-07 ELC Management LLC COSMETIC CONTAINER WITH A SURFACE WITH CONTROLABLE TRANSPARENCY

Families Citing this family (80)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102007044082A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2009-04-02 Continental Automotive Gmbh Display has red light emitting diode that is switched anti-parallel to white light emitting diode, and drive unit is provided, which has lighting device, and light emitting diodes are subjected to different polarity
DE102007061473A1 (en) 2007-09-27 2009-04-02 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Radiation-emitting device
DE102008023874A1 (en) 2008-02-26 2009-08-27 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Radiation-emitting arrangement
DE102008012383B3 (en) * 2008-03-04 2009-06-18 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Light-generating wall element
DE102008030845B4 (en) * 2008-03-28 2021-09-23 Pictiva Displays International Limited Organic electronic component and method for producing an organic electronic component
DE102008021676A1 (en) * 2008-04-28 2009-10-29 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Radiation-emitting element i.e. organic LED, protecting component, has connecting material with ferromagnetic particles, and softened by inductive heating for mechanically connecting substrates
DE102008021617A1 (en) * 2008-04-28 2009-10-29 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Component, particularly organic light-emitting component, has two substrates, in which radiation emitting component is arranged on former substrate, which has organic material
DE102008028889A1 (en) * 2008-06-18 2009-12-24 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Construction unit for hermetic sealing of glass guide, has two substrates, where optoelectronic element is arranged on former substrate
DE102008030585B4 (en) * 2008-06-27 2019-02-21 Osram Oled Gmbh Component with a first substrate and a second substrate and method for its preparation
DE102008030816B4 (en) * 2008-06-30 2019-11-07 Osram Oled Gmbh Method for producing a component with at least one organic material
DE102008053326A1 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh A radiation-emitting device and method for producing a radiation-emitting device
DE102008036470A1 (en) 2008-08-05 2010-02-11 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Flat surface light for illumination and backlighting applications with integrated emergency power supply
WO2010020922A1 (en) * 2008-08-22 2010-02-25 Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh A shelf-plate illuminated by oleds
EP2324097A1 (en) * 2008-09-04 2011-05-25 Bayer MaterialScience AG Light emitting device, and method for the production thereof
DE202008011928U1 (en) * 2008-09-06 2008-12-24 Baris, Yorganci garment
DE102008049060B4 (en) * 2008-09-26 2018-11-22 Osram Oled Gmbh Organic, opto-electronic component and manufacturing method therefor
DE102008049779A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic device for use as e.g. window, has LEDs arranged at two opposite side surfaces of support body, and support body and electrodes are partially radiation-permeable with respect to radiation emitted from LEDs
DE102008055969A1 (en) * 2008-11-05 2010-06-10 Sefar Ag Substrate for an optoelectronic device
DE102008062809B4 (en) * 2008-12-23 2012-01-19 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. An article of furniture comprising a multi-layer system for providing electrical functionality
DE102009006655A1 (en) * 2009-01-29 2010-08-05 Emde Projects Gmbh Light-emitting plate-like arrangement
BRPI1006688A2 (en) * 2009-03-27 2016-04-12 Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv system
DE102009020627A1 (en) * 2009-05-09 2010-11-11 Hettich Holding Gmbh & Co. Ohg Furniture
DE102009038864B4 (en) 2009-08-27 2021-11-25 Pictiva Displays International Limited General lighting lamp
DE202009013130U1 (en) * 2009-09-29 2010-01-21 Tiefenbrunner, Karl, Dipl.-Psych. window light
DE102010040839B4 (en) * 2010-09-15 2013-10-17 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Method for producing an electronic component and electronic component
DE102011079160B4 (en) * 2011-07-14 2023-05-17 Osram Oled Gmbh ENCAPSULATION STRUCTURE FOR AN OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF ENCAPSULATION OF AN OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE
EP2727164A1 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-05-07 OSRAM Opto Semiconductors GmbH Encapsulation structure for an opto-electronic component, and method for encapsulating an optoelectronic component
DE102011110156A1 (en) * 2011-08-12 2013-02-14 Creaphys Gmbh OLED lighting device with a curved light body
CA3078447C (en) 2012-03-08 2022-05-10 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
DE102012210484B4 (en) 2012-06-21 2017-02-02 Osram Oled Gmbh Method for a coherent connection of an organic optoelectronic component with a connector, connection structure for a frictional connection and optoelectronic component device
DE102012210876B4 (en) 2012-06-26 2024-10-24 Pictiva Displays International Limited Light-emitting organic component
DE102012214216A1 (en) * 2012-08-09 2014-02-13 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Organic light-emitting diode module and method for its production
DE102012109138B4 (en) * 2012-09-27 2022-05-25 Osram Oled Gmbh Optoelectronic component, method for producing an optoelectronic component and optoelectronic component device
DE102012109274A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic component, method for producing an optoelectronic component, method for operating an optoelectronic component
DE102012223162B4 (en) 2012-12-14 2022-08-25 Pictiva Displays International Limited AREA LIGHT SYSTEM
US9159890B2 (en) 2013-02-15 2015-10-13 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic semiconductor component
DE102013006286A1 (en) * 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 Sto Se & Co. Kgaa Process for coating a building surface, in particular a wall, ceiling or a floor surface of a building
DE102013105555A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic semiconductor component
DE102013106804A1 (en) * 2013-06-28 2014-12-31 Osram Oled Gmbh Optoelectronic component and method for producing an optoelectronic component
DE102013108089B4 (en) * 2013-07-29 2021-03-18 Pictiva Displays International Limited Organic light emitting diode and arrangement with an organic light emitting diode
DE102013108213A1 (en) * 2013-07-31 2015-02-05 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic component
DE102013108871A1 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-03-12 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Organic light emitting device
DE102013014340A1 (en) * 2013-08-28 2014-11-20 Diehl Aerospace Gmbh Separating device between a first and a second space
DE102013110449B4 (en) * 2013-09-20 2019-10-24 Osram Oled Gmbh Component and method for manufacturing a component
DE102013225796A1 (en) * 2013-12-12 2015-06-18 Magna Mirrors Holding Gmbh Luminaire unit for a motor vehicle
DE202013105914U1 (en) * 2013-12-23 2015-03-24 Zumtobel Lighting Gmbh lamp
DE102014100770A1 (en) 2014-01-23 2015-07-23 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Light-emitting device and method for producing a light-emitting device
KR102670944B1 (en) 2014-02-11 2024-05-29 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 Display device and electronic device
DE102014102255B4 (en) * 2014-02-21 2021-10-28 Pictiva Displays International Limited Organic light-emitting component and method for producing an organic light-emitting component
DE102014005062A1 (en) * 2014-04-05 2015-04-09 Diehl Aerospace Gmbh Lighting device for a mobile and an aircraft cabin with the lighting device
DE102014107556A1 (en) * 2014-05-28 2015-12-03 Osram Gmbh Transparent organic light emitting device and light emitting device with a transparent organic light emitting device
DE102014113492B4 (en) * 2014-09-18 2023-02-16 Pictiva Displays International Limited Organic light emitting diode and lighting device
DE102014225899A1 (en) * 2014-12-15 2016-06-16 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Optoelectronic assembly, optoelectronic system and sun protection
DE102015100253B4 (en) * 2015-01-09 2020-08-06 Osram Oled Gmbh Light emitting device
DE102015001987B4 (en) 2015-02-16 2018-08-23 Karl Tiefenbrunner Lighting device for lighting interiors in combination with windows
DE202015001373U1 (en) 2015-02-20 2015-04-02 Karl Tiefenbrunner Lighting device for lighting interiors in combination with windows.
USD785345S1 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-05-02 Simplehuman, Llc Mirror
CA2922596C (en) 2015-03-06 2023-10-24 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
DE102015104318A1 (en) 2015-03-23 2016-09-29 Osram Oled Gmbh Method for producing a light-emitting component and light-emitting component
DE102015109669A1 (en) * 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 Osram Oled Gmbh Method for operating a lighting arrangement, lighting arrangement, motor vehicle and portable functional element
DE102015222389A1 (en) * 2015-11-13 2017-05-18 Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft Luminous element for a motor vehicle and shielding layer for a luminous element
DE202016102969U1 (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-09-06 Zumtobel Lighting Gmbh Safety signs display device
DE102016110411A1 (en) * 2016-06-06 2017-12-07 Osram Oled Gmbh LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING AND METHOD OF OPERATING THEREOF
DE102016110782A1 (en) 2016-06-13 2017-12-14 Osram Oled Gmbh Optoelectronic component, arrangement with an optoelectronic component and method for producing an optoelectronic component and light for a motor vehicle
DE102016226265A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-06-28 Robert Bosch Gmbh Semi-finished product for a piece of clothing
US10869537B2 (en) 2017-03-17 2020-12-22 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
USD816350S1 (en) 2017-03-17 2018-05-01 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
USD848158S1 (en) 2017-12-28 2019-05-14 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
US11026497B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2021-06-08 Simplehuman, Llc Compact mirror
USD846288S1 (en) 2018-03-08 2019-04-23 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
US11708031B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2023-07-25 Simplehuman, Llc Voice-activated vanity mirror
USD874161S1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-02-04 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
EP3853073A4 (en) 2018-09-19 2022-11-16 Simplehuman LLC Vanity mirror
USD925928S1 (en) 2019-03-01 2021-07-27 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror
CN113767314A (en) 2019-03-01 2021-12-07 新璞修人有限公司 Cosmetic mirror
USD927863S1 (en) 2019-05-02 2021-08-17 Simplehuman, Llc Vanity mirror cover
DE102019113779A1 (en) * 2019-05-23 2020-11-26 Wanzl GmbH & Co. KGaA Shelving system
DE102019133616A1 (en) * 2019-12-10 2021-06-10 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Selectively illuminable coating system
US11549680B2 (en) 2020-07-08 2023-01-10 Feit Electric Company, Inc. Mirror with light emitting elements and stand
FR3122482B1 (en) * 2021-04-29 2023-06-30 Was Light Electroluminescent module for horizontal road signs

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE29621619U1 (en) 1996-12-12 1997-02-27 Siemens AG, 80333 München Device for illuminating theater stages, TV studios or the like.
US6626554B2 (en) 2000-05-18 2003-09-30 Aaron Nathan Rincover Light apparatus
DE10117105A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Thomas Emde Furniture item has frame construction, at least one diffusing glass panel with surface printed, engraved, sand-blasted or stuck on at least one side, low energy light sources arranged at one end
US6554443B2 (en) 2001-08-10 2003-04-29 T.W. Piin Hung Commodities Co., Ltd. Pumpkin lighting fixture
ES2208087B1 (en) * 2002-07-01 2005-03-16 Universidad Politecnica De Valencia AN ELECTROLUMINISCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING A CONJUGATED POLYMER OR COMPLEX OF GROUND METALS INSIDE ZEOLITES AND POROUS MATERIALS, AND ITS PREPARATION PROCEDURE.
DE10236855B4 (en) * 2002-08-07 2006-03-16 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd., Suwon Housing unit for the encapsulation of components and method for their preparation
DE20214661U1 (en) * 2002-09-06 2002-12-05 Signal-Construct elektro-optische Anzeigen und Systeme GmbH, 75223 Niefern-Öschelbronn Festoon
FR2845778B1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2004-12-17 Saint Gobain ELECTROLUMINESCENT TYPE ELECTROCOMMANDABLE DEVICE
ES2208125B1 (en) * 2002-11-25 2005-05-01 Universidad Politecnica De Valencia MACROMOLECULAR STRUCTURE OF DENDRIMERA NATURE THAT INCLUDES AN ENCAPSULATED COLOR AND APPLICATIONS.
EP1469450A1 (en) * 2003-04-18 2004-10-20 Barco N.V. Organic light-emitting diode display assembly for use in a large-screen display
DE10338490B4 (en) * 2003-08-21 2005-09-08 Fritz Reupsch Display device for use in a motor vehicle
DE10353036B4 (en) * 2003-11-13 2021-11-25 Pictiva Displays International Limited Full color organic display with color filter technology and matched white emitter material and uses for it
DE102004005370B4 (en) * 2004-02-03 2007-08-16 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd., Suwon Electrical device with a housing and an OLED display element and method for its production
DE102004020245A1 (en) * 2004-04-22 2005-12-22 Schott Ag Organic, electro-optical element with increased coupling efficiency
DE102004026730A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2005-12-15 Manfred Kluth Surface with electrical consumers, in particular bulbs
DE102004041224B4 (en) * 2004-08-26 2007-11-29 Müller, Simon Light source for interior lighting
ES2251882B1 (en) * 2004-10-21 2007-06-16 Universidad Politecnica De Valencia ELECTROLUMINISCENT MATERIAL THAT IS CONSTITUTED BY A MICROPOROUS OR MESOPOROUS SOLID CONTAINING COVALENTLY LINKED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS THAT CONFORM ELCTROLUMINESCENT PROPERTIES.
FR2878652A1 (en) * 2004-11-29 2006-06-02 Thomson Licensing Sa ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DIODE WITH DOPED LAYERS
FR2879025A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2006-06-09 Thomson Licensing Sa ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DIODE AND DIODE PANEL WITH ANTI-REFLECTIVE LAYER PROMOTING LIGHT EXTRACTION
DE102005005579A1 (en) * 2005-02-07 2006-08-24 Schott Ag OLED encapsulation with water vapor and oxygen absorbing interlayers
DE202006006193U1 (en) * 2006-04-18 2006-06-22 Niemann, Hella Illumination unit e.g. for Chinese lantern or light, has fixture device for illumination unit formed integrally with housing
DE202006007482U1 (en) * 2006-05-10 2006-07-20 Sentner, Thomas light furniture
DE202006012661U1 (en) * 2006-08-17 2006-10-26 Erlenbach, Klaudia Handbag comprises a light emitting diode or several light emitting diodes as illuminating device for the colored or color-changing inner and outer lighting system
DE102006046196A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Illumination device particularly for background lighting of two displays, has two light output side, and organic layer stacks, which is arranged between two light output side

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102365864B (en) * 2009-03-27 2015-08-26 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 For being placed in the device in display unit front
CN102365864A (en) * 2009-03-27 2012-02-29 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 A device for placement in front of a display device
CN102651453A (en) * 2011-02-25 2012-08-29 苏州大学 Organic light-emitting diode sealed by thin film and manufacturing method thereof
CN103733370A (en) * 2011-06-09 2014-04-16 株式会社Lg化学 Organic light-emitting element and light-emitting device including same
US9472598B2 (en) 2011-06-09 2016-10-18 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Light emitting device comprising organic light-emitting elements electrically connected in series
CN102261588A (en) * 2011-07-14 2011-11-30 南京第壹有机光电有限公司 Organic light emitting diode (OLED) and LED compound lamp
CN102345813A (en) * 2011-09-30 2012-02-08 南京第壹有机光电有限公司 Dynamic compound lighting lamp
CN104040749A (en) * 2012-01-10 2014-09-10 欧司朗光电半导体有限公司 Optoelectronic component, method for producing an optoelectronic component, device for separating a room, and piece of furniture
CN103629613A (en) * 2012-08-21 2014-03-12 黑拉许克联合股份有限公司 Lighting unit for a motor vehicle
US9692005B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2017-06-27 Osram Oled Gmbh Optoelectronic device and method for producing an optoelectronic device
CN104823297A (en) * 2012-11-20 2015-08-05 欧司朗Oled有限责任公司 Optoelectronic component and method for producing optoelectronic component
KR102216889B1 (en) 2012-11-20 2021-02-18 오스람 오엘이디 게엠베하 Optoelectronic component and method for producing an optoelectronic component
KR20150087187A (en) * 2012-11-20 2015-07-29 오스람 오엘이디 게엠베하 Optoelectronic component and method for producing an optoelectronic component
CN104823297B (en) * 2012-11-20 2018-02-02 欧司朗Oled有限责任公司 Photoelectric device and the method for manufacturing photoelectric device
US10333094B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2019-06-25 Osram Oled Gmbh Optoelectronic device with an organic active layer
CN104037355A (en) * 2013-03-07 2014-09-10 海洋王照明科技股份有限公司 Organic light emission diode and preparation method thereof
CN106031907A (en) * 2015-03-12 2016-10-19 大东扬机械股份有限公司 A suction type spray device and a process of forming a coating film on a light-transmitting plate by using the device
CN108472495B (en) * 2015-12-24 2020-02-07 夏普株式会社 Light irradiation device and phototherapy apparatus
CN108472495A (en) * 2015-12-24 2018-08-31 夏普株式会社 Light irradiation device and photo-therapeutic instrument
CN109311222A (en) * 2016-01-22 2019-02-05 美国因迪森光学技术有限责任公司 The uniform optical element of homogeneity is produced by addition manufacture
CN109073208A (en) * 2016-04-29 2018-12-21 Led产品设计有限公司 Modular optical panel
WO2017187204A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2017-11-02 Design Led Products Limited Modular light panel
US10939836B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2021-03-09 Design Led Products Limited Modular light panel having light sources and environemental sensor units
CN105957960A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-09-21 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Magnetosensitive device and preparation method thereof
CN108258135A (en) * 2016-12-29 2018-07-06 乐金显示有限公司 Use the lighting apparatus and its manufacturing method of organic luminescent device
US10418571B2 (en) 2016-12-29 2019-09-17 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Lighting apparatus using organic light emitting device and method of fabricating thereof
CN108258135B (en) * 2016-12-29 2019-12-27 乐金显示有限公司 Lighting apparatus using organic light emitting device and method of manufacturing the same
TWI677089B (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-11-11 大陸商昆山國顯光電有限公司 Organic light-emitting display device, method of making the same, and mask for making support column
EP4185156A4 (en) * 2020-07-22 2024-08-07 ELC Management LLC COSMETIC CONTAINER WITH A SURFACE WITH CONTROLABLE TRANSPARENCY
EP4501169A3 (en) * 2020-07-22 2025-04-09 ELC Management LLC Cosmetic container comprising a surface with controllable transparency
CN115885593A (en) * 2020-08-17 2023-03-31 汉莎技术股份公司 Escape route marking in a vehicle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE102006060781B4 (en) 2021-09-16
DE102006060781A1 (en) 2008-04-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10267507B2 (en) Organic lighting device and lighting equipment
CN101523634A (en) Organic lighting device and lighting equipment
US11585504B2 (en) Organic-light-emitting diode
JP6029260B2 (en) Luminescent structure
US20050233125A1 (en) Laminated glass and structural glass with integrated lighting, sensors and electronics
TW200834488A (en) Color tunable illumination source and method for controlled illumination
TW201016169A (en) A shelf-plate
US20090173728A1 (en) Electrical system
TW200920986A (en) Light output device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
CB03 Change of inventor or designer information

Inventor after: Ka Siteng diekmann

Inventor after: Seymour Diane

Inventor after: Dmytro Poperafsky

Inventor after: Rhine Harder Weizel

Inventor after: Heuser Karsten

Inventor after: Klein Markus

Inventor after: Lang Dieter

Inventor after: Lechermann Georg

Inventor after: Reithmeier Michael

Inventor after: Plumeyer Carsten

Inventor after: Chipalkatti Makarand

Inventor after: Custodis Udo

Inventor before: Ka Siteng diekmann

Inventor before: Seymour Diane

Inventor before: Dmytro Poperafsky

Inventor before: Heuser Karsten

Inventor before: Klein Markus

Inventor before: Lang Dieter

Inventor before: Lechermann Georg

Inventor before: Reithmeier Michael

Inventor before: Plumeyer Carsten

Inventor before: Chipalkatti Makarand

Inventor before: Custodis Udo

COR Change of bibliographic data
C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model
TA01 Transfer of patent application right

Effective date of registration: 20160526

Address after: Regensburg, Germany

Applicant after: OSRAM OPTO SEMICONDUCTORS GMBH

Applicant after: Osram Sylvania Inc.

Address before: Regensburg, Germany

Applicant before: Osram Opto Semiconductors GmbH & Co. OHG

Applicant before: Osram Sylvania Inc.

RJ01 Rejection of invention patent application after publication

Application publication date: 20090902

RJ01 Rejection of invention patent application after publication